ML032471483: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot insert)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 19: Line 19:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Draft Submittal
{{#Wiki_filter:Draft Submittal  
    OCONEE JUNE 2003 EXAM
OCONEE JUNE 2003 EXAM  
          50-269/2003-30I
50 -2
                    -
69/2
        JUNE 16 27,2003
0 0 3 -3 0 I
                                        /
JUNE 16 - 27,2003  
1. Reactor Operator Operator Written Exam
/  
  s&&/o&.   Rg&c7O   L ULd77e4     Ex*-
1.  
  +Q     ~ Y L ~ ~ E
Reactor Operator Operator Written Exam  
s&&/o&.  
Rg&c7O L ULd77e4 E x * -
+ Q
~
Y
L
~
~
E


ES-401                                   PWR Examination Outline                           Form ES-401-2
ES-401  
  Facility:   Oconee                         Date of Exam: 2003
PWR Examination Outline  
  3. Generic Knowledge and
Form ES-401-2  
        Abilities Categories
9
Note: 1.         Ensure that at least two topics from every WA category are sampled within each tier
2.
                  of the RO outline (Le., the Tier Totals in each WA category shall not be less than
3.
                  two). Refer to Section D.l .c for additional guidance regarding SRO sampling.
4.
92.              The point total for each group and tier in the proposed outline must match that
5.
                  specified in the table. The final point total for each group and tier may deviate by *I
6.*
                  from that specified in the table based on NRC revisions. The final RO exam must
7.
                  total 75 points and the SRO-only exam must total 25 points.
h.
          3.      Select topics from many systems and evolutions; avoid selecting more than two WA
I.
                  topics from a given system or evolution unless they relate to plant-specific priorities.
, ,  .
          4.      Systems/evolutionswithin each group are identified on the associated outline.
Facility:  
          5.      The shaded areas are not applicable to the categoryher.
Oconee  
          6.*    The generic (G) WAS in Tiers 1 and 2 shall be selected from Section 2 of the WA
Date of Exam: 2003  
                  Catalog, but the topics must be relevant to the applicable evolution or system. The
3. Generic Knowledge and  
                  SRO WAS must also be linked to 10 CFR 55.43 or an SRO-level learning objective.
Abilities Categories  
          7.      On the following pages, enter the WA numbers, a brief description of each topic, the
Note: 1.  
                  topics importance ratings (IR) for the applicable license level, and the point totals for
Ensure that at least two topics from every WA category are sampled within each tier  
                  each system and category. Enter the group and tier totals for each category in the
of the RO outline (Le., the Tier Totals in each WA category shall not be less than  
                  table above; summarize all the SRO-only knowledge and nonA2 ability categories in
two). Refer to Section D.l .c for additional guidance regarding SRO sampling.  
                  the columns labeled  K and A, Use duplicate pages for RO and SRO-only exams.
The point total for each group and tier in the proposed outline must match that  
          h.      For Tier 3, enter the WA numbers, descriptions, importance ratings, and point totals
specified in the table. The final point total for each group and tier may deviate by *I  
                  on Form ES-401-3.
from that specified in the table based on NRC revisions. The final RO exam must  
          I.      Refer to ES-401, Attachment 2, for guidance regarding the elimination of
total 75 points and the SRO-only exam must total 25 points.  
                      ,,  .
Select topics from many systems and evolutions; avoid selecting more than two WA  
                  inamrotxiate   WA statements.
topics from a given system or evolution unless they relate to plant-specific priorities.  
Systems/evolutions within each group are identified on the associated outline.  
The shaded areas are not applicable to the categoryher.  
The generic (G) WAS in Tiers 1 and 2 shall be selected from Section 2 of the WA  
Catalog, but the topics must be relevant to the applicable evolution or system. The  
SRO WAS must also be linked to 10 CFR 55.43 or an SRO-level learning objective.  
On the following pages, enter the WA numbers, a brief description of each topic, the  
topics importance ratings (IR) for the applicable license level, and the point totals for  
each system and category. Enter the group and tier totals for each category in the  
table above; summarize all the SRO-only knowledge and nonA2 ability categories in  
the columns labeled  K and A, Use duplicate pages for RO and SRO-only exams.  
For Tier 3, enter the WA numbers, descriptions, importance ratings, and point totals  
on Form ES-401-3.  
Refer to ES-401, Attachment 2, for guidance regarding the elimination of  
inamrotxiate WA statements.  


    ES-401                                                 PWR Examination 1 itline
,
                                                                              .Tier l/Group 1 (ROISRO)                           Form ES-401
~
                                        Emergenc) nd Abnormal Plant Evolutior
000009 Small Break LOCA / 3
                                                                                                                            I        I
00001 1 Large Break LOCA / 3
                                                                                                WA Topic@)                 I   IR   I   #
000015/17 RCP Malfunctions / 4
                                                                                                                            I         I
000022 Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup
                                                                                Knowledge of interrelationshi between         42142     1
/ 2 
                                                                                vital system status and FaciIi&'s heat
03
                                                                                removal system
I
                                                                                  110                                        I        I
I
  ~
    000009 Small Break LOCA / 3
000025 Loss of RHR System / 4
    000011 Large Break LOCA / 3
000026 Loss of Component Cooling
    000015/17 RCP Malfunctions/ 4                                              Ability to determine and interpret the loss     3 713 7  1
Water / 8
                                                                                of cool ng water as it appl es to RCP
I
                                                                                ma functions
I
    000022 Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup      03                                    Loss of RC effects on PZR level             I
000027 Pressurzer Pressure
                                                                                                                            I
Contro System MalfJnction / 3
                                                                                                                              3.013.4 I
I
                                                                                                                                      I
I
                                                                                                                                        1
000029 ATWS / 1
  /2
I
    000025 Loss of RHR System / 4
I
                                      I I                                      Knowledge of the reaspns for shift to
000038 Steam Gen Tube Rupture13
                                                                                glteAnate flow path as it applies to Loss of
ES-401  
                                                                                                                            I I
PWR Examination 1  
                                                                                                                              3.V3.4    /
Emergenc) nd Abnormal Plant Evolutior
    000026 Loss of Component Cooling                                          GEN 2.4.24 Knowledge of loss of Cooling         3.313.7   1
2.7.8
                                                                                                                            11
WA Category Totals:
  Water / 8                                                                  water procedures
1 2 
                                                                                                                            I I
#'
                                      I    I                                                                              I        I
1 2  1 4 y ~ I 
    000027 Pressurzer Pressure                                                  Definition of saturated as it applies to PZR   3.113.4   1
212
    Contro System MalfJnction / 3                                              malfunction.
3
                                                                                $50   ONLY Gen 2.1.U Ability to apply         2.914.0   7
d
                                      I    I
1 of 34
    000029 ATWS / 1                                                            Actions contained in EOPs for ATWS
000040 (BW/E05; CE1EOS: W/E12)
                                                                                ;:;$7;;Reeg           TrijVtrubine trip as
Steam Line Ru Lie. Excessive
                                      I    I
Heat Transfer ?4
  000038 Steam Gen Tube Rupture13                                            MFWas it applies to SGTR
I
    000040 (BW/E05; CE1EOS: W/E12)                                            Selection of procedures associated with
I
    Steam Line Ru L i e . Excessive                                            Excessive heat transfer
000054 (CE/EO6) Loss of Main
    Heat Transfer ?4
Feedwater / 4
                                      I    I
000055 Station Blackout / 6
    000054 (CE/EO6) Loss of Main                                                KA moved from K2 because of importance         3.814.2   1
000057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. BUS I
    Feedwater / 4                                                              factors
000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water /
    000055 Station Blackout / 6                                                SRO ONLY Existing valve position on           3.m.7     7
000065 Loss of Instrument Air / 8
                                                                                loss of instrument air associated with
I
                                                                                SOB
I z 
                                                                              Proper operation of EDG load sequencer         3.813.9   1
BW/EW; W/E05 Inadequate Heat
                                                                                                                            I         I
Transfer - LOSS of Secondary Heat
  000057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. BUSI                                          Manual control of components                   35135     1
Sink / 4
                                                                      2.7.8    SR0,ONLY Coordinate Activities                 3.8136   1
Form ES-401
                                                                                outside the CR
itline  
                                                                                                                            I         I
.Tier l/Group 1 (ROISRO)  
                                                                              SRO ONLY DC Loads lost
I
    000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water /                                          Flow rates to components furnished by
I  
    000065 Loss of InstrumentAir / 8
WA Topic@)  
    BW/EW; W/E05 InadequateHeat
I  
  Transfer - LOSSof Secondary Heat
IR  
  Sink / 4
I  
    WA Category Totals:
#  
                                      I Iz  1 2   #'  1 2  1 4 y ~ 2I12
I  
                                                                              Heat removals stems associated with
I  
                                                                              inadequate hea! transfer
Knowledge of interrelationshi between  
                                                                              Manipulationof controls associated with
42142  
                                                                              inadequate heat transfer
1  
                                                                              Group Point Total:
1 1 0 
                                                                                                                              4.214.2
I
                                                                                                                              4.213.8
I
                                                                                                                                        2
vital system status and FaciIi&'s heat  
                                                                                                                                        18u-
removal system  
                                        3
Ability to determine and interpret the loss  
,
of cool ng water as it appl es to RCP  
d
ma functions  
                                                                  1 of 34                      NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9
3 713 7
1
I
I
Loss of RC effects on PZR level  
I 3.013.4 I 1  
Knowledge of the reaspns for shift to  
I 3.V3.4 I /
glteAnate flow path as it applies to Loss of  
GEN 2.4.24 Knowledge of loss of Cooling  
3.313.7  
1  
water procedures  
I  
I  
Definition of saturated as it applies to PZR  
3.113.4  
1  
malfunction.  
$50 ONLY Gen 2.1.U Ability to apply I 2.914.0 I 7  
Actions contained in EOPs for ATWS  
;:;$7;;Reeg TrijVtrubine trip as 1
1 1
MFWas it applies to SGTR  
Selection of procedures associated with  
Excessive heat transfer  
KA moved from K2 because of importance  
3.814.2  
1  
factors  
SRO ONLY Existing valve position on  
3.m.7  
7  
loss of instrument air associated with  
SOB  
Proper operation of EDG load sequencer  
3.813.9  
1  
I  
I  
Manual control of components  
35135  
1  
SR0,ONLY Coordinate Activities  
3.8136  
1  
outside the CR  
I  
I  
SRO ONLY DC Loads lost  
Flow rates to components furnished by  
Heat removals stems associated with
4.214.2
2  
inadequate hea! transfer  
Manipulation of controls associated with  
inadequate heat transfer  
4.213.8  
Group Point Total:
18u-  
NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9  


    1  ES-401                                                   PWR-Exam
11 ES-401  
                                              Emergency and Abnormal Plant E           oup 2 (ROISRO)
PWR-Exam  
                                                                                                                                Form ES-401
Emergency and Abnormal Plant E  
                                                                            A21G
-  
                                                                            3=
UAPE # I Name I Safety Function  
              UAPE # I Name I Safety Function           K1   KZ   K3   AI                          KIA Topic(s)                IR        #
K1  
        000001 Continuous Rod Withdrawal I 1
KZ  
        000003 Dropped Control Rod I 1
K3  
                                                                            +
A I 
                                                                                2.4.9                                          4.314.6      1
000001 Continuous Rod Withdrawal I1
                                                                                                                                    /...
000003 Dropped Control Rod I 1
        000028 Pressurizer Level Malfunction 1 2                                        PZR
000060 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. I 9
                                                                                        SRO ONLY PZR Level
000061 ARM System Alarms 17  
                                                                                                                              2
01  
                                                                                                                              3.4/3.6
000067 Plant Fire On-site 148  
                                                                                                                                      '    1
04  
                                                                                                                                            1
000028 Pressurizer Level Malfunction 12
                                                                                        Indications
Termination of radioactive release
                                                                                      LcmvfEFmpensating vo
ARM detector limitations
                                                                                        MAh+L?*
Actions mntained in EOPs for  
                                                                                        Termination of radioactive release    35/33      1
lant fires  
                                                                            f+
howledge of fire in the plant
        000060 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. I 9
procedures
        000061 ARM System Alarms 17                     01                              ARM detector limitations              2.512.9    1
35/33
-      000067 Plant Fire On-site 148                               04                 Actions mntained in EOPs for
1
                                                                                        lant fires
2.512.9
                                                                                                                              3.314.1     1
1
                                                                                2.4.27  h o w l e d g e of fire in the plant  3.0i3s     1
3.314.1  
\L
1  
      '                                               I     I   I   I               procedures
3.0i3s  
        000068 (BW/AOG) Control Room Evac. I 8
1  
        000074 (WlE06&E07) had. Core Cooling 1 4
\\
                                                                                      P
'
      000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity I 9
  l    BWlAOl Plant Runback I 1
I  
                                                    I"                       I         0 rating behavior,charaqeristics
I  
                                                                                        o the facility associated with
I  
                                                                                                                              3.Z3.5
I  
                                                                                        Runback
L
        BWIAM Turbine Trip I 4                                                J-      Adherence to a propriate
000068 (BW/AOG) Control Room Evac. I 8
                                                                                                                            I            1
000074 (WlE06&E07) had. Core Cooling 1 4
                                                                              t        procedures anxoperational limits
000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity I 9
                                                                                                                            I           I
BWlAOl Plant Runback I 1  
      BWIE13BE14 EOP Rules and Enclosures
ll
                                                                              +
I"  
                                                                              t
BWIAM Turbine Trip I
                                                                              2.4.18  Knowledgeof EOP Basis
BWIE13BE14 EOP Rules and Enclosures
                                                                                      EOP Rules: facilify condgions
I1
                                                                                                                              2.713.6
WA Category Point Totals:
                                                                                                                              3.44.0
7
                                                                                                                                          1
'
                                                                                                                                          9
/
                                                                                      and selection of appropnate
2
                                                                                      procedure
  I1
1
      WA Category Point Totals:                        7  '  / 2      1            Group Point Total:                                 915
A21G
  u                                                     I     L
3=
              NUREG-I 021, Draft Revision 9                           2 of 34
2.4.9 +
2.4.27 f
I
+
J- t
t
+
2.4.18
Form ES-401
oup 2 (ROISRO)
KIA Topic(s)
IR
#
4.314.6
1
/...
2' 1
3.4/3.6
1
PZR
SRO ONLY PZR Level
Indications
LcmvfEFmpensating vo
MAh+L?*
0 rating behavior,charaqeristics  
3.Z3.5
o the facility associated with P
Runback  
Adherence to a propriate  
1  
procedures anxoperational limits I
I  
I  
Knowledge of EOP Basis
2.713.6
1
EOP Rules:  
facilify condgions  
3.44.0  
9  
and selection of appropnate  
procedure  
Group Point Total:  
915  
u  
I
L
NUREG-I 021, Draft Revision 9  
2 of 34  


  ES-401                                                                             Form ES-401-
ES-401  
I
I  
            System # / Name           KI
System # / Name  
  -/Reactor   Coolant Pump
KI  
                                    I                   RCP Shutdown effect on
I
                                                        Sewndav Parameter
-/Reactor  
                                                        RCP Motor current
Coolant Pump  
                                                                                    3.213.5
004 Chemical and Volume Control
                                                                                    2.612.5
005 Residual Heat Removal
                                                        .
006 Emergency Core Cooling
  004 Chemical and Volume Control                        MUP power suppb           2.913.1
007 Pressurizer RelieWQuench Tank I 03
                                                        of abnormalcondifkm
I
  005 Residual Heat Removal
008 Component Cooling Water
  006 Emergency Core Cooling                            ECCS Flowpath             3.913.8
010 Pressurizer Pressure Control
                                                        SRO ONLY- ECCS     -     3.7M.4
I
                                                        Abliiiyto evaluate plant
012 Reactor Protection
                                                        performance
I  
  007 Pressurizer RelieWQuench Tank  I 03                wnnection to RCS           3.013.2
022 Containment Cooling
  008 Component Cooling Water
ca Condenser
                                    I
039 Main and Reheat Steam
  010 Pressurizer Pressure Control  I                  PZR Heaters             I 3.013.4
056 Condensate
  012 Reactor Protection
059 Main Feedwater
                                    I                  Bypass Block Circuits
061 AuxiliaryIErnergency Feedwater
                                                                                    3.313.8
062 AC Electrical Distribution
                                                                                    3.313.6
063 DC Electrical Distribution
                                                        Containment               4.314.7
064 Emergency Diesel Generator
                                                        BWST Level                 3.613.9
076 Service Water
  022 Containment Cooling
078 Instrument Air
        ca Condenser
04
                                                        ccs malfunction           3.914.1
vi4 Category Point Totals:
                                                        System Purpose             2.812.9
Form ES-401-
  039 Main and Reheat Steam                              ADV                       3.313.3
RCP Shutdown effect on  
                                                        Water Hammer               2.9n.i
3.213.5  
                                                                                  I
2.612.5  
  056 Condensate
Sewndav Parameter
  059 Main Feedwater
RCP Motor current
  061 AuxiliaryIErnergency Feedwater                    malfundionof EFW          2.512.8
MUP power suppb  
                                                        wntmller
2.913.1  
                                                        AFW start-up               4.214.2
of abnormal condifkm
  062 AC Electrical Distribution                        Circuit Breakers           2.512.7
ECCS Flowpath  
  063 DC Electrical Distribution                                                    2.612.8
3.913.8  
  064 Emergency Diesel Generator
SRO ONLY- ECCS -  
  076 Service Water
Abliiiyto evaluate plant  
                                                        loss Of sws
performance  
  078 Instrument Air                  04
wnnection to RCS  
                                                        Coolingwater to
3.013.2  
  vi4 Category Point Totals:                            Group Point Total:
3.7M.4
                                          3 of 34 NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9
PZR Heaters  
I 3.013.4  
3.313.8  
Bypass Block Circuits
3.313.6 .
Containment  
4.314.7  
BWST Level  
3.613.9  
ccs malfunction  
3.914.1  
System Purpose  
2.812.9  
ADV  
3.313.3  
Water Hammer  
2.9n.i  
I  
malfundion of EFW
2.512.8  
4.214.2
wntmller  
AFW start-up  
Circuit Breakers  
2.512.7  
2.612.8  
loss Of sws  
Cooling water to  
Group Point Total:  
3 of 34  
NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9  


ii
ii  
  NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9 4 of 34
NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9  
4 of 34  


-~     ~
-~  
3-401         Generic Knowledge and Abilities Outline (Tier 3)   Form ES-401-3
~  
>ategory KIA#               Topic                             RO     SRO-Only
3-401  
                                                                I   I     I
Generic Knowledge and Abilities Outline (Tier 3)  
Form ES-401-3  
>ategory  
KIA#  
Topic  
RO  
SRO-Only  
I  
I  
I  


  Initial
Initial  
Submittal
Submittal  
  to
to  
  ONS
ONS  


    1. 000003 GEN 2.4.1 001/1/2/DROP ROD/M 4.314.6lBANK 2003/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA
1. 000003 GEN 2.4.1 001/1/2/DROP ROD/M 4.314.6lBANK 2003/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA  
      Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                Reactor power = 50%
Reactor power = 50%  
                ICs is in AUTOMATIC
ICs is in AUTOMATIC  
      Which one of the following events will require the operating crew to enter the EOP?
Which one of the following events will require the operating crew to enter the EOP?  
      A. Steam Generator Tube Leak of 13 gpm.
A. Steam Generator Tube Leak of 13 gpm.  
      B. Inadvertent ES Channels 1, 3 and 5 actuation.
B. Inadvertent ES Channels 1, 3 and 5 actuation.  
      C. "A" SG level is 43% and "B" SG level is 37%. Both are stable in the operating range
C. "A" SG level is 43% and "B" SG level is 37%. Both are stable in the operating range  
      D.' Control Rods 1 and 5 in Group 3 drop into the core, actuating the in-limit for both
D.' Control Rods 1 and 5 in Group 3 drop into the core, actuating the in-limit for both  
            rods.
rods.  
                                                                                                -
-  
      BANK Answer 161
BANK Answer 161  
      A. Incorrect - SGTL EOP entry is 25 gpm.
A. Incorrect - SGTL EOP entry is 25 gpm.  
      B. Incorrect - Inadvertent ES action is not an EOP entry.
B. Incorrect - Inadvertent ES action is not an EOP entry.  
      C. Incorrect - SG level that causes EOP entry is < 15 inches on the SU Level.
C. Incorrect - SG level that causes EOP entry is < 15 inches on the SU Level.  
      D. Correct - 2 CR drop into the core requires a manual reactor trip and entry into the
D. Correct - 2 CR drop into the core requires a manual reactor trip and entry into the  
      EOP.
EOP.  
      MCS     Time: 1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: D B A C B A A D B B     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             1                             Group:         2
1  
      Keyword           DROP ROD                       Cog level:     M 4.314.6
Points:  
      Source:           BANK 2003                     Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             S                             AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:3918 PM                                                                 1
Answer: D B A C B A A D B B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
DROP ROD  
Cog level:  
M 4.314.6  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:3918 PM  
1  


    2. 00000SAA2.22 001/1/1/STEAM SPACEICIA 3.814.2IBANK   1992/01/25/0C03301ISILSMIRFA
2. 00000SAA2.22 001/1/1/STEAM SPACEICIA 3.814.2IBANK 1992/01/25/0C03301ISILSMIRFA  
        From a 100% FP condition, which one of the following describes the expected response of
From a 100% FP condition, which one of the following describes the expected response of  
      pressurizer level to a Small Break in the STEAM SPACE of the pressurizer (PZR)? (Assume
pressurizer level to a Small Break in the STEAM SPACE of the pressurizer (PZR)? (Assume  
      no operator actions are taken and HPI stabilizes RCS pressure slightly higher than secondary
no operator actions are taken and HPI stabilizes RCS pressure slightly higher than secondary  
      system pressure.)
system pressure.)  
      PZR level initially:
PZR level initially:  
      A. increases rapidly, then slowly increases until the PZR is completely filled by HPI.
A. increases rapidly, then slowly increases until the PZR is completely filled by HPI.  
      B. decreases and drops off scale low during depressurization until HPI initiates, then level
B. decreases and drops off scale low during depressurization until HPI initiates, then level  
            returns on scale during repressurization.
returns on scale during repressurization.  
      c. decreases slowly, then decreases more rapidly when a reactor trip occurs, then returns on
c. decreases slowly, then decreases more rapidly when a reactor trip occurs, then returns on  
            scale during repressurizationwith HPI.
scale during repressurization with HPI.  
      D.' increases, then decreases when a reactor trip occurs, then completely fills after the RCS
D.' increases, then decreases when a reactor trip occurs, then completely fills after the RCS  
            hot leg flashes.
hot leg flashes.  
      1992/01/25
1992/01/25  
      REFERENCE
REFERENCE  
      OP-OC-TA-AT, Section E.5, pg 14, EO 1.b.5 & SRO Objective 1.b.5
OP-OC-TA-AT, Section E.5, pg 14, EO 1 .b.5 & SRO Objective 1 .b.5  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: D A D C D A B C D D     Scramb1eRange:A - D
Time:  
      Tier:               1                           Group:           1
1  
      Keyword             STEAM SPACE                 Cog level:       CIA 3.814.2
Points:  
      Source:             BANK 1992101I25             Exam:             OC03301
1.00  
      Test:               S                           AuthorIReviewer: LSMlRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM                                                                   2
Answer: D A D C D A B C D D
Scramb1eRange:A - D
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
STEAM SPACE  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.814.2  
Source:  
BANK 1992101I25  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMlRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
2  


    3. 000009 GEN 2.1.31 001lIJllSBLOCAJCIA 4.213.9lBANK 200310C03301IRILSMIRFA
3. 000009 GEN 2.1.31 001lIJllSBLOCAJCIA 4.213.9lBANK 200310C03301IRILSMIRFA  
I
I  
      A Small Break LOCA has occurred inside containment. Which one of the following describes
A Small Break LOCA has occurred inside containment. Which one of the following describes  
      the status of the SG XSUR level indication?
the status of the SG XSUR level indication?  
      The indicated level will be:
The indicated level will be:  
      A. LOWER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR BUILDING temperature must
A. LOWER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR BUILDING temperature must  
            be applied.
be applied.  
      6.' HIGHER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR BUILDING temperature must
6.' HIGHER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR BUILDING temperature must  
            be applied.
be applied.  
      C. LOWER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM
C. LOWER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM  
            temperature must be applied.
temperature must be applied.  
      D. HIGHER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM
D. HIGHER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM  
            temperature must be applied.
temperature must be applied.  
      *REFERENCE
*REFERENCE  
      OP-OC-EAP-E25, Revision 05, page 11; LRO 7, LSO 7
OP-OC-EAP-E25, Revision 05, page 11; LRO 7, LSO 7  
      Oconee bank EAP-74 (fully modified)
Oconee bank EAP-74 (fully modified)  
      (3.8/4.0) #I 16
(3.8/4.0)  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
#I  
                                          Answer: B C A B A B A C D C     Scramble Range: A - D
16  
      Tier:               1                           Group:           1
MCS  
      Keyword:           SBLOCA                       Cog level:       CIA 4.213.9
Time:  
      Source:             BANK 2003                   Exam:           OC03301
1  
      Test:               R                           AuthorJReviewer: LSMIRFA
Points:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3919 PM                                                                 3
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B C A B A B A C D C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
SBLOCA  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.213.9  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorJReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3919 PM  
3  


    4. 000009EA2.15OOI/I/l/SBLOCA/C/A   3.3/3.4/M/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA
4. 000009EA2.15 OOI/I/l/SBLOCA/C/A  
          Unit 1 plant conditions:
3.3/3.4/M/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA  
                  SB LOCA has occurred due to a Seismic event
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                  Inspections reveal some minor damage to HPI components and piping
SB LOCA has occurred due to a Seismic event  
                  EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation has been performed
Inspections reveal some minor damage to HPI components and piping  
                  EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES is in progress
EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation has been performed  
                  EOP Enclosure 5.37, Isolation of the HPI Pump Recirc has been completed
EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES is in progress  
                  ILP-19 and ILP-20 (IA & 16 RX BLDG SUCTION) are OPEN
EOP Enclosure 5.37, Isolation of the HPI Pump Recirc has been completed  
                  ILP-21 and ILP-22 ( I A & 16 LPI BWST SUCTION) are CLOSED
ILP-19 and ILP-20 (IA & 16 RX BLDG SUCTION) are OPEN  
                  ILP-16 (18 LPI TO HPI & RBS) FAILED CLOSED
ILP-21 and ILP-22 (IA & 16 LPI BWST SUCTION) are CLOSED  
                  RCS pressure is 1700 psig as read on ICCM indication
RCS pressure is 1700 psig as read on ICCM indication  
                  IHP-410 (IHP-26 BYPASS) was inadvertently opened and remains open
IHP-410 (IHP-26 BYPASS) was inadvertently opened and remains open  
                  IHP-120 (RC VOLUME CONTROL) is closed
IHP-120 (RC VOLUME CONTROL) is closed  
        Which one of the following sets of flowrates meets acceptable HPI flow for the above
ILP-16 (18 LPI TO HPI & RBS) FAILED CLOSED
        conditions? (Assume zero seal injection flow)
Which one of the following sets of flowrates meets acceptable HPI flow for the above  
        A.   " A HPI HDR Flow             270 gpm
conditions? (Assume zero seal injection flow)  
            "B" HPI HDR Flow             165 gpm
A. " A HPI HDR Flow  
            " A Crossover Flow           200 gpm
270 gpm  
            " B Crossover Flow           0 gpm
"B" HPI HDR Flow  
            RCS Makeup Flow               0 gPm
165 gpm  
        B. " A HPI HDR Flow               379 gpm
" A Crossover Flow  
            " B HPI HDR Flow               374 gpm
200 gpm  
            "A"Crossover Flow             0 9Pm
" B Crossover Flow  
            " 6Crossover Flow             0 gPm
0  
            RCS Makeup Flow               30 9Pm
gpm  
        C. " A HPI HDR Flow                440 gpm
RCS Makeup Flow  
            "E" HPI HDR Flow               0 gpm
0  
            "A Crossover Flow             0 gpm
gPm  
            "B" Crossover Flow             317 gpm
B. " A HPI HDR Flow  
            RCS Makeup Flow               30 gpm
" B HPI HDR Flow  
        D.' " A HPI HDR Flow               140 gpm
379 gpm
            "E" HPI HDR Flow               360 gpm
374 gpm  
            " A Crossover Flow             245 gpm
"A" Crossover Flow  
            "B" Crossover Flow             0 gpm
0  
            RCS Makeup Flow               0 gpm
9Pm  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM                                                           4
"
Crossover Flow  
0  
gPm  
RCS Makeup Flow  
30 9Pm  
440 gpm  
"E" HPI HDR Flow  
0 gpm  
"A Crossover Flow  
0  
gpm  
"B" Crossover Flow  
317 gpm  
RCS Makeup Flow  
30 gpm  
C. " A  HPI HDR Flow
D.' " A HPI HDR Flow  
140 gpm  
"E" HPI HDR Flow  
360 gpm  
" A Crossover Flow  
245 gpm  
"B" Crossover Flow  
0  
gpm  
RCS Makeup Flow  
0  
gpm  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
4  


          A.       INCORRECT: total HPI flow is less than 750 gpm (635) but the flow from the "C" HPIP
A.  
          is less than 170 gpm. Encl 5.12 closed the HPIP minimum recirc valves (completion of
INCORRECT: total HPI flow is less than 750 gpm (635) but the flow from the "C" HPIP  
          enc1.5.37) so the pump must have at least 170 gpm flow.
is less than 170 gpm. Encl 5.12 closed the HPIP minimum recirc valves (completion of  
          8.       INCORRECT: flow is limited to less than 750 gpm total HPI flow with only one LPI/HPI
enc1.5.37) so the pump must have at least 170 gpm flow.  
          header operable when suction is from the RBES. The 30 gpm flow that shows on RCS Makeup
8.  
          flow should not be indicated as HP-120 is closed (possible leak flow due to seismic damage)
INCORRECT: flow is limited to less than 750 gpm total HPI flow with only one LPI/HPI  
          C.       INCORRECT: total HPI flow is 757 gpm (plus the 30 gpm possible damage flow)
header operable when suction is from the RBES. The 30 gpm flow that shows on RCS Makeup  
          D.       CORRECT: total HPI flow is 745 gpm.
flow should not be indicated as HP-120 is closed (possible leak flow due to seismic damage)  
          MCS       Time: 1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C.  
                                              Answer: D E D B B D D D D C     Scramble Range: A - D
INCORRECT: total HPI flow is 757 gpm (plus the 30 gpm possible damage flow)  
          Tier:             1                             Group:           I
D.  
          Keyword:           SELOCA                       Cog level:       CIA 3.313.4
CORRECT: total HPI flow is 745 gpm.  
          Source:           M                             Exam:           OC03301
MCS  
          Test:             S                             AuthoriReviewer: LSMiRFA
Time:  
W e d n p a y , May 07,200301:39:19 PM                                                                 5
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D E D B B D D D D C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
I  
Keyword:  
SELOCA  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.313.4  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednpay, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
5  


    5. 000009EK101 001/1/I/SBLOCA/C/A 4.2/4.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
5. 000009EK101 001/1/I/SBLOCA/C/A 4.2/4.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      A small break LOCA has occurred. Plant conditions are as follows:
A small break LOCA has occurred. Plant conditions are as follows:  
          - RCPs have been tripped due to a loss of subcooling margin.
- RCPs have been tripped due to a loss of subcooling margin.  
          - Primary to secondary heat transfer has been lost.
- Primary to secondary heat transfer has been lost.  
          - RCPs are to be bumped.
- RCPs are to be bumped.  
      Which one of the following is the advantage of bumping an RCP in the loop with the highest
Which one of the following is the advantage of bumping an RCP in the loop with the highest  
      hot leg level?
hot leg level?  
      A.' to improve the chances of recoupling and establish natural circulation.
A.' to improve the chances of recoupling and establish natural circulation.  
      B. to allow more HPI flow to enter and refill the RCS.
B. to allow more HPI flow to enter and refill the RCS.  
      C. to increase RCS pressure and allow RCS level to recover.
C. to increase RCS pressure and allow RCS level to recover.  
      D. to reduce of the water hammer induced in the RCS piping and establish natural circulation.
D. to reduce of the water hammer induced in the RCS piping and establish natural circulation.  
      Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-EAP-E22, pg 20 Obj. R14 based on 1992/01/20 bank question
Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-EAP-E22, pg 20 Obj. R14 based on 1992/01/20 bank question  
      A. Correct Answer
A. Correct Answer  
      B. Incorrect. This will increase pressure and decrease HPI flow
B. Incorrect. This will increase pressure and decrease HPI flow  
      C. Incorrect. RC Pump bumps are no longer used to collapse voids due to the reactivity
C. Incorrect. RC Pump bumps are no longer used to collapse voids due to the reactivity  
      concerns associated with sweeping the voids through the core.
concerns associated with sweeping the voids through the core.  
      D. While this will help establish natural circulation, water hammer is not the reason for the
D. While this will help establish natural circulation, water hammer is not the reason for the  
      bumping.
bumping.  
      MCS Time: 1         Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: A C A B A D A C B A       Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             I                               Group:           1
1  
      Keyword:         SBLOCA                           Cog level:       C/A 4.2/4.7
Points:  
      Source:         NEW                               Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:           R                                 Author/Reviewer: LSMiRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM                                                                   6
Answer: A C A B A D A C B A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
I  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
SBLOCA  
Cog level:  
C/A 4.2/4.7  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
Author/Reviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
6  


    6. 00001 IEKI .O1 OOI/I/l/NATURAL CIRCICIA 4.1/4.4/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA
6. 00001 IEKI .O1 OOI/I/l/NATURAL CIRCICIA 4.1/4.4/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA  
        The following plant conditions exist:
The following plant conditions exist:  
                  RCS Leak = 200 gpm
RCS Leak = 200 gpm  
                  RCPs unavailable
RCPs unavailable  
                  Reflux boiling is occurring
Reflux boiling is occurring  
        Which one of the following describes the method of post cooldown long term decay heat
Which one of the following describes the method of post cooldown long term decay heat  
        removal provided by the EOPs ?
removal provided by the EOPs ?  
        A.# Initiate Natural Circulation Cooldown and ensure one LPI train in High Pressure Mode and
A.# Initiate Natural Circulation Cooldown and ensure one LPI train in High Pressure Mode and  
            one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.
one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.  
        6. Initiate Natural Circulation Cooldown and ensure one LPI train in series Mode and one LPI
6. Initiate Natural Circulation Cooldown and ensure one LPI train in series Mode and one LPI  
            train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.
train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.  
        C. Start one RCP and ensure one LPI train in High Pressure Mode and one LPI train in ECCS
C. Start one RCP and ensure one LPI train in High Pressure Mode and one LPI train in ECCS  
            alignment with suction from the RBES.
alignment with suction from the RBES.  
        D. Start one RCP and ensure one LPI train in series Mode and one LPI train in ECCS
D. Start one RCP and ensure one LPI train in series Mode and one LPI train in ECCS  
            alignment with suction from the RBES.
alignment with suction from the RBES.  
        Based on Bank Question 204
Based on Bank Question 204  
        EAP130701
EAP130701  
        A.       Correct. The LOCA Cooldown section of the EOP will align on LPI train in the High
A.  
        Pressure Mode while leaving the other in its ECCS alignment with suction on the RBES.
Pressure Mode while leaving the other in its ECCS alignment with suction on the RBES.  
        B.       Incorrect. Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. One train remains
B.  
        aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break.
Incorrect. Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. One train remains  
        C. Actions are correct except an RCP is not used
aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break.  
        D.Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. One train remains aligned to the RBES
C. Actions are correct except an RCP is not used  
      to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break. and an RCP is not used.
D. Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. One train remains aligned to the RBES  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break. and an RCP is not used.  
                                              Answer: A C B A D C A C D B     Scramble Range: A - D
Correct. The LOCA Cooldown section of the EOP will align on LPI train in the High
      Tier:               1                             Group:           I
MCS  
      Keyword:           NATURAL ClRC                   Cog level:       CIA 4.114.4
Time:  
      Source:             NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1  
      Test:               R                             AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA
Points:  
Wedn$sclay, May 07,2003 01:39:19PM                                                                7
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A C B A D C A C D B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
I  
Keyword:  
NATURAL ClRC  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.114.4  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wedn$sclay, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM
7  


    7.000015/017AA2.10 OOI/I/I/RCP/C/A 3.7/3.7lNEW/OC03301/R/LSM?RFA
7. 000015/017AA2.10 OOI/I/I/RCP/C/A 3.7/3.7lNEW/OC03301/R/LSM?RFA  
        Unit 3 is operating at 100 YO power.
Unit 3 is operating at 100 YO power.  
      You observe the following temperatures slowly rising on the 3A RCP.
You observe the following temperatures slowly rising on the 3A RCP.  
                Upper oil cooler
Upper oil cooler  
                Motor stator coolers
Motor stator coolers  
                Lower oil pot
Lower oil pot  
      All other temperatures and vibration reading do not significantly change.
All other temperatures and vibration reading do not significantly change.  
      Assume no operator actions. Which one of the following has caused the RCP temperature to
Assume no operator actions. Which one of the following has caused the RCP temperature to  
      increase, and what actions will you take?
increase, and what actions will you take?  
      A. Loss of Seal Injection to the 3A pump and secure the RCP.
A. Loss of Seal Injection to the 3A pump and secure the RCP.  
      B. Letdown has Isolated and trip the reactor.
B. Letdown has Isolated and trip the reactor.  
      C.' Loss of LPSW to the 3A pump and secure the RCP.
C.'  
      D. Loss of CCW to the 3A pump and trip the reactor.
Loss of LPSW to the 3A pump and secure the RCP.  
      REACTOR COOLANT PUMP MOTOR (PNS-CPM) LESSON PLAN
D. Loss of CCW to the 3A pump and trip the reactor.  
      PNS-CPMrl 1a
REACTOR COOLANT PUMP MOTOR (PNS-CPM) LESSON PLAN  
      C.       LPSW provides cooling to:
PNS-CPMrl 1 a
      1.       Upper oil cooler
C.  
      2.       Motor stator coolers
LPSW provides cooling to:  
      3.
1.  
      Lower oil pot
Upper oil cooler  
      MCS     Time: I   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2.  
                                            Answer: C A C A C D A D C D     Scramble Range: A - D
Motor stator coolers  
      Tier:             1                               Group:           1
3.  
      Keyword:         RCP                             Cog level:       CIA 3.713.7
Lower oil pot  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
MCS  
      Test:             R                               AuthorIReviewer: LSM?RFA
Time:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM                                                                 8
I  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C A C A C D A D C D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
RCP  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.713.7  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSM?RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
8  


    8. 000022AK1.03 001/1/1/LOSS OF RC MAKEUPiCiA 3.0/3.4/BANK 2003/0C03301/R/LSMIRFA
8. 000022AK1.03 001/1/1/LOSS OF RC MAKEUPiCiA 3.0/3.4/BANK 2003/0C03301/R/LSMIRFA  
1
I
I
1  
        Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                  Reactor power = 100%
Reactor power = 100%  
                A leak occurs on the " 1 A HPI Injection header
A leak occurs on the "1A HPI Injection header  
                  1RIA-32 is in alarm
1 RIA-32 is in alarm  
                  1B HPI pump is available
1B HPI pump is available  
i     Which one of the following describes how the Pressurizer level will be procedurally controlled
i  
      while in this condition?
Which one of the following describes how the Pressurizer level will be procedurally controlled  
      By adjusting:
while in this condition?  
      A,'   letdown flow and starting 1B HPlP with flow through IHP-409 (1HP-27 Bypass).
By adjusting:  
      6. letdown flow and starting 1B HPlP with flow through IHP-410 (1HP-26 Bypass).
A,' letdown flow and starting 1B HPlP with flow through IHP-409 (1 HP-27 Bypass).  
      C. seal injection flow and starting I C HPlP with flow through 1HP-409 (1HP-27 Bypass).
6. letdown flow and starting 1B HPlP with flow through IHP-410 (1 HP-26 Bypass).  
      D. seal injection flow and starting I C HPlP with flow through IHP-410 (1HP-26 Bypass).
C. seal injection flow and starting I C HPlP with flow through 1 HP-409 (1 HP-27 Bypass).  
      Answer 142
D. seal injection flow and starting I C HPlP with flow through IHP-410 (1 HP-26 Bypass).  
      A
Answer 142  
      A.       Correct- Step 4.140 has the operator ensure 1B HPI pump is operating and go to step
A  
      4.146 which instructs the operator to adjust letdown and throttle 1HP-409 to makeup to the
A.  
      RCS.
4.146 which instructs the operator to adjust letdown and throttle 1 HP-409 to makeup to the  
      B.       Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and IHP-410 is not used since the leak is on the
RCS.  
      1A injection header.
B.  
      C.        Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and the 1C pump will not be used since 1B HPI
1A injection header.
      pump is available.
Correct- Step 4.140 has the operator ensure 1B HPI pump is operating and go to step
      D.        Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and the I C pump will not be used since 18 HPI
Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and IHP-410 is not used since the leak is on the  
      pump is available. IHP-410 will not be used since the leak is on the 1A injection header.
C.
      MCS      Time: I     Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
pump is available.
                                                Answer: A D B E C B B C B C       Scramble Range: A - D
D.
      Tier:             I                                 Group:             1
pump is available. IHP-410 will not be used since the leak is on the 1A injection header.  
      Keyword:           LOSS OF RC MAKEUP                 Cog level:         CIA 3.0/3.4
Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and the 1 C pump will not be used since 1 B HPI  
      Source:           BANK 2003                         Exam:             OC03301
Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and the I C pump will not be used since 18 HPI  
      Test:             R                                 Author/Reviewer:   LSMiRFA
MCS
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM             .. .                   .   ..         .. .. .         9
Time:  
I  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A D B E C B B C B C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
I  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
LOSS OF RC MAKEUP  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.0/3.4  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
Author/Reviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
.. .  
.  
..  
..  
..  
.  
9  


    9. 000025 AK3.01 OOl/I/l/LOSS OF RHR/C/A 3.113.4/BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
9. 000025 AK3.01 OOl/I/l/LOSS OF RHR/C/A 3.113.4/BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
        INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
                Time = 0200
Time = 0200  
                A Turbine Building Flood is in progress
A Turbine Building Flood is in progress  
                The reactor was manually tripped
The reactor was manually tripped  
                Main and Emergency FDW is unavailable
Main and Emergency FDW is unavailable  
                The SSF and Station ASW is unavailable
The SSF and Station ASW is unavailable  
        CURRENT CONDITIONS:
CURRENT CONDITIONS:  
                Time = 0400
Time = 0400  
                HPI Forced Cooling is in progress per Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)
HPI Forced Cooling is in progress per Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)  
                The TSC desires to throttle HPI for long term DHR
The TSC desires to throttle HPI for long term DHR  
        Which one of the following is correct?
Which one of the following is correct?  
        A. Throttle HPI in both headers to 100 gpm/header.
A. Throttle HPI in both headers to 100 gpm/header.  
        B. Throttle HPI in both headers to maintain ALL SCMs 0 F.
B. Throttle HPI in both headers to maintain ALL SCMs  
        c.' Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm.
c.' Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm.  
        D. Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to maintain ALL SCMs > 0 F.
D. Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to maintain ALL SCMs > 0 F.  
        bank 267
bank 267  
      Attachment: Page 27 of 29 of TBF
0 F.
      A.      Incorrect, one HPI header is isolated.
Attachment: Page 27 of 29 of TBF  
      B.      Incorrect, one HPI header is isolated.
A.  
      C.       Correct, Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm per
B.  
      curve.
C.  
      D.       Incorrect, Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm per
curve.  
      curve. SCM may be lost.
D.  
      MCS     Time:   I   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
curve. SCM may be lost.  
                                              Answer: C C B B C D C D D D     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:               1                             Group:           I
Time:  
      Keyword:           LOSS OF RHR                   Cog level:       CIA 3.113.4
I  
      Source:             BANK 2003                     Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:               R                             AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM                                                                   10
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C C B B C D C D D D  
Incorrect, one HPI header is isolated.
Incorrect, one HPI header is isolated.
Correct, Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm per
Incorrect, Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm per
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
I  
Keyword:  
LOSS OF RHR  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.113.4  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer:  
LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
10  


  10. 000026 GEN 2.4.24 001/1/IlCCW/C/A 3.3/3.7/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA
10. 000026 GEN 2.4.24 001/1/IlCCW/C/A 3.3/3.7/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA  
        Unit 2 is operating at 11% power, when the Standby CC pump auto starts.
Unit 2 is operating at 11 % power, when the Standby CC pump auto starts.  
              Total CC flow is 575 gpm and is slowly decreasing.
Total CC flow is 575 gpm and is slowly decreasing.  
                1HP-5 closes.
1 HP-5 closes.  
              All RCP seal return valves remain open.
All RCP seal return valves remain open.  
                                              -
CRD Stator Temperatures are - 155F.  
              CRD Stator Temperatures are 155F.
Which one of the following are required Immediate Manual Actions?  
        Which one of the following are required Immediate Manual Actions?
A. Enter APIlIAI17001020  
        A. Enter APIlIAI17001020
Do NOT Trip the Reactor  
            Do NOT Trip the Reactor
STOP ALL RCPs  
            STOP ALL RCPs
Initiate AP/25  
            Initiate AP/25
B. Enter AP/25  
        B.   Enter AP/25
Trip the Reactor  
            Trip the Reactor
Stop all RCPs  
            Stop all RCPs
Enter APll/A/1700/20  
            Enter APll/A/1700/20
c.# Enter AP/I/A/1700/020  
        c.#Enter AP/I/A/1700/020
Do NOT Trip the Reactor  
            Do NOT Trip the Reactor
Do NOT stop all RCPs  
            Do NOT stop all RCPs
Do NOT Initiate AP/25  
            Do NOT Initiate AP/25
D. Enter AP/l/AII 700/020  
        D. Enter AP/l/AII 700/020
Trip the Reactor  
            Trip the Reactor
Do NOT stop all RCPs  
            Do NOT stop all RCPs
Do NOT Initiate AP/25  
            Do NOT Initiate AP/25
3.1 -  
      3.1 - IAAT both ofthe following are lost:
IAAT both ofthe following are lost:  
      * CC to RCPs
* CC to RCPs  
        RCP seal injection
RCP seal injection  
      THEN perform the following:
THEN perform the following:  
      A. -Trip Rx.
A. -Trip Rx.  
      B. - Stop all RCPs.
B. -  
      C. -Initiate AP/25 (SSF EOP).
Stop all RCPs.  
      NOTE
C. -Initiate  
      If CRD stator cooling is lost, stator temperatures will reach 180...F in 4 minutes.
AP/25 (SSF EOP).  
      3.2 - IAAT at least two CRD stator temperatures greater than180 ...F,
NOTE  
      THEN trip Rx.
If CRD stator cooling is lost, stator temperatures will reach 180 ... F in 4 minutes.  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3.2 -  
                                              Answer: C C A A A A D C C D             Scramble Range: A - D
IAAT at least two CRD stator temperatures greater than180 ... F,  
      Tier:               1                               Group:                 1
THEN trip Rx.  
      Keyword             ccw                             Cog level:             C/A 3.313.7
MCS  
      Source:             NEW                             Exam:                 OCO3301
Time:  
      Test:               R                               AuthodReviewer:       LSMiRFA
1  
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:19 PM                       . .         . . . .. ..   . .   . .. ..   . , . . I1
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C C A A A A D C C D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
ccw  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.313.7  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OCO3301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer:  
LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
. .
. . . .. ..  
.
.
.  
..  
..  
.  
, .  
. I 1 


      11. 000027 GEN 2.1.12 00111/I/TECH SPECICIA 2.9/4.0/M/OC0330llSlLSMlRFA
1 1. 000027 GEN 2.1.12 00111/I/TECH SPECICIA 2.9/4.0/M/OC0330llSlLSMlRFA  
          Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                    A Unit shutdown was performed following a sudden pressurizer level drop.
A Unit shutdown was performed following a sudden pressurizer level drop.  
                    LPI Cooler Outlet temperature = 175" F.
LPI Cooler Outlet temperature = 175" F.  
                    RCS Low Range Cooldown pressure = 250 psig.
RCS Low Range Cooldown pressure = 250 psig.  
                    Pressurizer level = 120 inches.
Pressurizer level = 120 inches.  
                    All RCP's are off.
All RCP's are off.  
                    NO outstanding prior Technical Specification CONDITIONS at this time.
NO outstanding prior Technical Specification CONDITIONS at this time.  
          Investigations indicate that the level drop may have been due to a pressurizer level instrument
Investigations indicate that the level drop may have been due to a pressurizer level instrument  
          malfunction. The OSM has requested that you consider the possibility of increasing
malfunction. The OSM has requested that you consider the possibility of increasing  
          pressurizer level to 260 inches to facilitate trouble shooting the instrument.
pressurizer level to 260 inches to facilitate trouble shooting the instrument.  
          Which one of the following is correct?
Which one of the following is correct?  
          A. Pressurizer level can be increased to 260" with no additional requirements because the
A. Pressurizer level can be increased to 260" with no additional requirements because the  
                PORV is operable.
PORV is operable.  
          B.   Pressurizer level can be increased to 2 6 0 because an LTOP operator is already
B. Pressurizer level can be increased to 2 6 0 because an LTOP operator is already  
                established.
established.  
          C.'   Pressurizer level can be increased to 2 6 0 if an LTOP operator is established.
C.' Pressurizer level can be increased to 2 6 0 if an LTOP operator is established.  
          D. Technical Specifications will not allow pressurizer level > 220" at this time.
D. Technical Specifications will not allow pressurizer level > 220" at this time.  
          Answer 125
Answer 125  
          REFERENCE ALLOWED - 1108101 LR CD curve and LTOP logic diagram
REFERENCE ALLOWED - 1108101 LR CD curve and LTOP logic diagram  
          A. Incorrect. Although the PORV is operable, adrnin controls require pressurizer level <220"
A. Incorrect. Although the PORV is operable, adrnin controls require pressurizer level <220"  
          unless an LTOP operator is established.
unless an LTOP operator is established.  
          6.Incorrect. Since the unit is in NO Tech Spec conditions, an LTOP operator is not already
6. Incorrect. Since the unit is in NO Tech Spec conditions, an LTOP operator is not already  
          established.
established.  
          C. Correct. An LTOP operator is allowed to replace any of the admin controls in Train 2 of
C. Correct. An LTOP operator is allowed to replace any of the admin controls in Train 2 of  
          LTOP (see TS 3.4.12 bases).
LTOP (see TS 3.4.12 bases).  
          D. Incorrect See above.
D. Incorrect See above.  
          MCS Time: I         Points:   1.00   Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                                Answer: C A C D A A D A A D       Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
          Tier:             1                               Group:           1
I  
          Keyword           TECH SPEC                       Cog level:       CIA 2.914.0
Points:  
          Source:           M                               Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
          Test:             S                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
.. Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM                                                                   12
Answer: C A C D A A D A A D
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
TECH SPEC  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.914.0  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
. .  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
12  


  12. 000027AK1.01 001/l/I/PRESSURIZER/M 3.l/3.4/M/OC0330I/R/LSM/RFA
12. 000027AK1.01 001/l/I/PRESSURIZER/M 3.l/3.4/M/OC0330I/R/LSM/RFA  
I                                                                                                   I
I  
I       Which one of the following is correct, following a failure of the Channel " A Pressurizer
I  
        Temperature RTD to a minimum value?                                                           I
I  
        PZR Level #I   will         , PZR Saturation Pressure will
Which one of the following is correct, following a failure of the Channel " A Pressurizer  
        A. increase / increase
Temperature RTD to a minimum value?  
        BY decrease / decrease
I  
        C. increase / decrease
PZR Level #I  
        D. decrease / increase
will  
                                                                                            ~
, PZR Saturation Pressure will  
      Answer 409
A. increase / increase  
      B
BY decrease / decrease  
      A. Incorrect, failed RTD provides 0 output => low temperature indication. Loss of temp
C. increase / decrease  
      compensation will decrease indicated level. Indicated temp decreases to the saturation
D. decrease / increase  
      program and this will decrease the saturated pressure for
~  
      that temperature.
Answer 409  
      B. Correct, The RTD fails LOW; decreasing both operator indications.
B  
      C. Incorrect, same as A for PZR level
A. Incorrect, failed RTD provides 0 output => low temperature indication. Loss of temp  
      D. Incorrect ,same as A for Sat temperature
compensation will decrease indicated level. Indicated temp decreases to the saturation  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
program and this will decrease the saturated pressure for  
                                            Answer: B D A C C D D D B C       Scramble Range: A - D
that temperature.  
      Tier:             1                             Group:           1
B. Correct, The RTD fails LOW; decreasing both operator indications.  
      Keyword:           PRESSURIZER                   Cog level:       M 3.113.4
C. Incorrect, same as A for PZR level  
      Source:           M                             Exam:             OC03301
D. Incorrect ,same as A for Sat temperature  
      Test:             R                             AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA
MCS  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM                                                                 13
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B D A C C D D D B C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
PRESSURIZER  
Cog level:  
M 3.113.4  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM  
13  


  13. 000028AA2.01 001/1/2/PZR/C/A 3.4/3.6/M 1992/01/20/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA
13. 000028AA2.01 001/1/2/PZR/C/A 3.4/3.6/M 1992/01/20/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA  
      The reactor is operating normally at 100% power with Pressurizer Level Instrument # I selectc
The reactor is operating normally at 100% power with Pressurizer Level Instrument # I selectc  
      for control.
for control.  
      Which one of the following describes the resulting plant conditions when a "Data Link Failure"
Which one of the following describes the resulting plant conditions when a "Data Link Failure"  
      is indicated on ICCM Train "A"?
is indicated on ICCM Train "A"?  
      A.' PZR level goes to zero, HP-120 fully opens, and PZR level HighlLow statalarms actuate.
A.' PZR level goes to zero, HP-120 fully opens, and PZR level HighlLow statalarms actuate.  
      B. PZR level goes full scale, HP-120 fully closes, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are
B. PZR level goes full scale, HP-120 fully closes, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are  
            inoperable.
inoperable.  
      c. SASS selects the alternate PZR level signal, HP-120 throttles as demanded by the good
c. SASS selects the alternate PZR level signal, HP-120 throttles as demanded by the good  
            level signal, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are inoperable.
level signal, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are inoperable.  
      D. SASS selects the alternate PZR level signal, HP-120 throttles as demanded by the good
D. SASS selects the alternate PZR level signal, HP-120 throttles as demanded by the good  
            level signal, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are operable.
level signal, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are operable.  
      OP-OC-PNS-PZR
OP-OC-PNS-PZR  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: A A C C C A C D C B     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:               I                             Group:           2
1  
      Keyword             PZR                           Cog level:       C/A 3.4/3.6
Points:  
      Source:             M 1992/01/20                   Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:               S                             AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM                 ..                                             14
Answer: A A C C C A C D C B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
I  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
PZR  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.4/3.6  
Source:  
M 1992/01/20  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthoriReviewer:  
LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM  
. .
14  


  14. 000028AK1.01 001/1/2/PZRIC/A 2.813. I/M 1992/01/20/OC03301/~LR/LSM/RFA
14. 000028AK1.01 001/1/2/PZRIC/A 2.813. I/M 1992/01/20/OC03301/~LR/LSM/RFA  
        Plant conditions on Unit 2 are as follows:
Plant conditions on Unit 2 are as follows:  
            - Reactor trip from 100% power.
- Reactor trip from 100% power.  
            - Loss of pressurizer level control has occurred.
- Loss of pressurizer level control has occurred.  
            - Pressurizer level is 398 inches slowly increasing on all indicators.
- Pressurizer level is 398 inches slowly increasing on all indicators.  
            - RCS pressure is stable.
- RCS pressure is stable.  
        Which one of the following describes the response of RCS pressure and the reason for this
Which one of the following describes the response of RCS pressure and the reason for this  
        response when PZR level increases to full scale?
response when PZR level increases to full scale?  
      A,' RCS pressure remains stable because the PZR level instrument reference leg does NOT
A,' RCS pressure remains stable because the PZR level instrument reference leg does NOT  
            tap off the true top of the PZR
tap off the true top of the PZR  
      6. RCS pressure remains stable because the PZR level instrument variable leg does NOT tap
6. RCS pressure remains stable because the PZR level instrument variable leg does NOT tap  
            off the true bottom of the PZR
off the true bottom of the PZR  
      C. RCS pressure rapidly increases because the PZR level instrument reference leg taps off
C. RCS pressure rapidly increases because the PZR level instrument reference leg taps off  
            the true top of the PZR
the true top of the PZR  
      D. RCS pressure rapidly increases because the PZR level instrument variable leg taps off the
D. RCS pressure rapidly increases because the PZR level instrument variable leg taps off the  
            true bottom of the PZR
Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-PNS-PZR  
      Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-PNS-PZR
MCS  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Time:  
                                              Answer: A A A D C C B B D B     Scramble Range: A - D
1  
      Tier:               1                               Group:           2
Points:  
      Keyword             PZR                             Cog level:       CIA 2N3.1
1.00  
      Source:             M 1992101120                   Exam:           OC03301
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
      Test:               R                               Author/Reviewer: LSM/RFA
Answer: A A A D C C B B D B  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM                                                                   15
true bottom of the PZR
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
PZR  
Cog level:  
CIA 2N3.1  
Source:  
M 1992101120  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
Author/Reviewer:  
LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM  
15  


  15. 000029EA2.09 001/llIIATWS/ClA 4.4/4.5NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA
15. 000029EA2.09 001/llIIATWS/ClA 4.4/4.5NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA  
        Which one of the following describes the procedural bases for limiting OTSG
Which one of the following describes the procedural bases for limiting OTSG  
        levels to less than 85% Operating Range during an ATWS event from 100% power?
levels to less than 85% Operating Range during an ATWS event from 100% power?  
      A.' Main FDW pumps would trip on high SG level, resulting in the inability of FDW to match
A.'  
            power production.
Main FDW pumps would trip on high SG level, resulting in the inability of FDW to match  
      B. The steam lines would be filled with water resulting in MS line failure
power production.  
      c. The steam generator shell would be filled solid resulting in an excessive primary cooldown.
B. The steam lines would be filled with water resulting in MS line failure  
      D. Excessive negative reactivity would be added, due to the increase in heat transfer, causing
c. The steam generator shell would be filled solid resulting in an excessive primary cooldown.  
            a power excursion.
D. Excessive negative reactivity would be added, due to the increase in heat transfer, causing  
      OP-OC-EAP-E26,
a power excursion.  
      MCS Time: I         Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
OP-OC-EAP-E26,  
                                          Answer: A D B C C A B B D B     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS Time:  
      Tier:             1                           Group:           1
I  
      Keyword:         ATWS                         Cog level:       CIA 4.414.5
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             S                             AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM                                                               16
Answer: A D B C C A B B D B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
ATWS  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.414.5  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM  
16  


  16. 000029EK3.12 001/1/1/ATWSlM 4.4/4.8R\TEWIOC0330I/R/LSM/RFA
16. 000029EK3.12 001/1/1/ATWSlM 4.4/4.8R\\TEWIOC0330I/R/LSM/RFA  
1
1  
      Which one of the following is the reason that EP/3/A/1800/01 Section 506, Unanticipated
Which one of the following is the reason that EP/3/A/1800/01 Section 506, Unanticipated  
        Nuclear Power Production, directs operators to trip the main turbine if it has not already
Nuclear Power Production, directs operators to trip the main turbine if it has not already  
      tripped?
tripped?  
      A. prevent the chance of an overcooling event adding additional reactivity to the core.
A. prevent the chance of an overcooling event adding additional reactivity to the core.  
      B.' allow heatup of the RCS enabling moderator temperature and doppler coefficients to
B.' allow heatup of the RCS enabling moderator temperature and doppler coefficients to  
            reduce reactor power.
reduce reactor power.  
      C. prevent motorizing the main generator.
C. prevent motorizing the main generator.  
      D. prevent the loss of pressurizer level due to AMSAC activation.
D. prevent the loss of pressurizer level due to AMSAC activation.  
      OP-OC-EAP-E26
OP-OC-EAP-E26  
      MCS     Time: 1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: B A D B C A C B A A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             1                             Group:           1
1  
      Keyword           ATWS                           Cog level:       M 4.414.8
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednbsday. May 07,2003 01:39:20PM                                                                  17
Answer: B A D B C A C B A A
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
ATWS  
Cog level:  
M 4.414.8  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer:  
LSMIRFA  
Wednbsday. May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM
17  


  17. 000033AA2.1 I 001/1/2/1NTERMEDIATE RANGEIM 3.1/3.4/BANK 1990/07/06/0C03301/R/LSM/RFA
17. 000033AA2.1 I 001/1/2/1NTERMEDIATE RANGEIM 3.1/3.4/BANK 1990/07/06/0C03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        Which one of the following describes the effect of a loss of compensating voltage on the
Which one of the following describes the effect of a loss of compensating voltage on the  
        Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation indication?
Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation indication?  
        Results in:
Results in:  
      A. a higher gamma induced current from the inner chamber.
A. a higher gamma induced current from the inner chamber.  
      BY an indicated neutron level higher than actual.
BY an indicated neutron level higher than actual.  
      c. a greater indicated startup rate.
c. a greater indicated startup rate.  
      D. a decrease in the amount of overlap between nuclear instruments.
D. a decrease in the amount of overlap between nuclear instruments.  
      Oconee: Lesson Plan, "Nuclear Instrumentation,''
Oconee: Lesson Plan, "Nuclear Instrumentation,''  
            OP-OC-IC-NI,
OP-OC-IC-NI,  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: B D D C A C A A D D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             1                             Group:           2
1  
      Keyword           INTERMEDIATE RANGE             Cog level:       M 3.1/3.4
Points:  
      Source:           BANK 1990/07/06               Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthoriReviewer: LSMiRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM                                                               18
Answer: B D D C A C A A D D
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
INTERMEDIATE RANGE  
Cog level:  
M 3.1/3.4  
Source:  
BANK 1990/07/06  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM  
18  


    18. 000038EAl .I9 OOl/l/l/SGTR/C/A 3.4/3.4~EWIOC03301/R/LSM/RFA
18. 000038EAl .I9 OOl/l/l/SGTR/C/A 3.4/3.4~EWIOC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
          The following plant conditions exist:
The following plant conditions exist:  
                o   A tube rupture is in progress in OTSG "A".
o A tube rupture is in progress in OTSG "A".  
                o   RCS pressure is 1700 psig.
o RCS pressure is 1700 psig.  
                o   RCS temperature is 540 degrees F.
o RCS temperature is 540 degrees F.  
                o   OTSG " A operating range level is 89% (-280 inches XSUR).
o OTSG " A operating range level is 89% (-280 inches XSUR).  
                o   The operator is steaming OTSG " A and OTSG "B".
o The operator is steaming OTSG " A and OTSG "B".  
                o   All RCPs are tripped.
o All RCPs are tripped.  
          Which one of the following is the reason for increasing the steaming rate for OTSG " A ?
Which one of the following is the reason for increasing the steaming rate for OTSG " A ?
          A.' To prevent a trip of the MFDW pumps.
A.' To prevent a trip of the MFDW pumps.  
          B.   To maintain a 100 degrees F. per hour RCS cooldown rate with BOTH OTSGs.
B. To maintain a 100 degrees F. per hour RCS cooldown rate with BOTH OTSGs.  
          C. To prevent OTSG " A from filling and lifting a MSRV.
C. To prevent OTSG " A from filling and lifting a MSRV.  
          D. To maintain Tube-to-Shell delta T within 50 degrees F.
D. To maintain Tube-to-Shell delta T within 50 degrees F.  
          OP-OC-EAP-E24, EP/1/Al1800/01
OP-OC-EAP-E24, EP/1/Al1800/01  
          MCS Time: 1             Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS Time:  
                                                  Answer: A D D C B C D B D D     Scramble Range: A - D
1  
          Tier:               1                               Group:           1
Points:  
          Keyword:           SGTR                           Cog level:       C/A3.413.4
1.00  
          Source:             NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
          Test:               R                               AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
Answer: A D D C B C D B D D  
W e d n W a y , May 07,2003 01 :39:20PM                                                                19
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
SGTR  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.413.4  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
WednWay, May 07,2003 01 :39:20 PM
19  


  19. 000040AA2. I 001/1/1/EXCESSIVE HEAT TRANSICIA 3.1/4.2lNEW/OC03301/WLSM/RFA
19. 000040AA2. I 001/1/1/EXCESSIVE HEAT TRANSICIA 3.1/4.2lNEW/OC03301/WLSM/RFA  
        The following plant conditions exist:
The following plant conditions exist:  
            o Unit 1 reactor has tripped.
o Unit 1 reactor has tripped.  
            o Core subcooling margin indicates ZERO (0) degrees F
o Core subcooling margin indicates ZERO (0) degrees F  
          o   "A"OTSG pressure is 800 psig and decreasing.
o "A" OTSG pressure is 800 psig and decreasing.  
          o   " 6 OTSG pressure is stable.
o " 6
          o   RCS Tc is 535 degrees F. and decreasing.
OTSG pressure is stable.  
          o   RCS pressure is decreasing.
o RCS Tc is 535 degrees F. and decreasing.  
          o   Pressurizer level is ZERO (0) inches.
o RCS pressure is decreasing.  
      Which one of the following procedures should be used to mitigate these abnormal RCS
o Pressurizer level is ZERO (0) inches.  
      indications?
Which one of the following procedures should be used to mitigate these abnormal RCS  
        EP/2/,4/18001001Attachment:
indications?  
      A. G, Steam Generator Tube Rupture.
EP/2/,4/18001001 Attachment:  
      B. I, Loss of Coolant Accident
A. G, Steam Generator Tube Rupture.  
      C. E, Loss of heat Transfer
B. I, Loss of Coolant Accident  
        D.' F, Excessive Heat Transfer
C. E, Loss of heat Transfer  
      Oconee Procedure Index
D.' F, Excessive Heat Transfer  
        (0 Core subcooling margin indicates ZERO (0) degrees F.). This bullet implies that the
Oconee Procedure Index  
      instrument is failed based on other indications.
(0 Core subcooling margin indicates ZERO (0) degrees F.). This bullet implies that the  
      MCS Time: 1         Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
instrument is failed based on other indications.  
                                              Answer: D C D D A B C C C D     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             I                               Group:           I
Time:  
      Keyword:         EXCESSIVE HEAT TRANS             Cog level:       C/A 3.114.2
1  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:             R                               AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM                                                                 20
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D C D D A B C C C D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
I  
Group:  
I  
Keyword:  
EXCESSIVE HEAT TRANS  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.114.2  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM  
20  


  20. 000051AA2.02 001/1/2/COND VACUUMICIA 3.914.1lBANK 2003lOCO33Ol/S/LSM/RFA
20. 000051AA2.02 001/1/2/COND VACUUMICIA 3.914.1lBANK 2003lOCO33Ol/S/LSM/RFA  
        Unit 1 conditions:
Unit 1 conditions:  
        INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
                Reactor power = 20%
Reactor power = 20%  
                Unit startup in progress
Unit startup in progress  
                All RCPs operating
All RCPs operating  
        CURRENT CONDITIONS:
CURRENT CONDITIONS:  
                Reactor tripped
Reactor tripped  
                Reactor power = 1YO and decreasing
Reactor power = 1 YO and decreasing  
                RCS pressure = 1850 psig and deceasin
RCS pressure = 1850 psig and deceasin  
                Condenser vacuum = 19 inches and dec asing
Condenser vacuum = 19 inches and dec  
                1A2 RCP tripped
1A2 RCP tripped  
        Which one of the following is the cause of the reactor trip?
asing
      A. Low RCS pressure.
Which one of the following is the cause of the reactor trip?  
        B.   Power to flow imbalance.
A. Low RCS pressure.  
        C. Main turbine anticipatory trip.
B. Power to flow imbalance.  
        D.' Loss of feedwater anticipatory trip.
C. Main turbine anticipatory trip.  
      Answer 423
D.' Loss of feedwater anticipatory trip.  
                                                                        I
Answer 423  
      D
D  
      A. Incorrect - RCS pressure > 1810 psig.
A. Incorrect - RCS pressure > 1810 psig.  
      B. Incorrect - Rx power c min. flux/flow/imb trip setpoint.
B. Incorrect - Rx power c min. flux/flow/imb trip setpoint.  
      C. Incorrect - Rx power c 27.75% and decreasing, turb. anticipatory trip
C. Incorrect - Rx power c 27.75% and decreasing, turb. anticipatory trip  
      bypassed.
bypassed.  
      D. Correct - Operating MFDWP tripped on low vacuum.
D. Correct - Operating MFDWP tripped on low vacuum.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
I
                                            Answer: D C C B B A A A C C     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             1                             Group:           2
Time:  
      Keyword:           COND VACUUM                   Cog level:       CIA 3.914.1
1  
      Source:           BANK 2003                     Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:             S                             AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday. May 07,2003 0.1:39:20 PM                                                               21
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D C C B B A A A C C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
COND VACUUM  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.914.1  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday. May 07, 2003 0.1:39:20 PM  
21  


  21 . 000054AK3.03 001/1/I/FEEDWATER/M 3.8/4.1/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
21 . 000054AK3.03 001/1/I/FEEDWATER/M 3.8/4.1/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        Procedure AP/O/A/1700/19, " Loss of Main Feedwater ",requires that FDW-315 and 316
Procedure AP/O/A/1700/19, " Loss of Main Feedwater ", requires that FDW-315 and 316  
        controllers [EFW control valves] have their manual loader output matched with the automatic
controllers [EFW control valves] have their manual loader output matched with the automatic  
        output AND placed in MANUAL prior to resetting a Main Feedwater Pump.
output AND placed in MANUAL prior to resetting a Main Feedwater Pump.  
        Which one of the following is the reason that this action is necessary prior to resetting a main
Which one of the following is the reason that this action is necessary prior to resetting a main  
        FDWP?
FDWP?  
        A.' FDW 315/316 automatically close when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers are in
A.' FDW 315/316 automatically close when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers are in  
            "AUTO.
"AUTO.  
        6. the main FDWP is interlocked and will not restart if FDW 313316 controllers are in
6. the main FDWP is interlocked and will not restart if FDW 313316 controllers are in  
            "AUTO".
"AUTO".  
        C. the main FDWP is interlocked and will not restart. FDW 315/316 automatically go to full
C. the main FDWP is interlocked and will not restart. FDW 315/316 automatically go to full  
            open.
open.  
        D. FDW 3151316 automatically go to full open when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers
D. FDW 3151316 automatically go to full open when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers  
            are in "AUTO".
are in "AUTO".  
        Based on material in a question asked in 1990/07/06
Based on material in a question asked in 1990/07/06  
      a. WHY is this action necessary prior to resetting a main FDWP? [I     .O]
a. WHY is this action necessary prior to resetting a main FDWP? [I  
      a. FDW 315/316 automatically close when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers are in
.O]  
      "AUTO"
a. FDW 315/316 automatically close when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers are in  
      b. WHAT undesirable consequence(s) is this requirement protecting against?
"AUTO"  
            b. Loss of feedwater injection to the SIG's.
b. WHAT undesirable consequence(s) is this requirement protecting against?  
        Oconee: EP/O/A/1700/14; OP-OC-SPS-SY-EF, pp. 66 and 68, L.O. 4.n.
Oconee: EP/O/A/1700/14; OP-OC-SPS-SY-EF, pp. 66 and 68, L.O. 4.n.  
          3.5/3.7
3.5/3.7  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
b. Loss of feedwater injection to the SIG's.
                                              Answer: A B D C B D A A A D     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:               1                             Group:           1
Time:  
      Keyword:           FEEDWATER                     Cog level:       M 3.814.1
1  
      Source:             NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:               R                             AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA
1.00  
Wedn?sday. May 07,2003 01 :39:20PM                                                                    22
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A B D C B D A A A D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
FEEDWATER  
Cog level:  
M 3.814.1  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA  
Wedn?sday. May 07,2003 01 :39:20
PM
22  


  22. 000055EA2.01 001~1lliBLACKOUT/ClA3.4/3.7~EW/OC03301lS/LSMRFA
22. 000055EA2.01 001~1lliBLACKOUT/ClA 3.4/3.7~EW/OC03301lS/LSMRFA  
I                                                                                                   1
I  
        Following a station blackout, the crew enters AP/I/A/I 700/11. Shortly after entry in to
1  
        AP/1/A/l700/11 the Turbine Bypass Valves cycle on and off. Which one of the follow has
Following a station blackout, the crew enters AP/I/A/I 700/11.  
        caused this to occur?
AP/1/A/l700/11 the Turbine Bypass Valves cycle on and off. Which one of the follow has  
      A. Condenser Hotwell Level cycling at the High setpoint.
caused this to occur?  
        B.' Low CCW flow as a result of gravity flow only
Shortly after entry in to
      C. Main Steam Relief Valves unable to relieve OTSG Pressure.
A. Condenser Hotwell Level cycling at the High setpoint.  
      D. Oscillating RCS Pressure and Natural Circulation due to cycling of the PORV.
B.'  
      Solution - B
Low CCW flow as a result of gravity flow only  
      Low gravity flow caused by the loss of valve position and control of the CCW system which
C. Main Steam Relief Valves unable to relieve OTSG Pressure.  
      results in a lowering of condenser vacuum, which has in turn caused the Turbine Bypass
D. Oscillating RCS Pressure and Natural Circulation due to cycling of the PORV.  
      Valves to cycle on and off.
Solution - B  
      Reference -
Low gravity flow caused by the loss of valve position and control of the CCW system which  
      Following a station blackout AP/I/A/1700/11 informs the operator that the Turbine Bypass
results in a lowering of condenser vacuum, which has in turn caused the Turbine Bypass  
      Valves may cycle on and off at the 7 inch Hg condenser vacuum low limit. Low CCW flow as a
Valves to cycle on and off.  
      result of gravity flow only.
Reference -  
      Oconee AP-11
Following a station blackout AP/I/A/1700/11 informs the operator that the Turbine Bypass  
      MCS     Time:   I   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Valves may cycle on and off at the 7 inch Hg condenser vacuum low limit. Low CCW flow as a  
                                            Answer: B A C D D C D B D C     Scramble Range: A - D
result of gravity flow only.  
      Tier:             1                             Group:           1
Oconee AP-11  
      Keyword:           BLACKOUT                     Cog level:       CIA 3.413.7
MCS  
      Source:           NEW                          Exam:            oco3301
Time:  
      Test:              S                             AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA
I  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM                                                               23
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B A C D D C D B D C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Source:
NEW
Exam:
oco3301
Keyword:  
BLACKOUT  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.413.7  
Test:  
S  
AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM  
23  


  23. 000056A2.47 001/1/1/LOSP/M 3.8/3.9/BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
23. 000056A2.47 001/1/1/LOSP/M 3.8/3.9/BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
I
I  
        Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                A LOCA has decreased RCS pressure to 1500 psig.
A LOCA has decreased RCS pressure to 1500 psig.  
                A loss of power has caused both Keowee Units to emergency start.
A loss of power has caused both Keowee Units to emergency start.  
                MFBs have been re-energized through CT-4.
MFBs have been re-energized through CT-4.  
      Which one of the following sets of actions is required to reset the load shed signals?
Which one of the following sets of actions is required to reset the load shed signals?  
      The operator must:
The operator must:  
      A. reset "ESChannels 1 & 2" and secure both Keowee Units.
A. reset "ES Channels 1 & 2" and secure both Keowee Units.  
      B. energize the startup source and push the load shed reset pushbuttons.
B. energize the startup source and push the load shed reset pushbuttons.  
      C.' depress "Manual" on the Load Shed ES modules and simultaneously depress the reset
C.'  
            push buttons for the MFB monitor panels load shed circuit.
depress "Manual" on the Load Shed ES modules and simultaneously depress the reset  
      D. restore an offsite power source to the 230 KV "Yellow Bus" and reset both the Keowee
push buttons for the MFB monitor panels load shed circuit.  
            Emergency Start signals in Unit 1 and 2 control room.
D. restore an offsite power source to the 230 KV "Yellow Bus" and reset both the Keowee  
I
Emergency Start signals in Unit 1 and 2 control room.  
      bank 327
I  
      A. Incorrect, securing Keowee units not required
bank 327  
      B. Incorrect, no loadshed reset buttons. There are Keowee reset buttons
A. Incorrect, securing Keowee units not required  
      C. Correct, depress "Manual" on the Load Shed ES modules and simultaneously depress reset
B. Incorrect, no loadshed reset buttons. There are Keowee reset buttons  
      push buttons for MFB monitor panels load shed circuit.
C. Correct, depress "Manual" on the Load Shed ES modules and simultaneously depress reset  
      D. Incorrect, will not reset loadshed
push buttons for MFB monitor panels load shed circuit.  
      MCS     Time: 1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D. Incorrect, will not reset loadshed  
                                            Answer: C B A A B A D B D D     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             1                             Group:           1
Time:  
      Keyword           LOSP                           Cog level:       M 3N3.9
1  
      Source:           BANK 2003                     Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:             R                             AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20PM                                                                  24
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C B A A B A D B D D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
LOSP  
Cog level:  
M 3N3.9  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM
24  


  24. 000057 GEN 2.1.8001/1/1IINSTRUMENTICiA 3.714.4n\lEWiOC0330IISILSMIRFA
24. 000057 GEN 2.1.8 001/1/1IINSTRUMENTICiA 3.714.4n\\lEWiOC0330IISILSMIRFA  
        Vital inverter 3DIA tripped. The repairs are complete and it is ready to be returned to service.
Vital inverter 3DIA tripped. The repairs are complete and it is ready to be returned to service.  
        Currently, regulated AC power from Panelboard 3KRA is supplying the load.
Currently, regulated AC power from Panelboard 3KRA is supplying the load.  
        DC power to the inverter has been isolated.
DC power to the inverter has been isolated.  
        RPS Channel testing is also due during your shift.
RPS Channel testing is also due during your shift.  
        You have been instructed to restart the Vital Bus Inverters.
You have been instructed to restart the Vital Bus Inverters.  
        You have just directed the closure of breaker #33 on the 3DIA DC Panelboard.
You have just directed the closure of breaker #33 on the 3DIA DC Panelboard.  
        The RO pressed the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton.
The RO pressed the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton.  
        The PRECHARGE Light illuminates.
The PRECHARGE Light illuminates.  
        Which one of the following actions should be directed next?
Which one of the following actions should be directed next?  
        Close the:
Close the:  
      A. AC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the input filter capacitors discharge.
A. AC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the input filter capacitors discharge.  
        6. DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the input filter capacitors discharge
6. DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the input filter capacitors discharge  
      c. AC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to
c. AC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to  
            120 Volts.
120 Volts.  
        D.' DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to
D.'  
            120 Volts.
DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to  
      op/3/a/l107/004
120 Volts.  
      2.2 Press the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton until the PRECHARGE Light comes on.
op/3/a/l107/004  
      2.3 Close the DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to
2.2 Press the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton until the PRECHARGE Light comes on.  
      120 Volts.
2.3 Close the DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to  
      2.4 Close the INVERTER OUTPUT circuit breaker.
120 Volts.  
      2.5 Verify the IN SYNC light is on.
2.4 Close the INVERTER OUTPUT circuit breaker.  
      2.6 Position the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to the "NORMAL SOURCE" position.
2.5 Verify the IN SYNC light is on.  
      2.7 Verify the following indications:
2.6 Position the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to the "NORMAL SOURCE" position.  
      . INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter )) 120 Volts.
2.7 Verify the following indications:  
      . Inverter Output frequency meter )) 60 Hz.
. INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter )) 120 Volts.  
      . INVERTER OUTPUT amp meter increases and stabilizes to match SYSTEM
. Inverter Output frequency meter )) 60 Hz.  
      OUTPUT amp meter.
. INVERTER OUTPUT amp meter increases and stabilizes to match SYSTEM  
      MCS Time: I           Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
OUTPUT amp meter.  
                                            Answer: D R D D C B B D D B     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             I                             Group:           1
Time:  
      Keyword           INSTRUMENT                     Cog level:       CIA 3.714.4
I  
      Source:           NEW                            Exam:            oco3301
Points:  
      Test:            S                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:20 PM                                                                   25
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D R D D C B B D D B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
I  
Group:  
1  
Source:
NEW
Exam:
oco3301
Keyword  
INSTRUMENT  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.714.4  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:20 PM  
25  


  25. 000057AA106 001/1/11LOSS OF AC POWEWM 3.513.5lBANK 1991107/24/0C033OI/R/LSM/RFA
25. 000057AA106 001/1/11LOSS OF AC POWEWM 3.513.5lBANK 1991107/24/0C033OI/R/LSM/RFA  
        Which one of the following actions are to be performed from the Auxiliary Shutdown Panel
Which one of the following actions are to be performed from the Auxiliary Shutdown Panel  
        upon a loss of 1KI bus per AP/I/A/1700/23, "Loss of I K I Bus"?
upon a loss of 1KI bus per AP/I/A/1700/23, "Loss of IKI Bus"?  
      A.   Bypass Turbine Stop Valve controls.
A. Bypass Turbine Stop Valve controls.  
      B.   Control RCS volume with HP-120 (RC Volume Control).
B. Control RCS volume with HP-120 (RC Volume Control).  
      C.' Control RCS pressure with Pressurizer Heater Bank Two.
C.'  
      D. Bypass 1KI Inverter.
Control RCS pressure with Pressurizer Heater Bank Two.  
      AP/1/A/1700/23
D. Bypass 1KI Inverter.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
AP/1/A/1700/23  
                                          Answer: C C A B A C A D A D     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             1                             Group:         I
Time:  
      Keyword:         LOSS OF AC POWER               Cog level:     M 3.513.5
1  
      Source:           BANK 1991107124               Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:             R                             AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
WedWsday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM               ..                                             26
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C C A B A C A D A D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
I  
Keyword:  
LOSS OF AC POWER  
Cog level:  
M 3.513.5  
Source:  
BANK 1991107124  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WedWsday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
. .
26  


  26. 000058AA2.03 001/1/11DC POWERICIA 3.5l3.9lMIOCO33O1/SlLSMlRFA
26. 000058AA2.03 001/1/11DC POWERICIA 3.5l3.9lMIOCO33O1/SlLSMlRFA  
        Plant conditions:
Plant conditions:  
                1015 on 04/30/01 the "125 VDC Ground Trouble" stat alarm was received.
1015 on 04/30/01 the "125 VDC Ground Trouble" stat alarm was received.  
                1215 on 04/30/01 bus to ground voltage measurements were taken.
1215 on 04/30/01 bus to ground voltage measurements were taken.  
                1415 on 04/30/01 The Units' DC systems were separated using OP/O/A/1107/08,
1415 on 04/30/01 The Units' DC systems were separated using OP/O/A/1107/08,  
                        Isolation of DC Systems Between Units after gaining OSM concurrence.
1730 on 04/30/01 the ground has been determined to exist on Unit 2  
                1730 on 04/30/01 the ground has been determined to exist on Unit 2
Ground magnitude = 2.8V (-525 Ohms).  
                Ground magnitude = 2.8V (-525 Ohms).
Isolation of DC Systems Between Units after gaining OSM concurrence.
        Which one of the following is correct?
Which one of the following is correct?  
        A. The ground detector is inoperable on Unit 1,2, & 3.
A. The ground detector is inoperable on Unit 1,2, & 3.  
        6. Both Unit 2 and Unit 3 DC systems are functional, but not operable.
6. Both Unit 2 and Unit 3 DC systems are functional, but not operable.  
        c:' Unit 2 is required to initiate efforts to locate the ground by 1015 on 05/02/01
c:' Unit 2 is required to initiate efforts to locate the ground by 1015 on 05/02/01  
        D. Unit 3 is required to measure ground and bus voltage by 0215 on 05/01/01
D. Unit 3 is required to measure ground and bus voltage by 0215 on 05/01/01  
      A.     Incorrect- The ground detector is operable on unit 1. Buses to ground voltages were
A.  
      taken prior to the separation of the buses. A ground locating effort located the ground on Unit 2
taken prior to the separation of the buses. A ground locating effort located the ground on Unit 2  
      so the ground detector is operable because a hard ground existed.
so the ground detector is operable because a hard ground existed.  
      B.      Incorrect- the TS definition of functional does not apply in this case.
B.  
      C.     Correct- With the magnitude of the ground at 2.8 volts, condition D requires that efforts
C.  
      to locate the ground be initiated 48 hours from the receipt of the continuous ground alarm.
to locate the ground be initiated 48 hours from the receipt of the continuous ground alarm.  
      D.
D.  
      Incorrect. Unit 3 is required to measure ground and bus voltage by 0300 on 05/01/01. This is
Incorrect. Unit 3 is required to measure ground and bus voltage by 0300 on 05/01/01. This is  
      the 12 hours allowed by condition B with the continuous ground alarm present.
the 12 hours allowed by condition B with the continuous ground alarm present.  
      MCS Time: I         Points:     1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Incorrect- The ground detector is operable on unit 1. Buses to ground voltages were
                                                Answer: C C D C C A A C A B       Scramble Range: A - D
Incorrect- the TS definition of functional does not apply in this case.
      Tier:             1                                   Group:           1
Correct- With the magnitude of the ground at 2.8 volts, condition D requires that efforts
      Keyword           DC POWER                           Cog level:       CIA 3.513.9
MCS Time:  
      Source:           M                                   Exam:           OC03301
I  
      Test:             S                                   AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA
Points:  
Weddesday, May 07,200301:39:21 PM                                                                       27
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C C D C C A A C A B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
DC POWER  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.513.9  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Weddesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
27  


  27. 000059AK3.01 001i112iRAD RELEASEIM 2.712.8MEWiOCO33011RLSM1RFA
27. 000059AK3.01 001i112iRAD RELEASEIM 2.712.8MEWiOCO33011RLSM1RFA  
      Both a GWR and an LWR are in progress. IRIA-35 has just alarmed.
Both a GWR and an LWR are in progress. IRIA-35 has just alarmed.  
      Which one of the following are your rewired actions?
Which one of the following are your rewired actions?  
      A. Terminate both the GWR and LWR.
A. Terminate both the GWR and LWR.  
      B. Terminate the GWR only.
B. Terminate the GWR only.  
      C.' Terminate the LWR only.
C.' Terminate the LWR only.  
      D. Continue both releases until a confirmatory sample indicates the alarm is valid.
D. Continue both releases until a confirmatory sample indicates the alarm is valid.  
      Per AP/l/A/1700/018 Section 4C
Per AP/l/A/1700/018 Section 4C  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: C D B D C A A C B C     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             I                           Group:           2
1  
      Keyword:         RAD RELEASE                 Cog level:       M 2.712.8
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                           AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM                                                             28
Answer: C DB D C A A C B C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
I  
Group:  
2
M 2.712.8
Keyword:  
RAD RELEASE  
Cog level:  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
28  


        Which one of the following Radiation Monitors is potentially unreliable under accident
Which one of the following Radiation Monitors is potentially unreliable under accident  
        conditions?
conditions?  
      A. RIA- 4, Reactor Building Hatch Area Radiation Monitor.
A. RIA- 4, Reactor Building Hatch Area Radiation Monitor.  
      B. RIA-56, High Range Stack Radiation Monitor.
B. RIA-56, High Range Stack Radiation Monitor.  
      C. RIA-57, High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.
C. RIA-57, High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.  
      D. RIA-58, High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.
D. RIA-58, High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.  
-
-  
Wedn$sday. May07,2003 01:39:21 PM                                                             29
Wedn$sday. May07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
29  


  29. 000062AA1.07 001/1/l/SERV1CE WATEWCIA 2.9/3.O/NEW/OC03301/WLSM/RFA
29. 000062AA1.07 001/1/l/SERV1CE WATEWCIA 2.9/3.O/NEW/OC03301/WLSM/RFA  
        During a walkdown of the fire headers you are informed that the 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E'
During a walkdown of the fire headers you are informed that the 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E'  
      Turbine Room Tie) has been found in the failed open position.
Turbine Room Tie) has been found in the failed open position.  
      Which one of the following is the consequence, if any, of this failure?
Which one of the following is the consequence, if any, of this failure?  
      A. All "M" header systems inoperable.
A. All "M" header systems inoperable.  
      B:' All " M header systems are operable.
B:' All " M header systems are operable.  
      C. The fire header is capable of supplying Unit 3 fire loads only.
C. The fire header is capable of supplying Unit 3 fire loads only.  
      D. EWST level indication cannot accurately be determined.
D. EWST level indication cannot accurately be determined.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM                                                             30
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
30  


        Duke Power Company Procedure No.
Duke Power Company Procedure No.  
        Oconee Nuclear Station OP/ O M 1 104/011
Oconee Nuclear Station OP/ O M 1 104/011  
        Revision No.
Revision No.  
        059
059  
        High Pressure Service Water
High Pressure Service Water  
        1. Purpose
1. Purpose  
        To describe proper method for operating HPSW System for Unit 1, 2, and Unit 3.
To describe proper method for operating HPSW System for Unit 1, 2, and Unit 3.  
        2. Limits And Precautions
2. Limits And Precautions  
        -
2.1 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E' Turbine Room Tie) should remain open.  
        2.1 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E' Turbine Room Tie) should remain open.
- Closing this valve will make all "M" header systems inoperable.  
          Closing this valve will make all "M" header systems inoperable.
Line Hdr. at Unit #3) cannot supply all "M" header loads.  
          Due to piping size and length, 3HPSW-453 (ABE F1 Fire Prot. Hdr. Sup. from 'M'
* Contact System Engineer to determine which " M headers are operable.  
        Line Hdr. at Unit #3) cannot supply all "M" header loads.
2.2 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E' Turbine Room Tie) should remain open.  
        * Contact System Engineer to determine which " M headers are operable.
as 2HPSW-14 and 3HPSW-453 are open.  
        2.2 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E' Turbine Room Tie) should remain open.
2.3 With both 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'B' Turbine Room Tie) and 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E'  
          With 3HPSW-14 closed, all other "M" line header loads are operable, as long
Turbine Room Tie) closed, all isolated sprinklers and hose stations will be inoperable.  
        as 2HPSW-14 and 3HPSW-453 are open.
{6: Plant Sign}  
        2.3 With both 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'B'Turbine Room Tie) and 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E'
* 3HPSW-453 is capable of supplying Unit 3 loads only, if 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'B  
        Turbine Room Tie) closed, all isolated sprinklers and hose stations will be inoperable.
Turbine Room Tie) is closed.  
      {6: Plant Sign}
* Contact System Engineer to determine header operability if any question arises.  
        * 3HPSW-453 is capable of supplying Unit 3 loads only, if 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'B
2.4 Control Room EWST level indication is not accurate at very low levels.  
        Turbine Room Tie) is closed.
* At zero feet indicated level, there is still approximately 13' left in tank.  
        * Contact System Engineer to determine header operability if any question arises.
work, maintenance should be informed to pump remaining water from EWST as per  
      2.4 Control Room EWST level indication is not accurate at very low levels.
MP/O/B/1800/121 (ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK CIVIL  
      * At zero feet indicated level, there is still approximately 13' left in tank.
INSPECTION).{4}  
          If EWST is isolated for repair or inspection inside tank, prior to releasing red tags for
2.5 HPSW Pumps A & B have a minimum flow requirement of 1450 gpm.  
      work, maintenance should be informed to pump remaining water from EWST as per
2.6 Normal system leakage is approximately 200 gpm.  
        MP/O/B/1800/121 (ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK CIVIL
2.7 If altitude valve closes while an HPSW pump is still running, pump will be deadheaded.  
        INSPECTION).{4}
OP/O/A/I 104/011  
      2.5 HPSW Pumps A & B have a minimum flow requirement of 1450 gpm.
Page 3 of 6  
      2.6 Normal system leakage is approximately 200 gpm.
2.8 During normal operation, deadheading is prevented by automatic controls that stop  
      2.7 If altitude valve closes while an HPSW pump is still running, pump will be deadheaded.
HPSW pumps upon full level in EWST (approximately 90,000 gallons), before altitude  
      OP/O/A/I104/011
valve closes. {3} {7: Plant sign}  
      Page 3 of 6
2.9 Do not operate an HPSW pump with altitude valve isolated, unless provisions have been  
      2.8 During normal operation, deadheading is prevented by automatic controls that stop
made to ensure pump will not be operated below its minimum flow. {3}  
      HPSW pumps upon full level in EWST (approximately 90,000 gallons), before altitude
2.10 The BASE HPSW Pump starts at 70,000 Gal. EWST Level, the STBY HPSW Pump  
      valve closes. {3} {7: Plant sign}
starts at 60,000 Gal. EWST Level, at 90,000 Gal. A & B HPSW Pumps will STOP.  
      2.9 Do not operate an HPSW pump with altitude valve isolated, unless provisions have been
(7: Plant sign}  
      made to ensure pump will not be operated below its minimum flow. {3}
2.1 1 Whenever an HPSW pump starts, operators should ensure that it automatically stops  
      2.10 The BASE HPSW Pump starts at 70,000 Gal. EWST Level, the STBY HPSW Pump
when EWST is full (approximately 90,000 gallons). {3} {7: Plant sign}  
      starts at 60,000 Gal. EWST Level, at 90,000 Gal. A & B HPSW Pumps will STOP.
2.12 SLC 16.9.7 Bases assumes the " A HPSW Pump is in STDBY and the "B" HPSW Pump  
      (7: Plant sign}
is in BASE. If required to place the HPSW pumps in any other configuration refer to  
      2.11 Whenever an HPSW pump starts, operators should ensure that it automatically stops
appropriate enclosure. {5}  
      when EWST is full (approximately 90,000 gallons). {3} {7: Plant sign}
2.13 HPSW Pump(s) can operate with the Altitude Valve closed and no additional system  
      2.12 SLC 16.9.7 Bases assumes the " A HPSW Pump is in STDBY and the "B" HPSW Pump
flow for = 15 minutes.  
      is in BASE. If required to place the HPSW pumps in any other configuration refer to
NOTE: Starting duty recommendations are to extend the life of the motor however, they may be  
      appropriate enclosure. {5}
exceeded during an emergency.  
      2.13 HPSW Pump(s) can operate with the Altitude Valve closed and no additional system
Due to piping size and length, 3HPSW-453 (ABE F1 Fire Prot. Hdr. Sup. from 'M'
      flow for = 15 minutes.
With 3HPSW-14 closed, all other "M" line header loads are operable, as long
      NOTE: Starting duty recommendations are to extend the life of the motor however, they may be
If EWST is isolated for repair or inspection inside tank, prior to releasing red tags for
      exceeded during an emergency.
Wednbsday. May 07,2003  
Wednbsday. May 07,2003@1:39:21PM                                                                    31
@1:39:21 PM
31  


      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: B A C A C A B C C C     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             I                           Group:           1
1  
      Keyword:           SERVICE WATER               Cog level:       CIA 2.913.0
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                           AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM                                                             32
Answer: B A C A C A B C C C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
I  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
SERVICE WATER  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.913.0  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
32  


  30. 000067 GEN 2.4.27 001/1/2/FIRE/M 3.0/3.5/NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA
30. 000067 GEN 2.4.27 001/1/2/FIRE/M 3.0/3.5/NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA  
I
I  
        A fire near the control room door has rendered the control room unsafe. The decision has     1
A fire near the control room door has rendered the control room unsafe. The decision has  
        been made to enter AP/l/A11700/08, Loss of Control Room. Which one of the following
been made to enter AP/l/A11700/08, Loss of Control Room. Which one of the following  
        actions are taken before transitioning out of AP/l/A/I 700/08?
actions are taken before transitioning out of AP/l/A/I 700/08?  
      A,"Dispatch an operator to locally close 1-FDW-315.
1
      B. Dispatch an operator to locally open 1-HP-24.
i
      C. V e r i f y m Keowee Units emergency started.
A," Dispatch an operator to locally close 1-FDW-315.  
      D. Verify at least one Keowee Unit emergency started.
B. Dispatch an operator to locally open 1-HP-24.  
i
C. V e r i f y m Keowee Units emergency started.  
      AP/l/A!I 700/008
D. Verify at least one Keowee Unit emergency started.  
      A. Correct
AP/l/A!I 700/008  
      B. & C . Actions taken only if the control room is abandoned for reasons other than fire.
A. Correct  
      D. This is not an action taken in AP/'l/A/1700/008
B. & C . Actions taken only if the control room is abandoned for reasons other than fire.  
      MCS     Time: 1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D. This is not an action taken in AP/'l/A/1700/008  
                                            Answer: A A A % C % A C D C     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             1                               Group:         2
Time:  
      Keyword:         FIRE                             Cog level:     M 3.013.5
1  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:             S                               AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM                                                                 33
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A A A % C % A C D C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
FIRE  
Cog level:  
M 3.013.5  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
33  


  31. 000067AK3.04 001/112/PLANT FIREIM 3.314. IIBANK 2003lOC03301/R/LSM/RFA
31 . 000067AK3.04 001/112/PLANT FIREIM 3.314. IIBANK 2003lOC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
                                                                                                    1
The following conditions exist:  
      The following conditions exist:
A fire occurred that destroyed equipment, normal power supplies, controls, and cabling.  
            A fire occurred that destroyed equipment, normal power supplies, controls, and cabling.
Pumps required for plant shutdown cannot be operated from their normal power supply.  
            Pumps required for plant shutdown cannot be operated from their normal power supply.
Which one of the following is correct?  
      Which one of the following is correct?
I&E will align power to required Appendix R pumps from:  
      I&E will align power to required Appendix R pumps from:
A. CT-5 through the Appendix R Switchgear.  
      A. CT-5 through the Appendix R Switchgear.
B. CT-5 through motor starters on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.  
      B. CT-5 through motor starters on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.
C. CT-4 through the Appendix R Switchgear.  
      C. CT-4 through the Appendix R Switchgear.
D. CT-4 through motor starters on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.  
      D. CT-4 through motor starters on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.
I  
I                                                                                                   J
Bank 238  
      Bank 238
A Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee  
      A Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee
underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.  
      underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.
B Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee  
      B Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee
underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.  
      underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.
C Correct. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee  
      C Correct. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee
underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.  
      underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.
D Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee  
      D Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee
underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear. Power is not through motor starters  
      underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear. Power is not through motor starters
on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.  
      on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.
MCS  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Time:  
                                            Answer: C D B D C C A A B A     Scramble Range: A - D
1  
      Tier:             1                             Group:           2
Points:  
      Keyword:           PLANT FIRE                     Cog level:       M 3.314.1
1.00  
      Source:           BANK 2003                     Exam:           OC03301
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
      Test:             R                             AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Answer: C D B D C C A A B A  
Wednesday, May07,200301:39:21 PM                                                                 34
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
PLANT FIRE  
Cog level:  
M 3.314.1  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA  
1
J
Wednesday, May07,2003
01:39:21 PM  
34  


  32. 001A2.13 00112/2/CRD/C/A 4.4/4.6fl\lEW/OC0330l/S/LSM/RFA
32. 001A2.13 00112/2/CRD/C/A 4.4/4.6fl\\lEW/OC0330l/S/LSM/RFA  
        The following conditions exist for unit 1:
The following conditions exist for unit 1:  
              AMSAClDSS Ch 1 AND Ch 2 enabled.
AMSAClDSS Ch 1 AND Ch 2 enabled.  
              "Sy Max" Programmable Controllers 'Run' lights On and 'Halt' lights Off for Ch 1 8
"Sy Max" Programmable Controllers 'Run' lights On and 'Halt' lights Off for Ch 1 8. Ch 2.  
                                                                                              . Ch 2.
Which one of the following is correct per SLC 16.7.2?  
      Which one of the following is correct per SLC 16.7.2?
A. At 2450 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal constitutes  
      A. At 2450 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal constitutes
B.' At 2450 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal does NOT constitute  
            inoperability of the DSS system.
inoperability of the DSS system.  
      B.' At 2450 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal does NOT constitute
inoperability of the DSS system.
            inoperability of the DSS system.
C. At 1900 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal constitutes  
      C. At 1900 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal constitutes
inoperability of the DSS system.  
            inoperability of the DSS system.
D. At 1900 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal does NOT constitute  
      D. At 1900 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal does NOT constitute
inoperability of the DSS system.  
            inoperability of the DSS system.
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM                       , .     .   ...       . .. ,   .       35
, .
.  
. . .
. ..  
,  
.  
35  


      C.       Diverse Scram System - The system is designed to automatically drop the control
C.  
        rods in Groups 5,6&7 and any rods that are on the Aux. Power Supply AND raises the Turbine
rods in Groups 5,6&7 and any rods that are on the Aux. Power Supply AND raises the Turbine  
        Bypass Valve setpoint WHEN RCS pressure reaches 2450 psig.
Bypass Valve setpoint WHEN RCS pressure reaches 2450 psig.  
        1.     (Obj. R21,22,23) Selected Licensee Commitment 16.7.2 - applies when the reactor is
Diverse Scram System - The system is designed to automatically drop the control
      critical (Mode 1 and Mode 2, when Keff 1.O)
1.
      a)      If one or both channels is inoperable, restore to service within 7 days or file a report to
critical (Mode 1 and Mode 2, when Keff 1 .O)
      the NRC within the next 30 days.
a)
      b)      Surveillance
the NRC within the next 30 days.
      1)      Perform channel Logic Test at least once every 184 days.
b)
      2)      Perform complete DSS Actuation Test from input sensors through output relays at least
Surveillance
      every refueling outage. (18 months)
1)
      2.      PT/600/1 Periodic Instrument Surveillance
2)
      a)      Guidance for Normal Status
every refueling outage. (18 months)
      1)      DSS not actuated (statalarms & computer alarms)
2.
      2)      AMSAClDSS Ch 1&2 not bypassed (comp. alarms and lights on UBI)
PT/600/1 Periodic Instrument Surveillance
      3)      AMSAC/DSS Enabled (light on UBI)
a)
      4)      AMSAC/DSS UPS Ch 1&2 Normal (Uninterruptible Power Supply) Computer points
Guidance for Normal Status
      5)      "Sy Max" Programmable Controllers Ch 1&2 'Run' lights On AND 'Halt' lights Off.
1)
      b)      (Obj. R20) Guidance for determining operability.
2)
      1)      Surveillance requirements met (SLC 16.7.2).
3)
      2)      AMSACDSS       Ch 1 AND Ch 2 enabled.
4)
      3)      All AMSAC/DSS circuitry functional and properly calibrated.
5)
      4)      "Sy Max" Programmable Controllers 'Run' lights On and 'Halt' lights Off for Ch 1 & Ch 2
b)
                NOTE: Inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal doesn't constitute
1)
      inoperability of DSS system. This is governed by SLC 16.7.2, Anticipated Transients Without
2)
      Scram.
3)
      5)      If any channel is inoperable or generates an invalid trip signal, bypass BOTH
4)
      AMSAC/DSS channels.
inoperability of DSS system. This is governed by SLC 16.7.2, Anticipated Transients Without
                If the reactor is critical, declare system inoperable and take appropriate actions.
Scram.  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:     1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5)
                                                Answer: B B B A B A C C A D     Scramble Range: A D
AMSAC/DSS channels.
                                                                                                  ~
(Obj. R21,22,23) Selected Licensee Commitment 16.7.2 - applies when the reactor is  
      Tier:               2                                 Group:           2
If one or both channels is inoperable, restore to service within 7 days or file a report to  
      Keyword:             CRD                               Cog level:       CIA 4.414.6
Perform channel Logic Test at least once every 184 days.  
      Source:             NEW                               Exam:           OC03301
Perform complete DSS Actuation Test from input sensors through output relays at least  
      Test:               S                                 AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
DSS not actuated (statalarms & computer alarms)  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:3921 PM                                                                         36
AMSAClDSS Ch 1&2 not bypassed (comp. alarms and lights on UBI)  
AMSAC/DSS Enabled (light on UBI)  
AMSAC/DSS UPS Ch 1&2 Normal (Uninterruptible Power Supply) Computer points  
"Sy Max" Programmable Controllers Ch 1&2 'Run' lights On AND 'Halt' lights Off.  
(Obj. R20) Guidance for determining operability.  
Surveillance requirements met (SLC 16.7.2).  
AMSACDSS Ch 1 AND Ch 2 enabled.  
All AMSAC/DSS circuitry functional and properly calibrated.  
"Sy Max" Programmable Controllers 'Run' lights On and 'Halt' lights Off for Ch 1 & Ch 2  
NOTE: Inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal doesn't constitute  
If any channel is inoperable or generates an invalid trip signal, bypass BOTH  
If the reactor is critical, declare system inoperable and take appropriate actions.  
MCS  
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B B B A B A C C A D
Scramble Range: A ~ D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
CRD  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.414.6  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3921 PM  
36  


  33.003 K5.04001/2/1/RCP/M 3.1/3.5R\[EW/OC03301/RiLSM/RFA
33. 003 K5.04 001/2/1/RCP/M 3.1/3.5R\\[EW/OC03301/RiLSM/RFA  
        Unit 2 is implementing OP/l/A/11102/10. During 2/0 RCP operation, an RCP is stopped and
Unit 2 is implementing OP/l/A/11102/10. During 2/0 RCP operation, an RCP is stopped and  
        then later returned to service. Which one of the following is the reason for this action?
then later returned to service. Which one of the following is the reason for this action?  
      A.' To allow a more rapid cooldown to place DHR in service sooner.
A.' To allow a more rapid cooldown to place DHR in service sooner.  
      6. To allow an electrical train to be taken out of service.
6. To allow an electrical train to be taken out of service.  
      C. To minimize the possibility of inadvertent power increases.
C. To minimize the possibility of inadvertent power increases.  
      D. To allow the RHR trains to be cross connected.
D. To allow the RHR trains to be cross connected.  
      PIP 0-2-1374
PIP 0-2-1374  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: A D D B B C D B C C         Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                             Group:             1
1  
      Keyword:           RCP                           Cog level:         M 3.113.5
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:               OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 0.1:39:21 PM         .. . .                 . .. . .         . .. ..   ..   . 37
Answer: A D D B B C D B C C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
RCP  
Cog level:  
M 3.113.5  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 0.1:39:21 PM  
.. . .
. .. . .  
. ..  
..  
..  
.  
37  


  34. 003A3.02 001/2/l/RCP MOTOWM 2.6/2.5fl\lEWIOC0330l&ULSM/RFA
34. 003A3.02 001/2/l/RCP MOTOWM 2.6/2.5fl\\lEWIOC0330l&ULSM/RFA  
        The transducers that are fe$d (from the voltage and current) from the three phases of the RC
The transducers that are fe$d (from the voltage and current) from the three phases of the RC  
        Pump Switchgear read as follows:
Pump Switchgear read as follows:  
              RCP 1Al - 18 mv
RCP 1Al - 18 mv  
              RCP 1A2 - 15 mv
RCP 1A2 - 15 mv  
              RCPIBI -16mv
RCPIBI -16mv  
              RCP 1B2   - 16 mv
RCP 1B2 - 16 mv  
        Which one of the following describe the required manual action or the expected automatic
Which one of the following describe the required manual action or the expected automatic  
        actions?
actions?  
      A. 1Al should be tripped manually.
A. 1Al should be tripped manually.  
        B. 1Al should trip automatically.
B. 1Al should trip automatically.  
        C. 1B1 and 182 should trip automatically.
C. 1B1 and 182 should trip automatically.  
        D.' There are no required manual or automatic actions.
D.' There are no required manual or automatic actions.  
      pns-cpmrl l a
pns-cpmrl l a
      Voltage and current from the three phases of the RC Pump Switchgear feed a transducer. At
Voltage and current from the three phases of the RC Pump Switchgear feed a transducer. At  
      100% power, the output from this transducer results in an 18 millivolt signal. If this signal drops
100% power, the output from this transducer results in an 18 millivolt signal. If this signal drops  
      to 25% below the 18 millivolts, a signal is sent to Reactor Protective System that the RC Pump
to 25% below the 18 millivolts, a signal is sent to Reactor Protective System that the RC Pump  
      is tripped (there is one RC Pump Power Monitor for each of the 4 RCPs).
is tripped (there is one RC Pump Power Monitor for each of the 4 RCPs).  
      MCS     Time:   1     Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: D B B B C D D B B D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                               Group:         1
1  
      Keyword           RCP MOTOR                       Cog level:     M 2.6/2.5
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:39:21 PM                                                                     38
Answer: D B B B C D D B B D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
RCP MOTOR  
Cog level:  
M 2.6/2.5  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM  
38  


  35. 004 GEN 2.4.1 1 00112/1lMAKEUP/C/A 2.5/4.0/MIOC03301/SlLSMmFA
35. 004 GEN 2.4.1 1 00112/1lMAKEUP/C/A 2.5/4.0/MIOC03301/SlLSMmFA  
        You are the Senior Reactor Operator on Unit 1
You are the Senior Reactor Operator on Unit 1  
        Plant conditions:
Plant conditions:  
          The SSF has been activated.
The SSF has been activated.  
          The Reactor Coolant Makeup (RCMU) pump OVERRIDE switch has been positioned
The Reactor Coolant Makeup (RCMU) pump OVERRIDE switch has been positioned  
          to OVERRIDE.
to OVERRIDE.  
          The RCMU pump Suction valve (SF-82) fails closed.
The RCMU pump Suction valve (SF-82) fails closed.  
        You have dispatched an RO, in accordance with                   , to the SSF to start the D/G and
You have dispatched an RO, in accordance with  
        supply Unit 1 RCP seal flow with the RCMU pump.             Which one of the following describes the
supply Unit 1 RCP seal flow with the RCMU pump.  
        RCMU pump response to an attempted start?
RCMU pump response to an attempted start?  
        The RCMU Pump:
, to the SSF to start the D/G and
      A. will start and continue to run.
Which one of the following describes the
        6. will start but will trip on lube oil pressure.
The RCMU Pump:  
        C. will start but will trip on low discharge flowrate.
A. will start and continue to run.  
        D. interlock will prevent the pump from starting.
6. will start but will trip on lube oil pressure.  
      NEED PROCEDURE NUMBER FROM FACILITY
C. will start but will trip on low discharge flowrate.  
      A. Correct The RCMU Pump will start regardless of Suction Valve position.
D. interlock will prevent the pump from starting.  
      B. Incorrect. The Low Lube Oil Press trip is bypassed when Override is used.
NEED PROCEDURE NUMBER FROM FACILITY  
      C. Incorrect. The Low Discharge Flowrate trip is bypassed when Override is used.
A. Correct The RCMU Pump will start regardless of Suction Valve position.  
      D. Incorrect. The RCMU Pump will start regardless of Suction Valve position.
B. Incorrect. The Low Lube Oil Press trip is bypassed when Override is used.  
      (Ref: NRC #081). The only interlock associated with the Override Switch is HP-398
C. Incorrect. The Low Discharge Flowrate trip is bypassed when Override is used.  
      MCS     Time: 1       Points:     1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D. Incorrect. The RCMU Pump will start regardless of Suction Valve position.  
                                                Answer: A C A D A B B C D B       Scramble Range: A - D
(Ref: NRC #081). The only interlock associated with the Override Switch is HP-398  
      Tier:             2                                 Group:             1
MCS  
      Keyword:           MAKEUP                             Cog level:         CIA 2.514.0
Time:  
      Source:           M                                 Exam:               OC03301
1  
      Test:             S                                 AuthodReviewer:     LSMIRFA
Points:  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:39:21PM                                                                          39
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A C A D A B B C D B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
MAKEUP  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.514.0  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:21 PM
39  


  36. 004K2.02 001121l1MUP1M 2.913.I/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
36. 004K2.02 001121l1MUP1M 2.913.I/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        The AUTOlMANUAL Transfer switch associated with ACBs 5 & 716 & 8 is in AUTO.
The AUTOlMANUAL Transfer switch associated with ACBs 5 & 716 & 8 is in AUTO.  
        Which one of the following would provide power to the makeup pump busses if the
Which one of the following would provide power to the makeup pump busses if the  
        Underground breaker is closed?
Underground breaker is closed?  
        A.' CX transformer.
A.' CX transformer.  
        B.   either the 1X or 2X 600V transformer.
B. either the 1X or 2X 600V transformer.  
        C. the 1X 600V transformer only.
C. the 1X 600V transformer only.  
        D. the 2X 600V Transformer only.
D. the 2X 600V Transformer only.  
      solution - a
solution - a  
      this is the normal alignment
this is the normal alignment  
      B.       Emergency Power
B.  
        1.       With the AUTO/MANUAL Transfer switch associated with ACBs 5 &7/6 & 8 in AUTO,
Emergency Power  
      the auxiliary switchgears are in a normal power alignment. The Normal Power alignment being
1.  
      determined by the position of the Underground breaker. If the underground breaker is
the auxiliary switchgears are in a normal power alignment. The Normal Power alignment being  
      CLOSED, then the Normal power is from CX transformer. If the underground breaker is OPEN,
determined by the position of the Underground breaker. If the underground breaker is  
      then the Normal power is from the units respective 600V transformer (either 1X or 2X). During
CLOSED, then the Normal power is from CX transformer. If the underground breaker is OPEN,  
      a loss of power to a unit's 600V switchgear, a 6 second timer starts. If power is restored to the
then the Normal power is from the units respective 600V transformer (either 1X or 2X). During  
      Normal source within this 6 seconds, the timer resets and no breaker action occurs. When the
a loss of power to a unit's 600V switchgear, a 6 second timer starts. If power is restored to the  
      6 second timer times out, the Normal power supply breaker OPENS and a 30 second timer
Normal source within this 6 seconds, the timer resets and no breaker action occurs. When the  
      starts. If power comes back to the Normal source during this 30 seconds, then the normal
6 second timer times out, the Normal power supply breaker OPENS and a 30 second timer  
      breaker will CLOSE back in. If the 30 second timer times out, and there is power available on
starts. If power comes back to the Normal source during this 30 seconds, then the normal  
      the Alternate source, then the alternate breaker will close in. This breaker stays closed until
breaker will CLOSE back in. If the 30 second timer times out, and there is power available on  
      manually opened, unless this Alternate source loses power and the Normal source has
the Alternate source, then the alternate breaker will close in. This breaker stays closed until  
      regained power. If this occurs, the alternate breaker opens after a six (6) second timer times
manually opened, unless this Alternate source loses power and the Normal source has  
      out. If this occurs and there is power available on the Normal source, then the normal breaker
regained power. If this occurs, the alternate breaker opens after a six (6) second timer times  
      closes in immediately. If all of these actions have occurred and the unit is back on its Normal
out. If this occurs and there is power available on the Normal source, then the normal breaker  
      power source, then the timers are all reset and the transfer scheme is ready to begin again.
closes in immediately. If all of these actions have occurred and the unit is back on its Normal  
      2.       With the transfer switch in MAN, no automatic transfers will occur. If power is lost to
power source, then the timers are all reset and the transfer scheme is ready to begin again.  
      either units 600V Auxiliary LC, manual action must be taken by the operator to restore power
2.  
      per AP/O/A/2000/002, Keowee Hydro Station - Emergency Start.
With the transfer switch in MAN, no automatic transfers will occur. If power is lost to  
      If power is not restored to the 600V switchgears 1X &/or2X, then two independent sets of
either units 600V Auxiliary LC, manual action must be taken by the operator to restore power  
      batteries will supply control power to operate the units. Operation in this mode is limited to " 1
per AP/O/A/2000/002, Keowee Hydro Station - Emergency Start.  
      hour.
If power is not restored to the 600V switchgears 1X &/or 2X, then two independent sets of  
      MCS     Time:   1   Paints:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
batteries will supply control power to operate the units. Operation in this mode is limited to " 1  
                                              Answer: A 3 D C D C 3 A D C   Scramble Range: A - D
hour.  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           1
With the AUTO/MANUAL Transfer switch associated with ACBs 5 &7/6 & 8 in AUTO,
      Keyword:           MUP                             Cog level:       M 2.913.1
MCS  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
Time:  
      Test:             R                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
1  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                                       40
Paints:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A 3 D C D C 3 A D C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
MUP  
Cog level:  
M 2.913.1  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
40  


  37.005K3.07 001/2/l/DHR/C/A   3.2/3.6/NEW/OC03301/FULSM/RFA
37. 005K3.07 001/2/l/DHR/C/A  
      The following conditions exist on Unit 3:
3.2/3.6/NEW/OC03301/FULSM/RFA  
            The Reactor Vessel Head is removed.
The following conditions exist on Unit 3:  
            The Fuel Transfer Canal is flooded.
The Reactor Vessel Head is removed.  
      There is a thunderstorm in the area when you receive the following alarms:
The Fuel Transfer Canal is flooded.  
                "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP A FLOW L O W statalarm (ISA-031A-8)
There is a thunderstorm in the area when you receive the following alarms:  
                "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP B FLOW L O W statalarm (ISA-03/A-S)
"LP DECAY HEAT LOOP A FLOW L O W statalarm (ISA-031A-8)  
                "LP INJECTION PUMP A DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-Ol/C-12)
"LP DECAY HEAT LOOP B FLOW L O W statalarm (ISA-03/A-S)  
                "LP INJECTION PUMP B DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIID-12)
"LP INJECTION PUMP A DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-Ol/C-12)  
                "LP INJECTION PUMP C DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-Ol/E-12)
"LP INJECTION PUMP B DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIID-12)  
              "LPI HDR 1A INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1310)
"LP INJECTION PUMP C DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-Ol/E-12)  
              "LPI HDR 1B INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1311)
"LPI HDR 1A INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1310)  
              "LPSW HEADER N B PRESS L O W statalarm (ISA-OS/A-9)
"LPI HDR 1B INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1311)  
              "LPI COOLER 1A LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2124)
"LPSW HEADER N B PRESS L O W statalarm (ISA-OS/A-9)  
              "LPI COOLER 1B LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2125).
"LPI COOLER 1A LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2124)  
      Which one of the following describes what has happened?
"LPI COOLER 1B LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2125).  
      A. Only one LPI pump has tripped.
Which one of the following describes what has happened?  
      6.All LPI Pumps have tripped only.
A. Only one LPI pump has tripped.  
      C. all LPSW pumps have tripped only.
6.  
      D.' There are no LPI or LPSW pumps currently running.
All LPI Pumps have tripped only.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                               41
C. all LPSW pumps have tripped only.  
D.' There are no LPI or LPSW pumps currently running.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
41  


      solution: C both an LPI and LPSW pump have tripped
solution: C both an LPI and LPSW pump have tripped  
      1. Purpose
1. Purpose  
      This case provides the necessary actions to mitigate a loss of decay heat removal with the
This case provides the necessary actions to mitigate a loss of decay heat removal with the  
      Reactor Vessel Head removed and the Fuel Transfer Canal (FTC) flooded. This case also
Reactor Vessel Head removed and the Fuel Transfer Canal (FTC) flooded. This case also  
      provides actions to take in the event of loss of water level in the FTC.
provides actions to take in the event of loss of water level in the FTC.  
      2. Symptoms
2. Symptoms  
      2.1 LPI pump(s) tripped:
2.1 LPI pump(s) tripped:  
      9 "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP A FLOW LOW" statalarm (ISA-03lA-8)
9 "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP A FLOW LOW" statalarm (ISA-03lA-8)  
      P "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP B FLOW LOW" statalarm (ISA-03lA-9)
P "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP B FLOW LOW" statalarm (ISA-03lA-9)  
      Q "LP INJECTION PUMP A DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OI/C-12)
Q "LP INJECTION PUMP A DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OI/C-12)  
      9 "LP INJECTION PUMP B DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIID-12)
9 "LP INJECTION PUMP B DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIID-12)  
      Q "LP INJECTION PUMP C DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIIE-12)
Q "LP INJECTION PUMP C DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIIE-12)  
      Q "LPI HDR 1A INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1310)
Q "LPI HDR 1A INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1310)  
      9 "LPI HDR 1B INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1311).
9 "LPI HDR 1B INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1311).  
      2.2 Loss of LPSW flow to cooler(s):
2.2 Loss of LPSW flow to cooler(s):  
      9"LPSW HEADER AI6 PRESS LOW" statalarm (1SA-O9/A-9)
9  
      9 "LPI COOLER 1A LPSW F L O W LO alarm (OlA2124)
"LPSW HEADER AI6 PRESS LOW" statalarm (1SA-O9/A-9)  
      P "LPI COOLER 1B LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2125).
9 "LPI COOLER 1A LPSW FLOW LO alarm (OlA2124)  
      2.3 LPI temperature increasing:
P "LPI COOLER 1B LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2125).  
      9 "LP INJECTION PUMP SUCTION TEMP HIGH HEADER E W statalarm (lSA-03/B-8)
2.3 LPI temperature increasing:  
      9 "LP INJECTION PUMP SUCTION TEMP HIGH HEADER E B E " statalarm (1SA-03/B-9)
9 "LP INJECTION PUMP SUCTION TEMP HIGH HEADER E W statalarm (lSA-03/B-8)  
      P "LP DECAY HEAT EXCH TEMP H I G H statalarm (ISA-03/59)
9 "LP INJECTION PUMP SUCTION TEMP HIGH HEADER E B E " statalarm (1SA-03/B-9)  
      Q "LPI COLD SHUTDOWN TEMP HIGH" statalarm (ISA-051E-IO)
P "LP DECAY HEAT EXCH TEMP HIGH statalarm (ISA-03/59)  
      Q "LPI DHR I RBES A SUCTION HDR TEMP" HI alarm (OlA1322)
Q "LPI COLD SHUTDOWN TEMP HIGH" statalarm (ISA-051E-IO)  
      9"LPI RBES B SUCTION HDR TEMP HI alarm (OlA1323).
Q "LPI DHR I RBES A SUCTION HDR TEMP" HI alarm (OlA1322)  
      2.4 Loss of RCSlFTC inventory:
9  
      P "RB REACTOR BLDG. NORM SUMP LEVEL HIGH/LOW" statalarm (ISA-OS/A-6)
"LPI RBES B SUCTION HDR TEMP HI alarm (OlA1323).  
      Q "SF SFP LEVEL HIGH/LOW" statalarm (1SA-09/A-5)
2.4 Loss of RCSlFTC inventory:  
      Q "SF POOL LEVEL" LO alarm (01D1064)
P "RB REACTOR BLDG. NORM SUMP LEVEL HIGH/LOW" statalarm (ISA-OS/A-6)  
      Q Decreasing level in the Spent Fuel Pool
Q "SF SFP LEVEL HIGH/LOW" statalarm (1SA-09/A-5)  
      P Decreasing Level in the Fuel Transfer Canal
Q "SF POOL LEVEL" LO alarm (01 D1064)  
      9 Decreasing Level in the Pressurizer
Q Decreasing level in the Spent Fuel Pool  
      9 Increasing Level in RBNS
P Decreasing Level in the Fuel Transfer Canal  
      Q Water spilling in the Auxiliary Building
9 Decreasing Level in the Pressurizer  
      Q IRIA-3 (Fuel Transfer Canal Wall) alarm
9 Increasing Level in RBNS  
      P IRIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool) alarm.
Q Water spilling in the Auxiliary Building  
      MCS Time: I         Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Q IRIA-3 (Fuel Transfer Canal Wall) alarm  
                                            Answer: D C A D B A B A B C     Scramble Range: A - D
P IRIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool) alarm.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                                 42
MCS  
Time:  
I  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D C A D B A B A B C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
42  


Tier:   2   Group:           1
Tier:  
Keyword: DHR Cog level:       CIA 3.213.6
2  
Source:  NEW Exam:           OC03301
Keyword:
Test:    R  AuthorlReviewer: LSMIWA
DHR
                                          43
Source:
NEW
Test:
R
Group:  
1  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.213.6  
Exam:  
OC03301  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIWA  
43  


  38. 006 GEN 2.1.7 00112111ECCSlClA 3.714.4lM 2003/OC03301/S/LSMlRFA
38. 006 GEN 2.1.7 00112111ECCSlClA 3.714.4lM 2003/OC03301/S/LSMlRFA  
        Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                SB LOCA has occurred
SB LOCA has occurred  
                EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES is in progress
EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES is in progress  
                ILP-19 & ILP-20 ( I A &1B RX BLDG SUCTION) are OPEN
ILP-19 & ILP-20 (IA &1B RX BLDG SUCTION) are OPEN  
                ILP-21 & ILP-22 ( I A & 1B LPI BWST SUCTION) are OPEN
ILP-21 & ILP-22 (IA & 1B LPI BWST SUCTION) are OPEN  
                BWST level has STOPPED decreasing with continued HPI injection flow
BWST level has STOPPED decreasing with continued HPI injection flow  
        Which one of the following is correct concerning the current BWST level trend?
Which one of the following is correct concerning the current BWST level trend?  
      A. The constant BWST level trend is not expected and LPI pump(s)must be secured to
A. The constant BWST level trend is not expected and LPI pump(s)must be secured to  
            prevent overheating.
prevent overheating.  
        B. The constant BWST level trend is not expected and LPI pump(s)must be secured to
B. The constant BWST level trend is not expected and LPI pump(s)must be secured to  
            prevent hydrogen gas binding.
prevent hydrogen gas binding.  
        Cy The constant BWST level trend is expected and LPI pump(s) suction flow is currently from
Cy The constant BWST level trend is expected and LPI pump(s) suction flow is currently from  
            RBES only.
RBES only.  
        D. The constant BWST level trend is expected and LPI pump(s) suction flow is still from the
D. The constant BWST level trend is expected and LPI pump(s) suction flow is still from the  
            BWST but is below the flow instrument tap.
BWST but is below the flow instrument tap.  
      A.       Incorrect: suction is from the RBES, LPI pump operation may continue.
A.  
      B.       Incorrect: 30 minutes is allowed while pumping against a shutoff head. This is not the
Incorrect: suction is from the RBES, LPI pump operation may continue.  
      case (LPIIHPI piggyback is aligned). Suction is the concern and RBES is providing suction at
B.  
      this time.
Incorrect: 30 minutes is allowed while pumping against a shutoff head. This is not the  
      C.       Correct: with both RBES and BWST suction valves open and BWST level not
case (LPIIHPI piggyback is aligned). Suction is the concern and RBES is providing suction at  
      decreasing, then suction is from the RBES only. RB(P) could also be high causing flow to be
this time.  
      from the RBES
C.  
      D.       Incorrect: With BWST level not decreasing ,this indicates no inventory being used from
Correct: with both RBES and BWST suction valves open and BWST level not  
      BWST.
decreasing, then suction is from the RBES only. RB(P) could also be high causing flow to be  
      Question 167 EAP062301 EAP062301
from the RBES  
      MCS      Time: 1     Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D.  
                                              Answer: C A D A C B B C D B     Scramble Range: A - D
BWST.
      Tier:             2                               Group:           1
Question 167 EAP062301 EAP062301
      Keyword:         ECCS                             Cog level:       CIA 3.714.4
Incorrect: With BWST level not decreasing ,this indicates no inventory being used from  
      Source:           M 2003                           Exam:           oco3301
MCS
      Test:             S                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Time:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3922 PM                                                                   44
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C A D A C B B C D B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
ECCS  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.714.4  
Source:  
M 2003  
Exam:  
oco3301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3922 PM  
44  


  39.006A4.05 001/2/1/ECCS/C/A 3.9/3.8R'IEW/OC03301/FULSM/RFA
39. 006A4.05 001/2/1/ECCS/C/A 3.9/3.8R'IEW/OC03301/FULSM/RFA  
        You are performing EOP Enclosure 5.1. At step 13 you find that both BWST suction valves
You are performing EOP Enclosure 5.1. At step 13 you find that both BWST suction valves  
        (1HP-24 and IHP-25) are closed.
(1 HP-24 and IHP-25) are closed.  
        You then perform the following step:
You then perform the following step:  
        IF both BWST suction valves (IHP-24 and IHP-25) are closed,
IF both BWST suction valves (IHP-24 and IHP-25) are closed,  
      THEN perform the following:
THEN perform the following:  
      A.       Ensure the following are open:
A.  
                        1LP-6
Ensure the following are open:  
                        1LP-7
1 LP-6  
                        1LP-9
1 LP-7  
                        1LP-10
1 LP-9  
                        ILP-15
1 LP-10  
                        1LP-16
ILP-15  
      B.       Start 1A or 1B LPI Pump.
1 LP-16  
      C.      Dispatch an operator to open IHP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block)
B.  
                (Unit 1 LPI Hatch area).
C.
      Which one of the following describes what these steps have accomplished?
Start 1A or 1B LPI Pump.  
      A. Cross tied the HPI and LPI pump suction.
Dispatch an operator to open IHP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block)  
      6. Cross tied the HPI and LPI pump discharge.
(Unit 1 LPI Hatch area).  
      c. aligned HPI system discharge to the LPI pump suction.
Which one of the following describes what these steps have accomplished?  
      D.? aligned LPI system discharge to the HPI pump suction.
A. Cross tied the HPI and LPI pump suction.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                           45
6. Cross tied the HPI and LPI pump discharge.  
c. aligned HPI system discharge to the LPI pump suction.  
D.? aligned LPI system discharge to the HPI pump suction.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
45  


        GO TO Step 13.
GO TO Step 13.  
      A.       If RCS is saturated, Rule #2 will be performed as a higher priority. Rule #2 will perform
A.  
      the same actions as steps 10 through 13 below for HPI flow verification. Therefore the RNO
the same actions as steps 10 through 13 below for HPI flow verification. Therefore the RNO  
        skips HPI verification.
skips HPI verification.  
        E.     If RCS is subcooled, HPI verification will be performed here.
E.  
        1.2    Ensure the following are open:
1.2
                1HP-24
If RCS is saturated, Rule #2 will be performed as a higher priority. Rule #2 will perform
                1HP-25
If RCS is subcooled, HPI verification will be performed here.  
        RNO:
Ensure the following are open:  
      (OBJ R10) IF both BWST suction valves
1 HP-24  
      (1HP-24 and 1HP-25) are closed,
1 HP-25  
      THEN perform the following:
RNO:  
      A.     Ensure the following are open:
(OBJ R10) IF both BWST suction valves  
              1LP-6
(1 HP-24 and 1 HP-25) are closed,  
              1LP-7
THEN perform the following:  
              1LP-9
A.  
              1LP-10
Ensure the following are open:  
              ILP-15
1 LP-6  
              1LP-16
1 LP-7  
      E.      Start 1A or 1B LPI Pump.
1 LP-9  
      C.     Dispatch an operator to open 1HP?363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block)
1 LP-10  
      (Unit 1 LPI Hatch area).
ILP-15  
      The steps above will align LPI system discharge to the HPI pump suction.
1 LP-16  
      Suction can be supplied to the HPI Pumps through ILP-15 and ILP-16 after passing through
E.  
      the LPI Coolers. This flowpath would involve the LPI Pumps taking suction from the BWST..
C.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(Unit 1 LPI Hatch area).  
                                            Answer: D B C D C A D D C C     Scramble Range: A - D
The steps above will align LPI system discharge to the HPI pump suction.  
      Tier:             2                               Group:         1
Suction can be supplied to the HPI Pumps through ILP-15 and ILP-16 after passing through  
      Keyword:           ECCS                           Cog level:     C/A 3.9/3.8
the LPI Coolers. This flowpath would involve the LPI Pumps taking suction from the BWST..  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
MCS  
      Test:             R                               AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA
Time:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                                   46
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D B C D C A D D C C  
Start 1A or 1 B LPI Pump.
Dispatch an operator to open 1HP?363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block)
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
ECCS  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.9/3.8  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
46  


  40. 007K1.03 001/2/1/QUENCH TANWM 3.0/3.2/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
40. 007K1.03 001/2/1/QUENCH TANWM 3.0/3.2/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      The level of the Reactor Coolant Quench Tank is slowly rising. Which one of the following
The level of the Reactor Coolant Quench Tank is slowly rising. Which one of the following  
      could have caused this to occur?
could have caused this to occur?  
      A. Core flood tank relief valves.
A. Core flood tank relief valves.  
      B. LPI suction relief valves.
B. LPI suction relief valves.  
      C. Reactor high point vents.
C. Reactor high point vents.  
      D. RCP seal leakage.
D. RCP seal leakage.  
      A, b, and c not connected to quench tank
A, b, and c not connected to quench tank  
      OP-OC-PNS-CPS
OP-OC-PNS-CPS  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: D A D C D D C B A D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                           Group:           1
1  
      Keyword           QUENCH TANK                 Cog level:       M 3.0/3.2
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                           AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                               47
Answer: D A D C D D C B A D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
QUENCH TANK  
Cog level:  
M 3.0/3.2  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
47  


  41. 008A2.01 OO112/llCCS/ClA 3.3/3.6/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA
41. 008A2.01 OO112/llCCS/ClA 3.3/3.6/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      You are the OATC for unit 1. Unit 1 is at 73% power.
You are the OATC for unit 1. Unit 1 is at 73% power.  
                CCW flow slowly drops to 500 gpm.
CCW flow slowly drops to 500 gpm.  
                CC to 2 RCPs auto isolates.
CC to 2 RCPs auto isolates.  
                1-HP-5 remains open.
1-HP-5 remains open.  
                RCP seal return valves remain open.
RCP seal return valves remain open.  
      Which one of the following are the correct actions to respond to this event?
Which one of the following are the correct actions to respond to this event?  
      Enter API1INl7001020 and:
Enter API1INl7001020 and:  
      A. Trip the reactor and stop the affected RCPs.
A. Trip the reactor and stop the affected RCPs.  
      B. Trip the reactor and go to 2/0 RCP operation.
B. Trip the reactor and go to 2/0 RCP operation.  
      C. Trip the reactor, stop all RCPs, and enter AP/25
C. Trip the reactor, stop all RCPs, and enter AP/25  
      D: Open ICC-7, ICC-8 and start the standby CCW pump.
D: Open ICC-7, ICC-8 and start the standby CCW pump.  
      A P l l I N 17001020 pages 1 and 2
APll I N 1  7001020 pages 1 and 2  
      MCS       Time: 1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: D C C C B B B D C A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:               2                             Group:           1
1  
      Keyword             ccs                           Cog level:       CIA 3.313.6
Points:  
      Source:             NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:               R                             AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                                 48
Answer: D C C C B B B D C A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
ccs  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.313.6  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
48  


  42. 008A4.0 1 00 11211ICCWICIA 3.313.1MEWIOC0330 IIRILSMIRFA
42. 008A4.0 1 00 1121 1 ICCWICIA 3.313.1 MEWIOC0330 IIRILSMIRFA  
        I&E is performing testing during a refueling outage. The 17E technician inadvertently presses
I&E is performing testing during a refueling outage. The 17E technician inadvertently presses  
        the green "CC Interlock button" located in System Logic Cabinet No. 3 in the cable room.
the green "CC Interlock button" located in System Logic Cabinet No. 3 in the cable room.  
        Which one of the following is the consequence of pressing this button?
Which one of the following is the consequence of pressing this button?  
        A. CC-7 and 8 will no longer close on actuation of ES Channels 5 and 6 respectively
A. CC-7 and 8 will no longer close on actuation of ES Channels 5 and 6 respectively  
        B. Letdown cooler CC inlet valve CC-1 (CC-2) may now be opened after the letdown cooler
B. Letdown cooler CC inlet valve CC-1 (CC-2) may now be opened after the letdown cooler  
            inlet valve HP-1 (HP-2) is opened.
inlet valve HP-1 (HP-2) is opened.  
        C. A reactor coolant pump can now be started if CC flow is less than 575 GPM.
C. A reactor coolant pump can now be started if CC flow is less than 575 GPM.  
        D? CRDs can now be energized without component cooling water.
D? CRDs can now be energized without component cooling water.  
      1.I (OBJ R15) Interlocks Associated With the CC System
1 .I  
      A.        If in AUTO, the standby CC Pump starts at 575 GPM flow.
A.  
      B.       If de-energized, the CRDs cannot be energized if CC flow is less than 138 GPM to the
B.  
      CRDs.
CRDs.  
      C.       A reactor coolant pump cannot be started if CC flow is less than 575 GPM. Low CC
C.  
      flow will not affect a running RCP.
flow will not affect a running RCP.  
      D.       Letdown cooler CC inlet valve CC-1 (CC-2) must be open before letdown cooler inlet
D.  
      valve HP-1 (HP-2) will open.
valve HP-1 (HP-2) will open.  
      E.       CC-7 and 8 close on actuation of ES Channels 5 and 6 (respectively)
E.  
      If CC-7 or CC-8 goes closed, the CC pumps will trip and automatically restart when CC-7 and
If CC-7 or CC-8 goes closed, the CC pumps will trip and automatically restart when CC-7 and  
      CC-8 are reopened.
CC-8 are reopened.  
      A.       (OBJ R16) The component cooling system must be in operation for any of the following
A.  
      conditions:
(OBJ R16) The component cooling system must be in operation for any of the following  
      1.       Control rod drives energized. There is an interlock to prevent the CRDs from being
conditions:  
      energized without component cooling water, but will not de-energize the drive upon loss of
1.  
      cooling water.
Control rod drives energized. There is an interlock to prevent the CRDs from being  
                Prevents thermal damage to the CRD stators
energized without component cooling water, but will not de-energize the drive upon loss of  
      Instructor note:
cooling water.  
      This interlock can be overridden by pressing green "CC Interlock button" located in System
Instructor note:  
      Logic Cabinet No. 3 in the cable room to allow I&E testing of CRDs during unit outage.
This interlock can be overridden by pressing green "CC Interlock button" located in System  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Logic Cabinet No. 3 in the cable room to allow I&E testing of CRDs during unit outage.  
                                            Answer: D B D A C C B D D A     Scramble Range: A - D
(OBJ R15) Interlocks Associated With the CC System
      Tier:               2                             Group:           1
If in AUTO, the standby CC Pump starts at 575 GPM flow.
      Keyword:           ccw                           Cog level:       CIA 3.313.1
If de-energized, the CRDs cannot be energized if CC flow is less than 138 GPM to the
      Source:             NEW                           Exam:             OC03301
A reactor coolant pump cannot be started if CC flow is less than 575 GPM. Low CC
      Test:               R                             AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Letdown cooler CC inlet valve CC-1 (CC-2) must be open before letdown cooler inlet
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:22 PM                                                                 49
CC-7 and 8 close on actuation of ES Channels 5 and 6 (respectively)
Prevents thermal damage to the CRD stators
MCS  
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D B D A C C B D D A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
ccw  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.313.1  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:22 PM  
49  


  43. 01OK2.01 00112111PZR PRESSURHM 3.0/3.4R\IEWIOC0330I/R/LSM/RFA
43. 01 OK2.01 00112111PZR PRESSURHM 3.0/3.4R\\IEWIOC0330I/R/LSM/RFA  
      Which one of the following describes how the pressurizer heaters for each unit are normally
Which one of the following describes how the pressurizer heaters for each unit are normally  
      supplied?
supplied?  
      They are supplied from:
They are supplied from:  
      A. safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among three
A. safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among three  
          4160 volt ES buses.
4160 volt ES buses.  
      B. non-safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among two
B. non-safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among two  
          4160 volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus.
4160 volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus.  
      C: non-safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among three
C: non-safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among three  
          4160 volt ES buses.
4160 volt ES buses.  
      D. Safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among two 4160
D. Safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among two 4160  
          volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus.
volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus.  
      Solution - C
Solution - C  
      The pressurizer heaters for each unit are normally supplied from non-safety related motor
The pressurizer heaters for each unit are normally supplied from non-safety related motor  
      control centers (MCCs) XH, XI, XJ, and XK. The pressurizer heaters are divided among the
control centers (MCCs) XH, XI, XJ, and XK. The pressurizer heaters are divided among the  
      three 4160 volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus will not preclude the
three 4160 volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus will not preclude the  
      capability to supply sufficient pressurizer heaters to maintain natural circulation in MODE 3.
capability to supply sufficient pressurizer heaters to maintain natural circulation in MODE 3.  
      MCS Time: 1         Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: C B C B C A C D B C     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           1
1  
      Keyword           PZR PRESSURE                   Cog level:       M 3.013.4
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednksday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                                   50
Answer: C B C B C A C D B C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
PZR PRESSURE  
Cog level:  
M 3.013.4  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednksday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
50  


  44. 01 1 K3.02 001i212iPZR LEVELICIA 3.5/3.7/NEW/OC03301IRILSMIRFA
44. 01 1 K3.02 001i212iPZR LEVELICIA 3.5/3.7/NEW/OC03301IRILSMIRFA  
      Which one of the following statements describes the plant response to a pressurizer level
Which one of the following statements describes the plant response to a pressurizer level  
      channel (controlling channel) failing LOW? (ASSUME no operator action taken and the reactor
channel (controlling channel) failing LOW? (ASSUME no operator action taken and the reactor  
      is at 100% power).
is at 100% power).  
        HP-120:
HP-120:  
      A,' OPENS, actual Pzr level increases and RCS pressure increases.
A,' OPENS, actual Pzr level increases and RCS pressure increases.  
      B. CLOSES, actual Pzr level decreases and RCS pressure decreases.
B. CLOSES, actual Pzr level decreases and RCS pressure decreases.  
      C. CLOSES, actual Pzr level decreases and pressurizer heaters turn off.
C. CLOSES, actual Pzr level decreases and pressurizer heaters turn off.  
      D. OPENS, actual Pzr level decreases and RCS pressure decreases.
D. OPENS, actual Pzr level decreases and RCS pressure decreases.  
      OP-OC-PNS-PZR,
OP-OC-PNS-PZR,  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: A C D D C B A A C C     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:               2                             Group:           2
1  
      Keyword:           PZR LEVEL                     Cog level:       CIA 3.513.7
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
                          R                             AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednbsday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM                                                               51
Answer: A C D D C B A A C C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
PZR LEVEL  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.513.7  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednbsday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM  
51  


  45.012K5.01 001/211/RPS/M 3.313.XIBANK 2003/OC03301/ULSMIRFA
45. 012K5.01 001/211/RPS/M 3.313.XIBANK 2003/OC03301/ULSMIRFA  
        Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                A Group 6/Rod 4 dropped into the core.
A Group 6/Rod 4 dropped into the core.  
                An ICs runback was completed.
An ICs runback was completed.  
                Reactor power imbalance has become excessive.
Reactor power imbalance has become excessive.  
                I&E has lowered the RPS setpoints for the FluxlFlow/lmbalance trip.
I&E has lowered the RPS setpoints for the FluxlFlow/lmbalance trip.  
      !L ich one of the following describes core limit(s) that will be protected by re         g the RPS
L!  
        setpoint?
ich one of the following describes core limit(s) that will be protected by re  
      A. Fuel Centerline Temperature only.
setpoint?
        B.* Fuel Centerline Temperature and DNBR.
g the RPS  
        C. Excessive core operating pressures and DNBR.
A. Fuel Centerline Temperature only.  
        D. Excessive core operating temperatures and pressures.
B.* Fuel Centerline Temperature and DNBR.  
      Bank Question 427
C. Excessive core operating pressures and DNBR.  
      A.       Incorrect - Fuel Centerline temperature alone is not the only restrictive core operating
D. Excessive core operating temperatures and pressures.  
      limit
Bank Question 427  
      B.      Correct - Fuel Centerline temperature and DNBR are concerns when the
A.  
      fluxlflowhmbalance trip is reduced. And is the basis for the trip setpoint
limit
      C.      Incorrect- pressure is not contained in the basis for the resetting of the trip setpoint.
B.
      D.      Incorrect- the basis for the trip is temperature however it is fuel centerline temperature.
fluxlflowhmbalance trip is reduced. And is the basis for the trip setpoint
      Pressure is not part of the basis.
C.
      MCS      Time: 1     Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D.
                                              Answer: B A D B C A C B B C       Scramble Range: A - D
Pressure is not part of the basis.
      Tier:             2                                 Group:           1
Incorrect - Fuel Centerline temperature alone is not the only restrictive core operating  
      Keyword:         RPS                               Cog level:       M 3.313.8
Correct - Fuel Centerline temperature and DNBR are concerns when the  
      Source:           BANK 2003                         Exam:             OC03301
Incorrect- pressure is not contained in the basis for the resetting of the trip setpoint.  
      Test:             R                               AuthodReviewer:   LSM1RFA
Incorrect- the basis for the trip is temperature however it is fuel centerline temperature.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23PM                                                                        52
MCS
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B A D B C A C B B C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
RPS  
Cog level:  
M 3.313.8  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSM1RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM
52  


  46. 0 I2K6.04 00 1/2/1/RPS/C/A 3.3/3.6/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
46. 0 I2K6.04 00 1/2/1/RPS/C/A 3.3/3.6/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        Unit 1 is operating at 91% power when the OATC inadvertently places the S/D Bypass Key
Unit 1 is operating at 91% power when the OATC inadvertently places the S/D Bypass Key  
        switch to "Bypass"? Which one of the following will occur?
switch to "Bypass"? Which one of the following will occur?  
      A. The Unit will continue to operate at 91%. However, the low pressure trip, the variable low
A. The Unit will continue to operate at 91%. However, the low pressure trip, the variable low  
            pressure trip, the flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally associated
pressure trip, the flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally associated  
            with the RPS will be bypassed.
with the RPS will be bypassed.  
        B. The Unit will run back to 74%. The low pressure trip, the variable low pressure trip, the
B. The Unit will run back to 74%. The low pressure trip, the variable low pressure trip, the  
            flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally associated with the RPS will be
flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally associated with the RPS will be  
            bypassed.
bypassed.  
        C.' The unit will trip on high reactor pressure.
C.' The unit will trip on high reactor pressure.  
        D. At 75% power, the bypass interlock switch is bypassed.
D. At 75% power, the bypass interlock switch is bypassed.  
      Solution C
Solution C  
      In addition to bypassing the four trip parameters above, the "Bypass" position automatically
In addition to bypassing the four trip parameters above, the "Bypass" position automatically  
      inserts a high RCS pressure trip set point of 1720 psig, so that the plant cannot be operated
inserts a high RCS pressure trip set point of 1720 psig, so that the plant cannot be operated  
      normally with portions of the RPS in SID Bypass.
normally with portions of the RPS in SID Bypass.  
      A.       Protective Functions Bypasses
A.  
      1.       (OBJ R5) Shutdown Bypass
Protective Functions Bypasses  
      a)       Certain  segments of the RPS protective functions for a channel can be bypassed with a
1.  
      key-switch located in that channel's RPS cabinet (A2, 82, C2, or D2). (OC-IC-RPS-8)
(OBJ R5) Shutdown Bypass  
      b)       (OBJ R5.1) Bypass function is to provide capability to perform CRD testing, zero power
a)  
      physics testing, and startup procedures. It provides the capability to reset the CRD breakers
key-switch located in that channel's RPS cabinet (A2, 82, C2, or D2). (OC-IC-RPS-8)  
      when the plant is shut down. (Pull Group 1 to 50%).
b)  
      c)       (OBJ R5.2) During startup the RCS pressure is low and only one or two RCPs, at times,
physics testing, and startup procedures. It provides the capability to reset the CRD breakers  
      are operating. This would keep RPS tripped.
when the plant is shut down. (Pull Group 1 to 50%).  
      (OBJ R5.2)
c)  
      a)       Positioning S/D Bypass Key switch to "Bypass" bypasses the Low Pressure Trip, the
are operating. This would keep RPS tripped.  
      variable low pressure trip, the flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally
(OBJ R5.2)  
      associated with the RPS.
a)  
      b)       In addition to bypassing the four trip parameters above, the "Bypass" position
variable low pressure trip, the flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally  
      automatically inserts a high RCS pressure trip set point of f1720 psig, so that the plant cannot
associated with the RPS.  
      be operated normally with portions of the RPS in S/D Bypass.
b)  
      1)       While the normal high pressure trip of E2355 psig is not electrically bypassed it is
automatically inserts a high RCS pressure trip set point of f1720 psig, so that the plant cannot  
      basically nonfunctional because RPS will trip before the setpoint can be reached.
be operated normally with portions of the RPS in S/D Bypass.  
      The setpoint of f1720 psig is selected for the new high pressure trip so that the plant must first
1)  
      be shutdown, using normal procedures, before S/D Bypass can be initiated; 1720 psig is below
While the normal high pressure trip of E2355 psig is not electrically bypassed it is  
      the normal low pressure trip of 1800 psig, so that the plant must first be maneuvered past the
basically nonfunctional because RPS will trip before the setpoint can be reached.  
      normal low pressure trip point before going to S/D bypass. 1710 psig is the actual setpoint used
The setpoint of f1720 psig is selected for the new high pressure trip so that the plant must first  
      for conservatism.
be shutdown, using normal procedures, before S/D Bypass can be initiated; 1720 psig is below  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
the normal low pressure trip of 1800 psig, so that the plant must first be maneuvered past the  
                                              Answer: C B C C B A D D D B     Scramble Range: A - D
normal low pressure trip point before going to S/D bypass. 1710 psig is the actual setpoint used  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3923 PM                                                                   53
for conservatism.  
Certain segments of the RPS protective functions for a channel can be bypassed with a
(OBJ R5.1) Bypass function is to provide capability to perform CRD testing, zero power
(OBJ R5.2) During startup the RCS pressure is low and only one or two RCPs, at times,
Positioning S/D Bypass Key switch to "Bypass" bypasses the Low Pressure Trip, the
In addition to bypassing the four trip parameters above, the "Bypass" position
MCS  
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C B C C B A D D D B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3923 PM  
53  


      Tier:             2         Group:          1
Tier:  
      Keyword           RPS       Cog level:      CIA 3.313.6
2  
      Source:           NEW       Exam:            OC03301
Keyword  
      Test:             R         AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
RPS  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM                             54
Source:  
NEW  
Test:  
R  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM  
Group:
1
Cog level:
CIA 3.313.6
Exam:
OC03301
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
54  


  47.0 13A1.06 0011211IBW STIESFASICIA 3.613.9R*IEWIOC03301IRILSMIRFA
47.  
        Unit 1 plant conditions:
0 1 3A1.06 0011211 IBW STIESFASICIA 3.613.9R*IEWIOC0330 1 IRILSMIRFA
                AllSCMs =o"F
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                RCS Temperature = 456&deg;F and stable
AllSCMs =o"F  
                BWST level = 11.5' and is slowly decreasing
RCS Temperature = 456&deg;F and stable  
                ES 1-8 actuated
BWST level = 11.5' and is slowly decreasing  
                OTSG levels are being maintained at LOSCM Setpoint
ES 1-8 actuated  
                Turbine Bypass Valves are in AUTOMATIC
OTSG levels are being maintained at LOSCM Setpoint  
        Which one of the following describes the current plant condition?
Turbine Bypass Valves are in AUTOMATIC  
        The OSTGs                     . The         is the water source to the RCS.
Which one of the following describes the current plant condition?  
      A.'   can not remove heat / BWST
The OSTGs  
      6. can not remove heat I RBES
. The  
      c. are removing heat I       BWST
is the water source to the RCS.  
      D. are removing heat I       RBES
A.' can not remove heat / BWST  
      Solution : A. Based on Bank 2003 question 202
6. can not remove heat I RBES  
      A)       Correct. SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto, SG pressure would be
c. are removing heat I BWST  
      greater than or equal to RCS pressure since TBV's are controlling at setpoint +I25 and
D. are removing heat I RBES  
      minimum setpoint is 600 psig. BWST suction swap to RBES is in progress, but RBES valves
Solution : A. Based on Bank 2003 question 202  
      are not opened until 9' therefore even if LP-15 and 16 have been opened, suction source
A)  
      remains the BWST.
greater than or equal to RCS pressure since TBV's are controlling at setpoint +I25 and  
      B)       wrong water source
minimum setpoint is 600 psig. BWST suction swap to RBES is in progress, but RBES valves  
      C.       SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto,
are not opened until 9' therefore even if LP-15 and 16 have been opened, suction source  
      D)       SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto, wrong water source
remains the BWST.  
      MCS     Time: 1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B)  
                                            Answer: A A B D B D D B A C       Scramble Range: A - D
wrong water source  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           I
C.  
      Keyword:         BWSTIESFAS                       Cog level:       CIA 3.613.9
D)  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
MCS  
      Test:             R                               AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Time:  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM               ..                                             ~. 55
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A A B D B D D B A C  
Correct. SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto, SG pressure would be
SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto,
SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto, wrong water source
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
I  
Keyword:  
BWSTIESFAS  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.613.9  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer:  
LSMIRFA  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM  
. .
~.  
55  


  48.013K3.03001/2/1/ESF/C/A   4.3/4.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
48. 013K3.03 001/2/1/ESF/C/A  
        A LOCA concurrent with a loss of some control board indications has occurred on Unit 2. The
4.3/4.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        STA calculates the RCS and containment pressure. He reports that RCS pressure 100 psia
A LOCA concurrent with a loss of some control board indications has occurred on Unit 2. The  
                                    -
STA calculates the RCS and containment pressure. He reports that RCS pressure - 100 psia  
        and containment pressure 20 psia. The STA also notes that RB spray has not actuated.
and containment pressure - 20 psia. The STA also notes that RB spray has not actuated.  
                                                                                              -
Which one of the following describes the actions that should be taken and the basis for this  
        Which one of the following describes the actions that should be taken and the basis for this
decision?  
        decision?
A,' No action should be taken, this is below the ES setpoint for RBS.  
        A,' No action should be taken, this is below the ES setpoint for RBS.
6. RBS should be actuated, this is below the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR.  
        6. RBS should be actuated, this is below the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR.
C. RBS should be actuated, this is above the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR.  
        C. RBS should be actuated, this is above the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR.
D. This is above the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR. Containment should be  
        D. This is above the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR. Containment should be
vented, then the RES should be initiated.  
            vented, then the RES should be initiated.
The UFSAR assumes that RBS is actuated at 30 psig. The actual ES setpoint is 10 psig. The  
      The UFSAR assumes that RBS is actuated at 30 psig. The actual ES setpoint is 10 psig. The
20-psi difference between the safety analysis assumption and the plant setpoint is ample to  
      20-psi difference between the safety analysis assumption and the plant setpoint is ample to
account for instrument uncertainty.  
      account for instrument uncertainty.
The purpose of the Reactor Building Spray initiation is to protect the Reactor Building by  
      The purpose of the Reactor Building Spray initiation is to protect the Reactor Building by
removing heat from the RB via the LPI system decay heat coolers.  
      removing heat from the RB via the LPI system decay heat coolers.
In addition, the RES system can help provide protection while not actually removing heat from  
      In addition, the RES system can help provide protection while not actually removing heat from
the RB.  
      the RB.
The RBS system can be configured in many different ways while being used. The RBS can be  
      The RBS system can be configured in many different ways while being used. The RBS can be
aligned to spray cool water from the BWST into the RB atmosphere. As the spray condenses  
      aligned to spray cool water from the BWST into the RB atmosphere. As the spray condenses
steam in the RB, the energy formerly in the steam is transferred to the liquid entering the RB  
      steam in the RB, the energy formerly in the steam is transferred to the liquid entering the RB
sump. The water in the sump is not cooled until the LPI system is realigned to pass water  
      sump. The water in the sump is not cooled until the LPI system is realigned to pass water
through the LPI decay heat coolers. Current station procedures allow the water from the sump  
      through the LPI decay heat coolers. Current station procedures allow the water from the sump
to be sprayed back into the RB without being cooled. As with the injection mode of operation,  
      to be sprayed back into the RB without being cooled. As with the injection mode of operation,
this mode will condense steam but will not remove heat from the RB. However, the  
      this mode will condense steam but will not remove heat from the RB. However, the
condensation of steam by the spray will work to decrease the internal pressure of the RB by  
      condensation of steam by the spray will work to decrease the internal pressure of the RB by
reducing the partial pressure of the steam. In this manner, the RB spray will help protect the  
      reducing the partial pressure of the steam. In this manner, the RB spray will help protect the
RB integrity without actually providing RB cooling.  
      RB integrity without actually providing RB cooling.
The UFSAR assumes that RBS is actuated at 30 psig. The actual ES setpoint is 10 psig. The  
      The UFSAR assumes that RBS is actuated at 30 psig. The actual ES setpoint is 10 psig. The
20-psi difference between the safety analysis assumption and the plant setpoint is ample to  
      20-psi difference between the safety analysis assumption and the plant setpoint is ample to
account for instrument uncertainty.  
      account for instrument uncertainty.
The UFSAR states that a 2.4-second ESFAS delay is assumed for Reactor Building Spray  
      The UFSAR states that a 2.4-second ESFAS delay is assumed for Reactor Building Spray
actuation.  
      actuation.
T. S. basis for the 4 psi and 15 psi setpoints is to establish a setting which would be reached  
      T. S. basis for the 4 psi and 15 psi setpoints is to establish a setting which would be reached
immediately in the event of a DBA, cover the entire spectrum of break sizes, and yet be far  
      immediately in the event of a DBA, cover the entire spectrum of break sizes, and yet be far
enough above normal operation pressures to prevent spurious initiation.  
      enough above normal operation pressures to prevent spurious initiation.
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:23 PM  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:23 PM                                 . . ..         . .. .           56
.  
. ..  
. ..  
.  
56  


      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                        Answer: A A C C B A D D B D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                         Group:           1
1  
      Keyword           ESF                       Cog level:       CIA 4.314.7
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                       Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                         AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23PM                                                            57
Answer: A A C C B A D D B D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
ESF  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.314.7  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM
57  


  49. 015 GEN 2.1.32 001/2/2R\II/M 3.4/3.8/M 2003/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA
49. 015 GEN 2.1.32 001/2/2R\\II/M 3.4/3.8/M 2003/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA  
1       Unit 2 plant conditions:
1  
                Unit power escalation are in progress.
Unit 2 plant conditions:  
                Reactor power = 15% and is increasing.
Unit power escalation are in progress.  
                OP/l102/01, Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup is in progress.
Reactor power = 15% and is increasing.  
      Which one of the following describes the MAXIMUM NI calibration error allowed per Limits an1
OP/l102/01, Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup is in progress.  
        Precautions of the controlling procedure?
Which one of the following describes the MAXIMUM NI calibration error allowed per Limits an1  
        Nls SHALL be maintained within the range of -%         conservative to -%   non-conservative,
Precautions of the controlling procedure?  
      A:IO,   4
Nls SHALL be maintained within the range of -%  
      B. 4,   10
conservative to -%  
      c. 2,   2
non-conservative,  
      D. 2, 1
A:IO,  
I
4  
      Bank question 95 CPOl0302 (SRO ONLY)
B. 4, 10  
      A. Correct - L/P # I 7 describes MAX NI error during power maneuvering 10/4
c. 2, 2  
      B. Incorrect - correct numbers swapped
D. 2, 1  
      C. Incorrect - Steady state power operation limits
I  
      D. Incorrect - Steady state calibration limits
Bank question 95 CPOl0302 (SRO ONLY)  
      MCS     Time:   1     Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A. Correct - L/P #I7 describes MAX NI error during power maneuvering 10/4  
                                              Answer: A C C C D B B C A A     Scramble Range: A - D
B. Incorrect - correct numbers swapped  
      Tier:             2                                 Group:           2
C. Incorrect - Steady state power operation limits  
      Keyword           NI                               Cog level:       M 3.413.8
D. Incorrect - Steady state calibration limits  
      Source:           M 2003                           Exam:           OC03301
MCS  
      Test:             S                                 AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
Time:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3923 PM             .. .                                                   58
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A C C C D B B C A A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
NI  
Cog level:  
M 3.413.8  
Source:  
M 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3923 PM  
.. .  
58  


  50. 0 16A2.01 00 1/2/2/"ISIC/A   3.013.1/M 1992IO 1I20IOC0330 1IRILSMIRFA
50. 0 16A2.0 1 00 1/2/2/"ISIC/A  
      Plant conditions on Unit 1 are as follows:
3.013.1 /M 1 992IO 1 I20IOC0330 1 IRILSMIRFA
          - The SASS Channel for Th loop B is in AUTOMATIC.
Plant conditions on Unit 1 are as follows:  
          - The selected Th signal for loop B slowly increases until a
- The SASS Channel for Th loop B is in AUTOMATIC.  
                  mismatch of 4% with the nonselected signal has occurred.
- The selected Th signal for loop B slowly increases until a  
      Which one of the following describes the operation that places the "good" Th loop B signal in
mismatch of 4% with the nonselected signal has occurred.  
      operation?
Which one of the following describes the operation that places the "good" Th loop B signal in  
      A. SASS remains in AUTO and automatically selects the "good" signal.
operation?  
      B. SASS remains in AUTO initiating a mismatch alarm and the operator selects the good
A. SASS remains in AUTO and automatically selects the "good" signal.  
            signal with the normal select switch.
B. SASS remains in AUTO initiating a mismatch alarm and the operator selects the good  
      C.' SASS trips to manual and the operator must position the key switch to the "good" signal
signal with the normal select switch.  
            with the normal select switch on 1UBI.
C.' SASS trips to manual and the operator must position the key switch to the "good" signal  
      D. SASS trips to manual and the operator must position the toggle switch to the "good" signal
with the normal select switch on 1 UBI.  
            in RPS Cabinet E.
D. SASS trips to manual and the operator must position the toggle switch to the "good" signal  
      Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-IC-RCI, pg 52-54 and Fig OP-OC-IC-RCI,
in RPS Cabinet E.  
      Temperature Indications
Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-IC-RCI, pg 52-54 and Fig OP-OC-IC-RCI,  
      Obj. R11, R12, R36, R37, R38, R39
Temperature Indications  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Obj. R11, R12, R36, R37, R38, R39  
                                                Answer: C D C C D D D B A D     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:               2                                 Group:           2
Time:  
      Keyword:             NNlS                               Cog level:       CIA 3.013.1
1  
      Source:             M 1992/01/20                       Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:               R                                 AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA
1.00  
Wednpsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23PM                                                                      59
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C D C C D D D B A D
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
NNlS  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.013.1  
Source:  
M 1992/01/20  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednpsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM
59  


  51. 022A1.04 00112/1/CCSIM 3.2/3.3/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
51. 022A1.04 00112/1/CCSIM 3.2/3.3/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        Unit 3 is operating at 100% rated power when the Component Cooling Water Containment
Unit 3 is operating at 100% rated power when the Component Cooling Water Containment  
        Return valve (CC-8) fails closed:
Return valve (CC-8) fails closed:  
      Which one of the following is the correct IMMEDIATE operator action and WHEN the operator
Which one of the following is the correct IMMEDIATE operator action and WHEN the operator  
      should perform the action?
should perform the action?  
      A. Trip the reactor when the pressurizer low level alarm is received
A. Trip the reactor when the pressurizer low level alarm is received  
      B. Trip individual RCPs when motor stator temperature exceeds 185 deg F.
B. Trip individual RCPs when motor stator temperature exceeds 185 deg F.  
      Cy Trip the reactor when two CRD stator temperatures exceed 180 deg F.
Cy Trip the reactor when two CRD stator temperatures exceed 180 deg F.  
      D. Trip the individual RCPs when their respective thermal barrier temperature exceeds 225
D. Trip the individual RCPs when their respective thermal barrier temperature exceeds 225  
            deg F.
deg F.  
      MCS     Time: I   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: C B C B A B C A B A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                             Group:           1
I  
      Keyword:         ccs                             Cog level:       M 3.2/3.3
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM                                                                 60
Answer: C B C B A B C A B A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
ccs  
Cog level:  
M 3.2/3.3  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM  
60  


  52. 026 GEN 2.1.27 001/211/CCSIM 2.8/2.9lNEWlOC03301lR/LSMlRFA
52. 026 GEN 2.1.27 001/211/CCSIM 2.8/2.9lNEWlOC03301lR/LSMlRFA  
        Which one of the following describes the purpose of the Reactor Building Spray System?
Which one of the following describes the purpose of the Reactor Building Spray System?  
        A. Removes sensible AND latent heat from the containment atmosphere, entrains fission
A. Removes sensible AND latent heat from the containment atmosphere, entrains fission  
            product iodine and decreases radiation levels in containment.
product iodine and decreases radiation levels in containment.  
        B. Removes ONLY latent heat from the containment atmosphere, entrains fission product
B. Removes ONLY latent heat from the containment atmosphere, entrains fission product  
            iodine, and decreases radiation levels in containment.
iodine, and decreases radiation levels in containment.  
        C.' Removes sensible AND latent heat from the containment atmosphere and entrains fission
C.' Removes sensible AND latent heat from the containment atmosphere and entrains fission  
            product iodine.
product iodine.  
        D. Removes ONLY sensible heat from the containment atmosphere and entrains fission
D. Removes ONLY sensible heat from the containment atmosphere and entrains fission  
            product iodine.
product iodine.  
      (decrease radiation levels in containment) is wrong. It may pull contaminants that give off
(decrease radiation levels in containment) is wrong. It may pull contaminants that give off  
      radiation out of the atmosphere, but it redeposits it in the sump.
radiation out of the atmosphere, but it redeposits it in the sump.  
      (Obj R1)Purposes of the Reactor Building Spray (RBS) System
(Obj R1)Purposes of the Reactor Building Spray (RBS) System  
      The Reactor Bldg. Spray system has no function during normal plant operation.
The Reactor Bldg. Spray system has no function during normal plant operation.  
      When actuated by high Reactor Building (RB) pressure, the system provides two major
When actuated by high Reactor Building (RB) pressure, the system provides two major  
      functions:
functions:  
      Removes sensible and latent heat from the containment atmosphere.
Removes sensible and latent heat from the containment atmosphere.  
      Operation of the RBS System also serves to entrain fission product iodine (released into the RB
Operation of the RBS System also serves to entrain fission product iodine (released into the RB  
      during a LOCA) into the spray water, thereby reducing possible iodine leakage to the
during a LOCA) into the spray water, thereby reducing possible iodine leakage to the  
      environment (to meet IOCFRIOO criteria concerning offsite dose limits).
environment (to meet IOCFRIOO criteria concerning offsite dose limits).  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: C D C D C C B D D D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                             Group:           1
1  
      Keyword:           ccs                           Cog level:       M 2.812.9
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
WednFsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM                                                                 61
Answer: C D C D C C B D D D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
ccs  
Cog level:  
M 2.812.9  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WednFsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM  
61  


  53.026K3.0 1 00 I/2/1/CCS/CIA 3.914. I/NEW/OC03301 IWLSMIRFA
53. 026K3.0 1 00 I/2/1/CCS/CIA 3.914. I/NEW/OC03301 IWLSMIRFA  
      Unit 2 is operating at 100 % power when an ESG RE pressure analog channel fails upscale.
Unit 2 is operating at 100 % power when an ESG RE pressure analog channel fails upscale.  
      An instrument technician is dispatched to investigate. The technician goes to the wrong
An instrument technician is dispatched to investigate. The technician goes to the wrong  
      cabinet and causes an additional ESG RB pressure analog channel to fail upscale.
cabinet and causes an additional ESG RB pressure analog channel to fail upscale.  
      Assume no operator action, which one of the following will occur?
Assume no operator action, which one of the following will occur?  
      Both RBS pumps start and:
Both RBS pumps start and:  
      A. BS-I remains closed and BS-2 opens.
A. BS-I remains closed and BS-2 opens.  
            LP-21 supplies RES pumps from BWST, LP-22 remains closed.
LP-21 supplies RES pumps from BWST, LP-22 remains closed.  
      B.* BS-I and BS-2 open.
B.* BS-I and BS-2 open.  
            LP-21 and LP-22 supply RES pumps from BWST.
LP-21 and LP-22 supply RES pumps from BWST.  
      C. BS-I opens and BS-2 remains closed.
C. BS-I opens and BS-2 remains closed.  
            LP-21 supplies RES pumps from BWST, LP-22 remains closed.
LP-21 supplies RES pumps from BWST, LP-22 remains closed.  
      D. BS-1 and BS-2 remain closed.
D. BS-1 and BS-2 remain closed.  
            LP-21 and LP-22 do NOT supply RES pumps from BWST.
LP-21 and LP-22 do NOT supply RES pumps from BWST.  
      (Obj R6) ES Mode (Channels 7 and 8 )
(Obj R6) ES Mode (Channels 7 and 8 )
      Setpoint
Setpoint  
      The RBS System automatically actuates if two of the three ESG RB pressure analog channels
The RBS System automatically actuates if two of the three ESG RB pressure analog channels  
      reach 10 psig.
reach 10 psig.  
      The TS required setpoint is < 15 psig RB pressure.
The TS required setpoint is < 15 psig RB pressure.  
      The following actions occur if the RBS System actuates:
The following actions occur if the RBS System actuates:  
      Both RES pumps start.
Both RES pumps start.  
      BS-I and BS-2 open.
BS-I and BS-2 open.  
      LP-21 and LP-22 supply RBS pumps from BWST.
LP-21 and LP-22 supply RBS pumps from BWST.  
      MCS Time: 1           Points:     1.00 Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                              Answer: B C C A B A B C D D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                                 Group:           1
1  
      Keyword:           ccs                               Cog level:       C/A 3.914.1
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                               Exam:           oco3301
1.00  
      Test:             R                                 AuthoriReviewer: LSMlRFA
Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:24 PM                                                                   62
Answer: B C C A B A B C D D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
ccs  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.914.1  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
oco3301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMlRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:24 PM  
62  


  54. 029K1.04 001/2/2/PURGE/M 3.0/3.1/M 2003/0C03301/R/LSM/RFA
54. 029K1.04 001/2/2/PURGE/M 3.0/3.1/M 2003/0C03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        Following a LOCA, potential leakage past the purge system reactor building isolation valves is
Following a LOCA, potential leakage past the purge system reactor building isolation valves is  
        prevented from being released directly to the environment by which one of the following?
prevented from being released directly to the environment by which one of the following?  
      A. inlet and outlet bleed lines open-ended into containment.
A. inlet and outlet bleed lines open-ended into containment.  
        B. Outlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms and inlet bleeds lines open
B. Outlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms and inlet bleeds lines open  
            ended into containment.
ended into containment.  
        C. Inlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms and outlet bleeds lines open
C. Inlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms and outlet bleeds lines open  
            ended into containment.
ended into containment.  
        D I Inlet and outlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms,
D I Inlet and outlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms,  
      Modified bank 2003 question 549
Modified bank 2003 question 549  
      A, B, and C - new distractors
A, B, and C - new distractors  
      D) Correct- bleed lines are located between the outer most isolation valves on both the inlet
D) Correct- bleed lines are located between the outer most isolation valves on both the inlet  
      and outlet purge duct work. These bleed lines vent any leakage from the RB through the purge
and outlet purge duct work. These bleed lines vent any leakage from the RB through the purge  
      isolation vales into the Penetration Rooms. The PRV system will then process the leakage and
isolation vales into the Penetration Rooms. The PRV system will then process the leakage and  
      the leakage will not be released to the environment.
the leakage will not be released to the environment.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: D D D C B C D B D D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                             Group:           2
1  
      Keyword:           PURGE                         Cog level:       M 3.0/3.1
Points:  
      Source:           M 2003                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:24 PM                                                                 63
Answer: D D D C B C D B D D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
PURGE  
Cog level:  
M 3.0/3.1  
Source:  
M 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:24 PM  
63  


  55. 034 GEN 2.1.21 0011212lFUEL HANDLINGIM 2.8/2.9/NEW/OC03301IRILSMIRFA
55. 034 GEN 2.1.21 0011212lFUEL HANDLINGIM 2.8/2.9/NEW/OC03301IRILSMIRFA  
      Which one of the following is the correct purpose of the fuel handling system?
Which one of the following is the correct purpose of the fuel handling system?  
      The system is designed to:
The system is designed to:  
      A,' MINIMIZE the possibility of mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or
A,' MINIMIZE the possibility of mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or  
            potential fission product release AND provide a safe, effective means of transporting/
potential fission product release AND provide a safe, effective means of transporting/  
            handling fuel from the time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves
handling fuel from the time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves  
            the station after post irradiation cooling.
the station after post irradiation cooling.  
      B.   PREVENT the mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission
B. PREVENT the mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission  
            product release ONLY.
product release ONLY.  
      C. MINIMIZE the possibility of mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or
C. MINIMIZE the possibility of mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or  
            potential fission product release ONLY.
potential fission product release ONLY.  
      D. PREVENT the mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission
D. PREVENT the mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission  
            product release AND provide a safe, effective means of transporting/ handling fuel from the
product release AND provide a safe, effective means of transporting/ handling fuel from the  
            time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves the station after post
time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves the station after post  
            irradiation cooling.
irradiation cooling.  
      RFA rewrote the Q.
RFA rewrote the Q.  
      FH-FHS Lesson Plan
FH-FHS Lesson Plan  
      ENABLING OBJECTIVES # 1
ENABLING OBJECTIVES # 1  
      State the purpose of the Fuel Handling System and discuss the problems that the Fuel
State the purpose of the Fuel Handling System and discuss the problems that the Fuel  
      Handling System is designed to prevent. (RI)
Handling System is designed to prevent. (RI)  
      The fuel handling system is designed to provide a safe, effective means of transporting and
The fuel handling system is designed to provide a safe, effective means of transporting and  
      handling fuel from the time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves the
handling fuel from the time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves the  
      station after post irradiation cooling. The system is designed to minimize the possibility of
station after post irradiation cooling. The system is designed to minimize the possibility of  
      mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission product release.
mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission product release.  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                                Answer: A D D D D C B B B D       Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:               2                               Group:             2
1  
      Keyword             FUEL HANDLING                   Cog level:         M 2.812.9
Points:  
      Source:             NEW                             Exam:             oco3301
1.00  
      Test:               R                               AuthorlReviewer:   LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:39:25PM                                                                          64
Answer: A D D D D C B B B D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
FUEL HANDLING  
Cog level:  
M 2.812.9  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
oco3301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM
64  


  56. 035A4.05 00112/2/SGSYSTEMICIA 3.8/4.0/M 1992/01/20/OC03301/RILSM/RFA
56. 035A4.05 00112/2/SG SYSTEMICIA 3.8/4.0/M 1992/01/20/OC03301/RILSM/RFA  
      Which one of the following are the key parameters monitored as the OTSGs fill to the OTSG
Which one of the following are the key parameters monitored as the OTSGs fill to the OTSG  
      natural circulation level setpoint?
natural circulation level setpoint?  
      A. Pressurizer level and CETC temperatures.
A. Pressurizer level and CETC temperatures.  
      B.   Pressurizer pressure and hot leg temperatures.
B. Pressurizer pressure and hot leg temperatures.  
      c. OTSG levels and CETC temperatures.
c. OTSG levels and CETC temperatures.  
      D.' OTSG pressures and cold leg temperatures.
D.' OTSG pressures and cold leg temperatures.  
      Oconee: OP-OC-TA-AM1
Oconee: OP-OC-TA-AM1  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: D D A B D B B A C B     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                             Group:           2
1  
      Keyword:           SG SYSTEM                     Cog level:       C/A 3.814.0
Points:  
      Source:           M 1992/01/20                 Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM                                                               65
Answer: D D A B D B B A C B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
SG SYSTEM  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.814.0  
Source:  
M 1992/01/20  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM  
65  


  57. 039K1.02 OOl/Z/l/ADV/M 3.3/3.3/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA
57. 039K1.02 OOl/Z/l/ADV/M 3.3/3.3/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA  
        Just inside the 5th floor of the turbine building, a 12" line on each main steam line taps off and
Just inside the 5th floor of the turbine building, a 12" line on each main steam line taps off and  
        runs back outside the turbine building. Which one of the following is the purpose of the valves
runs back outside the turbine building. Which one of the following is the purpose of the valves  
        on these lines?
on these lines?  
        These valves are designed to be used for a controlled plant cooldown in the event that the:
These valves are designed to be used for a controlled plant cooldown in the event that the:  
      A. Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) become inoperative.             These valves are manually
A. Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) become inoperative. These valves are manually  
            operated.
operated.  
        B:' Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become inoperative. These valves are manually operated.
B:' Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become inoperative. These valves are manually operated.  
      c. Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) become inoperative.             These valves are two chain
c. Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) become inoperative. These valves are two chain  
            operated "drag" valves designed to allow maintenance on MS-153 & MS-155.
operated "drag" valves designed to allow maintenance on MS-153 & MS-155.  
        D. Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become inoperative. These valves are two chain operated
D. Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become inoperative. These valves are two chain operated  
            "drag" valves designed to allow maintenance on MS-153 & MS-155.
"drag" valves designed to allow maintenance on MS-153 & MS-155.  
      A.       Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) / Main Steam Vents
A.  
      1.      Just inside the 5th floor of the turb. bldg., a 12" line on each main steam line taps off
1.
      and runs back outside the turb. bldg.
and runs back outside the turb. bldg.
      2.       (OBJ R11) There are manually operated valves on these lines designed to be used for a
Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) / Main Steam Vents  
      controlled plant cooldown in the event that the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become
Just inside the 5th floor of the turb. bldg., a 12" line on each main steam line taps off  
      inoperative.
2.  
      a)       ADVs are credited for reducing SG pressure and cooling the RCS when condenser
controlled plant cooldown in the event that the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become  
      vacuum is lost during SGTR and SBLOCA event analysis
inoperative.  
      3.       Originally two manual gate isolation valves were installed on each atmospheric vent line
a)  
      (MS-153 & 154 "A" line and MS-155 & 156 on " B line). Due to the difficulty in operating these
ADVs are credited for reducing SG pressure and cooling the RCS when condenser  
      valves (caused by the large DP), additional piping and valves were added on each unit.
vacuum is lost during SGTR and SBLOCA event analysis  
      A 1" bypass line now exists around MS-153 & MS-155. A 1" gate valve installed in each
3.  
      bypass line allows for reducing the DP across these 12" gate valves which allows for ease of
Originally two manual gate isolation valves were installed on each atmospheric vent line  
      operation.
(MS-153 & 154 "A" line and MS-155 & 156 on " B line). Due to the difficulty in operating these  
      Another line which bypasses MS-154 and MS-156 has a chain operated "drag" valve installed.
valves (caused by the large DP), additional piping and valves were added on each unit.  
      These drag valves are much easier to operate and are suited better for throttling. Many turns
A 1" bypass line now exists around MS-153 & MS-155. A 1" gate valve installed in each  
      of the handwheel are required for stroking these valves which will provide for a more controlled
bypass line allows for reducing the DP across these 12" gate valves which allows for ease of  
      cooldown in the event they are needed.
operation.  
      MCS     Time:   I   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Another line which bypasses MS-154 and MS-156 has a chain operated "drag" valve installed.  
                                              Answer: B C D C D D C B A A       Scramble Range: A - D
These drag valves are much easier to operate and are suited better for throttling. Many turns  
      Tier:             2                                 Group:           1
of the handwheel are required for stroking these valves which will provide for a more controlled  
      Keyword           ADV                               Cog level:       M 3.3/3.3
cooldown in the event they are needed.  
      Source:           NEW                               Exam:             OC03301
(OBJ R11) There are manually operated valves on these lines designed to be used for a
      Test:             R                                 AuthodReviewer:   LSMiRFA
MCS  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:39:25 PM                                                                         66
Time:  
I  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B C D C D D C B A A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
ADV  
Cog level:  
M 3.3/3.3  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003
01:39:25 PM  
66  


  58. 039K5.01 001/2/1/MAIN STEAMIM 2.9/3.1/NEW/OC03301IRILSM/RFA
58. 039K5.01 001/2/1/MAIN STEAMIM 2.9/3.1/NEW/OC03301IRILSM/RFA  
      Which one of the following describe the system that Oconee uses to prevent water hammers
Which one of the following describe the system that Oconee uses to prevent water hammers  
      from occurring in an "idle" steam line.
from occurring in an "idle" steam line.  
      All steam lines in the plant have small drain lines that                     side of the isolation
All steam lines in the plant have small drain lines that  
      valve.
valve.  
      A. automatically open on the downstream
A. automatically open on the downstream  
      B." automatically open on the upstream
B." automatically open on the upstream  
      C. are operated manually on the downstream
side of the isolation
      D. are operated manually on the upstream
C. are operated manually on the downstream  
I                                                                                                           I
D. are operated manually on the upstream  
      A.       Steam Traps (OBJ R14, 15)
I  
      1.     An "idle" steam line (one in which there is no flow due to a closed isolation valve) tends
I  
      to collect condensation in the line where the steam is bottled up.
A.  
      2.       All steam lines in the plant have small drain lines on the upstream side of the isolation
1.  
      valve in the line, to keep the condensation from building up.
to collect condensation in the line where the steam is bottled up.  
      3.     These small drain lines automatically drain condensate to the condenser to prevent the
2.  
      steam line from filling with water andlor to prevent water hammers from occurring. This is
valve in the line, to keep the condensation from building up.  
      accomplished by the use of a steam trap.
3.  
      Thermostatic steam traps at Oconee are basically a valve with an expandable bellows acting as
steam line from filling with water andlor to prevent water hammers from occurring. This is  
      a valve disk.
accomplished by the use of a steam trap.  
      MCS     Time:   I   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Thermostatic steam traps at Oconee are basically a valve with an expandable bellows acting as  
                                            Answer: B C D B B C B D D A     Scramble Range: A - D
a valve disk.  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           1
Steam Traps (OBJ R14, 15)
      Keyword           MAIN STEAM                     Cog level:       M 2.913.1
An "idle" steam line (one in which there is no flow due to a closed isolation valve) tends
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
All steam lines in the plant have small drain lines on the upstream side of the isolation
      Test:             R                               AuthorlReviewer: LSM/RFA
These small drain lines automatically drain condensate to the condenser to prevent the
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM                                                                       67
MCS  
Time:  
I  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B C D B B C B D D A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
MAIN STEAM  
Cog level:  
M 2.913.1  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM  
67  


  59. 055A3.03 00112/2/CARS/M 2.512.7/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA
59. 055A3.03 00112/2/CARS/M 2.512.7/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        Valve 1V-I96 (CSAE Exhaust to Stack Drain) must be locked closed at all times if activity
Valve 1V-I96 (CSAE Exhaust to Stack Drain) must be locked closed at all times if activity  
        above background exists on the OTSG secondary side.
above background exists on the OTSG secondary side.  
        Which one of the following is the reason for this action?
Which one of the following is the reason for this action?  
        A,' This prevents the release of radioactive liquid to the trench.
A,' This prevents the release of radioactive liquid to the trench.  
        B. This prevents the CSAE relief valve from cycling.
B. This prevents the CSAE relief valve from cycling.  
        C . This prevents the condenser from being isolated on high activity.
C. This prevents the condenser from being isolated on high activity.  
        D. This maintains high backpressure on CSAE.
D. This maintains high backpressure on CSAE.  
      A.       (0BJ.RG)Valve (1)(2)(3) V-196 (CSAE Exhaust to Stack Drain) must be locked closed at
A.  
      all times if activity above background exists on the OTSG secondary side. (This prevents the
all times if activity above background exists on the OTSG secondary side. (This prevents the  
      release of radioactive liquid to the trench.)
release of radioactive liquid to the trench.)  
      In May of 1999, Unit 3 3C CSAE relief valve began lifting and closing several times. The steam
In May of 1999, Unit 3 3C CSAE relief valve began lifting and closing several times. The steam  
      supply was isolated hoping the relief valve would reseat. As a result, air entered through the
supply was isolated hoping the relief valve would reseat. As a result, air entered through the  
      relief valve and entered the condenser causing U3 to begin losing vacuum. Power was
relief valve and entered the condenser causing U3 to begin losing vacuum. Power was  
      reduced per the AP to 73%, 3C CSAE was fully isolated and the Main Vacuum Pumps were
reduced per the AP to 73%, 3C CSAE was fully isolated and the Main Vacuum Pumps were  
      placed in service
placed in service  
                Faulty Air Removal
Faulty Air Removal  
      a)       High condensate temperature to the CSAE will cause a reduction in air ejector
a)  
      efficiency.
High condensate temperature to the CSAE will cause a reduction in air ejector  
      b)       Low steam pressure or clogged steam strainers will reduce the velocity of steam and
efficiency.  
      thus reduce the volume of air the CSAE will handle.
b)  
      c)       High backpressure on CSAE will affect air removal.
Low steam pressure or clogged steam strainers will reduce the velocity of steam and  
      d)
thus reduce the volume of air the CSAE will handle.  
      Loss of loop seal would "short cycle" the air back into the system.
c)  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
High backpressure on CSAE will affect air removal.  
                                              Answer: A D A D A C D A D A     Scramble Range: A - D
Loss of loop seal would "short cycle" the air back into the system.  
      Tier:               2                             Group:           2
(0BJ.RG)Valve (1)(2)(3) V-196 (CSAE Exhaust to Stack Drain) must be locked closed at
      Keyword:           CARS                           Cog level:       M 232.7
d)
      Source:             NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
MCS  
      Test:               R                             AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA
Time:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM                                                                   68
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A D A D A C D A D A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
CARS  
Cog level:  
M 2 3 2 . 7
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM  
68  


  60. 056A2.04 0011211IC0NDENSATEICIA 2.612.81M 2003lOC03301lSILSMlRFA
60. 056A2.04 0011211IC0NDENSATEICIA 2.612.81M 2003lOC03301lSILSMlRFA  
        Unit 1 conditions:
Unit 1 conditions:  
                INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
                Unit startup in progress
Unit startup in progress  
                Reactor power = 30% and increasing
Reactor power = 30% and increasing  
                " 1 A Main Feedwater Pump operating
"1A Main Feedwater Pump operating  
                " I C and "IB" HWPs are operating
" I C and "IB" HWPs are operating  
                " 1 A HWP in AUTO
"1A HWP in AUTO  
                " I C CBP is operating
" I C CBP is operating  
                " 1 A CBP in AUTO
"1A CBP in AUTO  
                CURRENT CONDITIONS:
CURRENT CONDITIONS:  
                " I C CBP trips due to a breaker electrical fault
" I C CBP trips due to a breaker electrical fault  
      Which one of the following automatic actions has occured?
Which one of the following automatic actions has occured?  
      The operator will refer to the Annunciator Response Procedure and verify thz the:
The operator will refer to the Annunciator Response Procedure and verify thz  
      A. reactor tripped on low MFDWP suction pressure.
A. reactor tripped on low MFDWP suction pressure.  
        B. operating MFDWP tripped on low MFDWP suction pressure after 30 seconds.
the:
        C.' standby CBP auto started on low MFDWP suction pressure.
B. operating MFDWP tripped on low MFDWP suction pressure after 30 seconds.  
        D. standby HWP auto started on low CBP suction pressure.
C.' standby CBP auto started on low MFDWP suction pressure.  
      2003 bank question # 37
D. standby HWP auto started on low CBP suction pressure.  
      A.       incorrect, there is not a reactor trip on low main feedwater pump suction pressure. It
2003 bank question # 37  
      would take the loss of both main feedpumps to cause the trip.
A.  
      B.      incorrect, the standby booster pump will start at 360 psig on the feedwater pump suction
would take the loss of both main feedpumps to cause the trip.  
      pressure and the running feedwater pump should not trip. Does not trip until f 235 psig on the
incorrect, there is not a reactor trip on low main feedwater pump suction pressure. It
      feedwater pump suction.
B.
      C.     correct, the standby condensate booster will start when feedwater pump suction
pressure and the running feedwater pump should not trip. Does not trip until f 235 psig on the  
      pressure decreases to 360 psig.
feedwater pump suction.  
      D.     incorrect, condensate booster suction pressure will not decrease because the Hotwell
C.  
      pump is still running.
correct, the standby condensate booster will start when feedwater pump suction  
      MCS     Time:     1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
pressure decreases to 360 psig.  
                                              Answer: C C C B B A B B A B     Scramble Range: A - D
D.  
      Tier:               2                               Group:           1
incorrect, condensate booster suction pressure will not decrease because the Hotwell  
      Keyword:           CONDENSATE                       Cog level: .     CIA 2.612.8
pump is still running.  
      Source:             M 2003                           Exam:           OC03301
incorrect, the standby booster pump will start at 360 psig on the feedwater pump suction
      Test:               S                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
MCS  
Wedn-sday, May 07,2003 01 :39:25PM                                                                    69
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C C C B B A B B A B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
CONDENSATE  
Cog level:  
.  
CIA 2.612.8  
Source:  
M 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wedn-sday, May 07,2003 01 :39:25 PM
69  


  61. 059A1.03 001/211/MFW/M 2.712.9/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA
61 . 059A1.03 001/211/MFW/M 2.712.9/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      The Main FDW Block Valves are placed in OPEN when the Startup Control Valves reach 90%.
The Main FDW Block Valves are placed in OPEN when the Startup Control Valves reach 90%.  
      Which one of the following describes the basis for this step?
Which one of the following describes the basis for this step?  
      A:' To prevent feedwater flow swings.
A:'  
      B. To prevent feedwater pump cavitation.
To prevent feedwater flow swings.  
      C. To allow complete closure of the minimum flow valves before reaching 100% power.
B. To prevent feedwater pump cavitation.  
      D. To bypass the Main FDW Block Valve auto open at a composite demand of 9.0%.
C. To allow complete closure of the minimum flow valves before reaching 100% power.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM                                                         70
D. To bypass the Main FDW Block Valve auto open at a composite demand of 9.0%.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM  
70  


      CF-FDWrlla
CF-FDWrlla  
      Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed from a
Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed from a  
      common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand
common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand  
      1)       Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU
1)  
      Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).
Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).  
      1.       Main Blocks (FDW-31 and FDW-40)
1.  
      a)       Motor operated from control room (UBI).
Main Blocks (FDW-31 and FDW-40)  
      b)       OPEN, AUTO, CLOSE.
a)  
      c)       ICs sends a signal to close the Main FDW Blocks on a Rx trip.
Motor operated from control room (UBI).  
      d)       Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed
b)  
      from a common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand
OPEN, AUTO, CLOSE.  
      1)       Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU
c)  
      Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).
ICs sends a signal to close the Main FDW Blocks on a Rx trip.  
      2)       Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close
d)  
      (if in AUTO)
Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed  
      e)       During some unit startups, when the Main Blocks were opened, leakage past the seat of
from a common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand  
      the closed Main Control Valves would cause SG levels to increase. This would result in the SU
1)  
      Control Valves, which are controlling SG levels to start close and return SG levels to setpoint
Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU  
      (25 inches SUR).
Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).  
      1)       With the Main Blocks in AUTO, as the SU Control Valves reached 50%, the Main Blocks
2)  
      would close. After they closed, leakage past the seat of the Main Control Valves would stop,
Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close  
      and SG levels would decrease, causing the SU Control Valves to re-open.
(if in AUTO)  
      2)       As the SU Control Valve reaches 90%, the Main Block would once again open, setting
e)  
      up a Feedwater cycle that could quickly become divergent. Once divergent cycle starts, a
During some unit startups, when the Main Blocks were opened, leakage past the seat of  
      FDWP trip could occur due to Overspeed or High Discharge Pressure if not properly mitigated.
the closed Main Control Valves would cause SG levels to increase. This would result in the SU  
      This would lead to a UnitlReactor Trip.
Control Valves, which are controlling SG levels to start close and return SG levels to setpoint  
      3)      To prevent the Feedwater swing described above, the Main Block Valves were placed in
(25 inches SUR).  
      OPEN when the Startup Control Valves reached 90%, and were left in OPEN until Feedwater
1)  
      demand was high enough to ensure that the SU Control Valves would not close. Current
would close. After they closed, leakage past the seat of the Main Control Valves would stop,  
      procedures require that the Main Blocks (and SU Blocks) be in AUTO prior to exceeding 700
and SG levels would decrease, causing the SU Control Valves to re-open.  
      psig MS pressure (to satisfy MSLB/AFIS circuit operability requirements).
2)  
      Procedures do allow FDW-31 and 40 to be placed in OPEN if FDW control problems occur as a
up a Feedwater cycle that could quickly become divergent. Once divergent cycle starts, a  
      result of the valves opening in AUTO. The blocks will then be placed in AUTO when the Main
FDWP trip could occur due to Overspeed or High Discharge Pressure if not properly mitigated.  
      Control Valve has reached 10% OPEN, since at that point, the SU Control Valve demand is at
This would lead to a UnitlReactor Trip.  
      loo%, and is not likely to decrease until power level decreases for unit shutdown.
Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU
      2)       Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close
With the Main Blocks in AUTO, as the SU Control Valves reached 50%, the Main Blocks
      (if in AUTO)
As the SU Control Valve reaches 90%, the Main Block would once again open, setting
      d)      Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed
3)
      from a common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand
OPEN when the Startup Control Valves reached 90%, and were left in OPEN until Feedwater  
      1)      Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU
demand was high enough to ensure that the SU Control Valves would not close. Current  
      Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).
procedures require that the Main Blocks (and SU Blocks) be in AUTO prior to exceeding 700  
      2)      Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close
psig MS pressure (to satisfy MSLB/AFIS circuit operability requirements).  
      (if in AUTO)
Procedures do allow FDW-31 and 40 to be placed in OPEN if FDW control problems occur as a  
Wedn$sday, May 07,200301:39:25PM                                                                    71
result of the valves opening in AUTO. The blocks will then be placed in AUTO when the Main  
Control Valve has reached 10% OPEN, since at that point, the SU Control Valve demand is at  
loo%, and is not likely to decrease until power level decreases for unit shutdown.  
2)  
(if in AUTO)
d)
from a common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand
1)
Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).
2)
(if in AUTO)
To prevent the Feedwater swing described above, the Main Block Valves were placed in
Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close  
Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed  
Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU  
Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close  
Wedn$sday, May 07,2003 01:39:25
PM
71  


      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                        Answer: A D B D B A B B B B     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                           Group:           1
1  
      Keyword:         MFW                         Cog level:       M 2.712.9
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                           AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25PM                                                            72
Answer: A D B D B A B B B B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
MFW  
Cog level:  
M 2.712.9  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25
PM
72  


    62. 061A3.01 001/2/1/AFWlClA 4.2/4.2lNEWIOC03301/WLSMIRFA
62. 061A3.01 001/2/1/AFWlClA 4.2/4.2lNEWIOC03301/WLSMIRFA  
          You are the NCO on Unit 2. Per EOP Rule 3, you attempt to ensure that an Emergency
You are the NCO on Unit 2. Per EOP Rule 3, you attempt to ensure that an Emergency  
          Feedwater automatic start occured. It did not. You place the MDEFWPs control switches in
Feedwater automatic start occured. It did not. You place the MDEFWPs control switches in  
          "Run." The pumps still do not start.
"Run." The pumps still do not start.  
          You attempt to start the TDEFWP. It also fails to start.
You attempt to start the TDEFWP. It also fails to start.  
          You direct an NE0 to manually start the Emergency Feedwater pump.
You direct an NE0 to manually start the Emergency Feedwater pump.  
          Which one of the following describe the Local steps that will be required to start the pump?
Which one of the following describe the Local steps that will be required to start the pump?  
          Isolate:
Isolate:  
          A.   IA supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the moisture petcock and then
A. IA supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the moisture petcock and then  
                start the pump.
start the pump.  
          B.' IA and AIA supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the moisture petcock and
B.' IA and AIA supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the moisture petcock and  
                then start the pump.
then start the pump.  
          C. IA, AIA and N2 supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the vent port on the
C. IA, AIA and N2 supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the vent port on the  
                MS-93 supply line and then start the pump.
MS-93 supply line and then start the pump.  
          D. N2 supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the vent port on the MS-93
D. N2 supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the vent port on the MS-93  
                supply line and then start the pump.
supply line and then start the pump.  
          A. Needs AIA
A. Needs AIA  
          B. Correct
B. Correct  
          C. No N2 supply not vented through port
C. No N2 supply not vented through port  
          D. Method required for unit 1
D. Method required for unit 1  
          Manual Start of TDEFDWP
Manual Start of TDEFDWP  
          a)       MS-93 Failure
a)  
          1)       Per EOP Rule 3, the NCO should ensure Emergency Feedwater is operating, if
MS-93 Failure  
          MDEFWPs are not operating, the control switch is placed in "Run" this should open MS-93 by
1)  
          de-energizing the solenoid. If this fails to start the TDEFWP, an NE0 is sent to manually start
Per EOP Rule 3, the NCO should ensure Emergency Feedwater is operating, if  
          the pump with a (PS) Procedure. Local step will require:
MDEFWPs are not operating, the control switch is placed in "Run" this should open MS-93 by  
          (d)       Bleed air off regulator using moisture petcock. (Not available on Unit 1). On Unit 1
de-energizing the solenoid. If this fails to start the TDEFWP, an NE0 is sent to manually start  
          replace the Swagelok body protector with the vent port on the supply line going to IMS-93.
the pump with a (PS) Procedure. Local step will require:  
          MCS       Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(d)  
                                                  Answer: B B A B B A C D A A     Scramble Range: A - D
replace the Swagelok body protector with the vent port on the supply line going to IMS-93.  
W e d n W a y , May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM                 ..                   . .                       73
Bleed air off regulator using moisture petcock. (Not available on Unit 1). On Unit 1
MCS  
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B B A B B A C D A A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
WednWay, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM  
. .
. .
73  


      Tier:           2         Group:           1
Tier:  
      Keyword          AFW      Cog level:       CIA 4.214.2
2  
      Source:          NEW      Exam:           OC03301
Keyword
      Test:            R        AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
AFW
Wednesday. May 07,2003 01:39:25PM                              74
Source:
NEW
Test:
R
Wednesday. May 07,2003 01:39:25
PM
Group:  
1  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.214.2  
Exam:  
OC03301  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
74  


  63. 061K6.01 001/2/l/EFWIC/A 2.5/2.8lNEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA
63. 061K6.01 001/2/l/EFWIC/A 2.5/2.8lNEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA  
        SG pressure is 1000 psig. The TDEFWP is running. A controller failure has caused FDW-315
SG pressure is 1000 psig. The TDEFWP is running. A controller failure has caused FDW-315  
        & 316 to fail full open.
& 316 to fail full open.  
      Which one of the following indications would enable the OATC to determine that this failure
Which one of the following indications would enable the OATC to determine that this failure  
        had occured?
had occured?  
        The crew would:
The crew would:  
      A. see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would NOT see it on the
A. see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would NOT see it on the  
            MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.
MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.  
        B.' NOT see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would see it on the
B.' NOT see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would see it on the  
            MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.
MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.  
      C. see a mismatch between the indicated flows to each SG. This indicated flow mismatch
C. see a mismatch between the indicated flows to each SG. This indicated flow mismatch  
            could be as much as 300 gpm
could be as much as 300 gpm  
        D. NOT see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would see a level change
D. NOT see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would see a level change  
            between the OTSGs because the SG are level dominant.
between the OTSGs because the SG are level dominant.  
      EFW lesson plan
EFW lesson plan  
      1.       The MDEFDWPs have approximately 300 gpm (per pump) recirculation flow to the UST
1.  
      for pump and discharge piping protection. When a MDEFDWP is started, the ARC (Automatic
for pump and discharge piping protection. When a MDEFDWP is started, the ARC (Automatic  
      Recirculation Control) valve automatically provides recirculation flow.
Recirculation Control) valve automatically provides recirculation flow.  
      NOTE: An event has occurred at another plant concerning these same type ARC valves. The
NOTE: An event has occurred at another plant concerning these same type ARC valves. The  
      valves failed open due to internal valve failure. One of the problems that came from this failure
valves failed open due to internal valve failure. One of the problems that came from this failure  
      was the operators were not able to determine from their flow indications that these valves had
was the operators were not able to determine from their flow indications that these valves had  
      failed. Some examples of what the Oconee operator might see if these MDEFDWP
failed. Some examples of what the Oconee operator might see if these MDEFDWP  
      recirculation valves failed open follows:
recirculation valves failed open follows:  
                The initial assumption is that the TDEFDWP is not running.
The MDEFDWPs have approximately 300 gpm (per pump) recirculation flow to the UST
                If SG pressures were at about 1000 psig and the A MDEFDWP recirculation valve failed
The initial assumption is that the TDEFDWP is not running.  
      open, there would be a mismatch between the indicated flows to each SG. This indicated flow
If SG pressures were at about 1000 psig and the A MDEFDWP recirculation valve failed  
      mismatch could be as much as 300 gpm if FDW-315 & 316 were full open. The operator would
open, there would be a mismatch between the indicated flows to each SG. This indicated flow  
      see the flow mismatch and depending on decay.heat could see a lower SG level on the side
mismatch could be as much as 300 gpm if FDW-315 & 316 were full open. The operator would  
      with the failed valve. There would not be a pump runout concern unless SG pressures were
see the flow mismatch and depending on decay.heat could see a lower SG level on the side  
      800 psig or less and FDW-315 & 316 were full open.
with the failed valve. There would not be a pump runout concern unless SG pressures were  
                If the TDEFDWP were running, the operator would NOT see a flow mismatch on Total
800 psig or less and FDW-315 & 316 were full open.  
      EFDW Flow indications but would see it on the MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.
EFDW Flow indications but would see it on the MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.  
      If the operator sees a flow mismatch or low SG level and the TDEFDWP is available, he should
If the operator sees a flow mismatch or low SG level and the TDEFDWP is available, he should  
      start the TDEFDWP. Starting the TDEFDWP will assure adequate flow to the SGs
start the TDEFDWP. Starting the TDEFDWP will assure adequate flow to the SGs  
      MCS Time: 1           Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
If the TDEFDWP were running, the operator would NOT see a flow mismatch on Total
                                              Answer: B C C C A B A A C A     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           1
Time:  
      Keyword:           EFW                             Cog level:       CIA 2.5/2.8
1  
      Source:            NEW                            Exam:           oco3301
Points:  
      Test:              R                               Author/Reviewer: LSMlRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39.25PM                                                                    75
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B C C C A B A A C A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Source:
NEW
Exam:
oco3301
Keyword:  
EFW  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.5/2.8  
Test:  
R  
Author/Reviewer:  
LSMlRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39.25 PM
75  


  64. 062A2.10 00 II2IIIAC ELECTRICAL/C/A 3.0/3.3R\TEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
64. 062A2.10 00 II2IIIAC ELECTRICAL/C/A 3.0/3.3R\\TEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
        An NLO reports that a HYCE gauge on the front board for the pressure transmitter for Main
An NLO reports that a HYCE gauge on the front board for the pressure transmitter for Main  
        Steam line 1A is reading zero. There are I&C activities currently in the area attempting to
Steam line 1A is reading zero. There are I&C activities currently in the area attempting to  
        switch power supplies within the panel. Assuming activities in the area have caused a false
switch power supplies within the panel. Assuming activities in the area have caused a false  
        instrument reading, which one of the following could have caused this reading?
instrument reading, which one of the following could have caused this reading?  
        A,' An interruption of IA to the pressure transmitter.
A,' An interruption of IA to the pressure transmitter.  
        B. An interruption of DC power to the gauge.
B. An interruption of DC power to the gauge.  
        C. A loss of AC electrical power to the gauge.
C. A loss of AC electrical power to the gauge.  
        D. A loss of AC electrical power to the gauge coincident with a loss of DC power to the
D. A loss of AC electrical power to the gauge coincident with a loss of DC power to the  
            pressure transmitter.
pressure transmitter.  
      Facility check to make sure distractor " B not correct also.
Facility check to make sure distractor " B not correct also.  
      There is a pressure transmitter for each Main Steam line that feeds the HYCE gauge on the
There is a pressure transmitter for each Main Steam line that feeds the HYCE gauge on the  
      front board. These indications utilize Instrument Air (IA) instead of electrical power and will be
front board. These indications utilize Instrument Air (IA) instead of electrical power and will be  
      available for use on a Loss of Power but not on a Loss of IA.
available for use on a Loss of Power but not on a Loss of IA.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: A C C B B A A B D A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                             Group:           I
1  
      Keyword:           AC ELECTRICAL                 Cog level:       C/A 3.013.3
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wedn!?sday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM                                                                   76
Answer: A C C B B A A B D A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
I  
Keyword:  
AC ELECTRICAL  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.013.3  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wedn!?sday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM  
76  


  65. 062K4.02 001/2/l/AC ELECTRICALIM    3.313.4lM 1992/01120/0C03301lR'LSM/RFA
Plant conditions are as follows on Unit 2:  
      Plant conditions are as follows on Unit 2:
- A Load Shed and a LOCA have occurred concurrently.  
          - A Load Shed and a LOCA have occurred concurrently.
- LPI pump B has failed to start.  
          - LPI pump B has failed to start.
65. 062K4.02 001/2/l/AC ELECTRICALIM 3.313.4lM 1992/01120/0C03301lR'LSM/RFA
      Which one of the following descriptions is correct?
Which one of the following descriptions is correct?  
      The operation of LPI pump C Automatically:
The operation of LPI pump C Automatically:  
      A. starts after a 5 second time delay.
A. starts after a 5 second time delay.  
      B. trips and locks out after a 5 second time delay.
B. trips and locks out after a 5 second time delay.  
      C.' trips but can be manually started after a 5 second time delay.
C.' trips but can be manually started after a 5 second time delay.  
      D. started 5 seconds after taking manual control of the Load Shed circuit channels 1 and 2.
D. started 5 seconds after taking manual control of the Load Shed circuit channels 1 and 2.  
      1992/01/20
1992/01/20  
      Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-PNS-LPI, pg 34
Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-PNS-LPI, pg 34  
      Obj. 14
Obj. 14  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: C A B C C B A C C D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           1
1  
      Keyword           AC ELECTRICAL                   Cog level:       M 3.313.4
Points:  
      Source:           M 1992101/20                     Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:39:26 PM                                                                   77
Answer: C A B C C B A C C D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
AC ELECTRICAL  
Cog level:  
M 3.313.4  
Source:  
M 1992101/20  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM  
77  


    66. 063A4.01 001/2/1/DC POWERICIA 2.813.1IBANK 2003lOC03301IWLSMlRFA
66. 063A4.01 001/2/1/DC POWERICIA 2.813.1IBANK 2003lOC03301IWLSMlRFA  
          During alignment of the SSF DC electrical system, the operator is cautioned NOT to open the
During alignment of the SSF DC electrical system, the operator is cautioned NOT to open the  
          SSF inverter DC input breaker (CB-1) until the inverter is swapped to an AC-line.
SSF inverter DC input breaker (CB-1) until the inverter is swapped to an AC-line.  
          Which one of the following is the expected adverse consequence if the operator fails to adhere
Which one of the following is the expected adverse consequence if the operator fails to adhere  
          to this precaution?
to this precaution?  
          A! The KSF inverter power fuse may blow.
A!  
          6. The SSF 600v load center XSF will de-energize.
The KSF inverter power fuse may blow.  
          C. Voltage spikes may damage loads on the bus.
6. The SSF 600v load center XSF will de-energize.  
          D. Automatic transfer of SSF control power to ES valves will occur.
C. Voltage spikes may damage loads on the bus.  
          Bank 2003 Question 350
D. Automatic transfer of SSF control power to ES valves will occur.  
        A. Correct.
Bank 2003 Question 350  
          B. Incorrect. The inverter supplies power to panelboard KSFC, not load center
A. Correct.  
          XSF.
B. Incorrect. The inverter supplies power to panelboard KSFC, not load center  
          C. Incorrect. Inverter fuses and rectifiers will limit voltage spike.
XSF.  
          D. Incorrect. An automatic swap does not exist.
C. Incorrect. Inverter fuses and rectifiers will limit voltage spike.  
        MCS       Time: 1     Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D. Incorrect. An automatic swap does not exist.  
                                              Answer: A D C A C A B A C D         Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
        Tier:               2                               Group:           1
Time:  
          Keyword:           DC POWER                         Cog level:       CIA 2.813.1
1  
          Source:           BANK 2003                       Exam:             OC03301
Points:  
        Test:               R                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
W e d n W a y , May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM                                                                 78
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A D C A C A B A C D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
DC POWER  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.813.1  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WednWay, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM  
78  


  67. 063K2.01 0011211lLOSS OF DC POWEWCIA 2.913.11MIOC03301IWLSMIRFA
67. 063K2.01 0011211lLOSS OF DC POWEWCIA 2.913.11MIOC03301IWLSMIRFA  
      A loss of DC power to the Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump (TDEFDWP) has
A loss of DC power to the Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump (TDEFDWP) has  
      occurred.
occurred.  
      Which one of the following describes the starting of the TDEFDWP if an AUTOMATIC initiation
Which one of the following describes the starting of the TDEFDWP if an AUTOMATIC initiation  
      signal is received?
signal is received?  
      A. Automatically started because the steam supply valve, MS-93, will be opened when its pilot
A. Automatically started because the steam supply valve, MS-93, will be opened when its pilot  
            solenoid deenergizes, and the operating valve, MS-95, fails open on loss of oil pressure.
solenoid deenergizes, and the operating valve, MS-95, fails open on loss of oil pressure.  
      B.   Manually started by placing the Control Room control switch to RUN due to a loss of auto
B. Manually started by placing the Control Room control switch to RUN due to a loss of auto  
            initiation logic control power.
initiation logic control power.  
      C.' Manually started by tripping the trip throttle valve, MS-94, and pulling up on the local hand
C.' Manually started by tripping the trip throttle valve, MS-94, and pulling up on the local hand  
            starting lever, resetting and slowly opening MS-94 to admit steam for rolling the turbine.
starting lever, resetting and slowly opening MS-94 to admit steam for rolling the turbine.  
      D. Cannot be started since the low oil pressure start permissive for the turbine cannot be met.
D. Cannot be started since the low oil pressure start permissive for the turbine cannot be met.  
      Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-CF-EF
Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-CF-EF  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                              Answer: C A B A B C A C B A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:               2                             Group:           1
1  
      Keyword:             LOSS OF DC POWER               Cog level:       CIA 2.913.1
Points:  
      Source:             M                             Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:               R                             AuthorIReviewer: LSMlRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM                                                                     79
Answer: C A B A B C A C B A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
LOSS OF DC POWER  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.913.1  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMlRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM  
79  


  68. 064K4.03 001/2/1/EDG/C/A 2.5/3.0/BANK 2003/0C03301/RILSM/RFA
68. 064K4.03 001/2/1/EDG/C/A 2.5/3.0/BANK 2003/0C03301/RILSM/RFA  
        INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
              The SSF has been manned for 6 hours due to a sustained Loss of HPI and CC.
The SSF has been manned for 6 hours due to a sustained Loss of HPI and CC.  
      CURRENT CONDITIONS:
CURRENT CONDITIONS:  
              The SSF Diesel Generator speed = 970 RPM.
The SSF Diesel Generator speed = 970 RPM.  
      Which one of the following has failed on the Diesel Generator?
Which one of the following has failed on the Diesel Generator?  
      A. Startup Governor.
A. Startup Governor.  
      6. Hydraulic Amplifier.
6. Hydraulic Amplifier.  
      Cy Electric Governor.
Cy Electric Governor.  
      D. Mechanical Governor.
D. Mechanical Governor.  
      Bank 2003 Question 148
Bank 2003 Question 148  
      A.     Incorrect- the startup of the SSF Diesel is controlled by the Electric Governor. There is
A.  
      not a Startup Governor associated with the SSF Diesel.
not a Startup Governor associated with the SSF Diesel.  
      6.     Incorrect- this is a component controlled by the Electric governor to convert the
6.  
      magnetic speed signal to a useable signal by the hydraulic section of the electric governor
magnetic speed signal to a useable signal by the hydraulic section of the electric governor  
      system.
system.  
      C.     Correct- this is the component, which failed. The mechanical governor will take over
C.  
      speed control and maintain diesel speed between 950-980 RPM.
speed control and maintain diesel speed between 950-980 RPM.  
      D. Incorrect- the mechanical governor is what is controlling the speed.
D. Incorrect- the mechanical governor is what is controlling the speed.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Incorrect- the startup of the SSF Diesel is controlled by the Electric Governor. There is
                                            Answer: C B D A B B B C C D     Scramble Range: A - D
Incorrect- this is a component controlled by the Electric governor to convert the
      Tier:             2                               Group:           1
Correct- this is the component, which failed. The mechanical governor will take over
      Keyword           EDG                             Cog level:       C/A 2 3 3 . 0
MCS  
      Source:           BANK 2003                       Exam:             OC03301
Time:  
      Test:             R                               AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA
1  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:39:26 PM                                                                     80
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C B D A B B B C C D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
EDG  
Cog level:  
C/A 2 3 3 . 0
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM  
80  


  69. 071K4.01 0011212/WGDT/M 2.6/3.0lNEWIOC03301lWLSM/RFA
69. 071K4.01 0011212/WGDT/M 2.6/3.0lNEWIOC03301lWLSM/RFA  
        Which one of the following is the reason that the interim building gas tanks should not be used
Which one of the following is the reason that the interim building gas tanks should not be used  
        as the "in service'' gas tank?
as the "in service'' gas tank?  
        A. There is no way to recirc interim building gas tank contents.
A. There is no way to recirc interim building gas tank contents.  
        B. There is no way to align the interim building gas tank to reduce the hydrogen concentration.
B. There is no way to align the interim building gas tank to reduce the hydrogen concentration.  
        C. The only release path is direct to atmosphere.
C. The only release path is direct to atmosphere.  
        D.' The interim building gas tank requires about 20 psi Nitrogen pressure to have control of
D.' The interim building gas tank requires about 20 psi Nitrogen pressure to have control of  
            vent header pressure.
vent header pressure.  
      Solution - D
Solution - D  
      B.       Tank Isolation
B.  
      1.       Tank should be isolated prior to high pressure alarm (70 psig).
Tank Isolation  
      2.       Interim building gas tanks should not be used as the "in service" gas tank since it
1.  
      initially requires about 20 psi Nitrogen pressure to have control of vent header pressure.
Tank should be isolated prior to high pressure alarm (70 psig).  
      3.       Basic procedure:
2.  
      a)       Tank   should be > 5 psig prior to placing in service, add Nitrogen if required to increase
Interim building gas tanks should not be used as the "in service" gas tank since it  
      tank pressure.
initially requires about 20 psi Nitrogen pressure to have control of vent header pressure.  
      b)       Close "recirc" valve for isolated tank and open "recirc" valve for tank placed in service.
3.  
      c)       Close inlet valve for tank to be isolated and open inlet to tank to be placed in service.
Basic procedure:  
      d)       Sample isolated tank for hydrogen.
a)  
      e)       After tank has been isolated for 6 hours, verify that isolated tank pressure is not
Tank should be > 5 psig prior to placing in service, add Nitrogen if required to increase  
      decreasing and vent header is controlling normally.
tank pressure.  
      4.       Reducing Hydrogen in a GWD Tank
b)  
      a)       If hydrogen is > 3%, lower tank to 50 psig by transferring some for the gas to another
Close "recirc" valve for isolated tank and open "recirc" valve for tank placed in service.  
      tank.
c)  
      b)       Add 20 psig nitrogen to tank
Close inlet valve for tank to be isolated and open inlet to tank to be placed in service.  
      c)       Resample for hydrogen
d)  
      d)       Repeat until hydrogen < 3%
Sample isolated tank for hydrogen.  
      C.       Transferring Gas Between Tanks
e)  
      1.       Normally done from in-service tank to another tank, this adds operational flexibility to
After tank has been isolated for 6 hours, verify that isolated tank pressure is not  
      determine which tank is used for in-service work and which tank(s) are used for isolation and
decreasing and vent header is controlling normally.  
      decay.
4.  
      2.       Procedure:
Reducing Hydrogen in a GWD Tank  
      a)       Open inlet for tank receiving gas
a)  
      b)       Close inlet for tank transferring gas.
If hydrogen is > 3%, lower tank to 50 psig by transferring some for the gas to another  
      1)       In-service tank pressure should begin decreasing and tank receiving gas should be
tank.  
      increasing pressure as gas flows:
b)  
                From the in-service GWD Tank
Add 20 psig nitrogen to tank  
                Through GWD-1
c)  
                To the vent header
Resample for hydrogen  
Wedngsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26PM                    ..                                                 81
d)  
Repeat until hydrogen < 3%  
C.  
Transferring Gas Between Tanks  
1.  
Normally done from in-service tank to another tank, this adds operational flexibility to  
determine which tank is used for in-service work and which tank(s) are used for isolation and  
decay.  
2.  
Procedure:  
a)  
Open inlet for tank receiving gas  
b)  
Close inlet for tank transferring gas.  
1)  
In-service tank pressure should begin decreasing and tank receiving gas should be  
increasing pressure as gas flows:  
From the in-service GWD Tank  
Through GWD-1  
To the vent header  
Wedngsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM
. .
81  


                Is compressed by GWD compressor
Is compressed by GWD compressor  
                Discharges to tank being transferred to
Discharges to tank being transferred to  
      c)      When   transfer is complete, open inlet for tank remaining in service and close inlet for
When transfer is complete, open inlet for tank remaining in service and close inlet for  
      tank to be isolated.
Sample isolated tank for hydrogen.  
      d)      Sample isolated tank for hydrogen.
Sampling of waste gas decay tank  
      D.      Sampling of waste gas decay tank
5 times weekly and after isolation for hydrogen  
        1.      Sampling is done
Prior to release for activity  
      a)      5 times weekly and after isolation for hydrogen
Sample flowpath: (sample flows from tank, through sample apparatus, to the vent  
      b)      Prior to release for activity
(Obj R5) Cross-connecting the vent header  
      2.      Sample flowpath: (sample flows from tank, through sample apparatus, to the vent
Isolation valves GWD-132 (Vent Header Tie Unit 1) and GWD-134 (Vent Header Tie  
      header)
Either system (1&2's) or (3's) can be shutdown.  
      E.      (Obj R5) Cross-connecting the vent header
The other system can carry the load.  
      1.      Isolation valves GWD-132 (Vent Header Tie Unit 1) and GWD-134 (Vent Header Tie
Should only be made when:  
      Unit 3) are opened to make essentially one common vent header.
Additional tank space is needed.  
      2.      Either system (1&2's) or (3's) can be shutdown.
Acceptable meteorological conditions exist as indicated on OAC.  
      3.      The other system can carry the load.
c)
      F.      Gaseous Waste Releases
tank to be isolated.
      1.      Should only be made when:
d)
      a)      Additional tank space is needed.
D.
      b)      Acceptable meteorological conditions exist as indicated on OAC.
1.
      1)       Unfavorable conditions are:
Sampling is done
      (a)     Positive delta temperature
a)
      (b)     Very low wind speed
b)
      2)       Sign Off step for Meteorological conditions are in the body of the procedure. Part of the
2.
      process of deciding to submit a sample request for release should involve anticipating
header)
      Meteorological conditions that will exist at time of desired release.
E.
      3)       Atmospheric inversions
1.
      (a)     The use of vertical temperature gradients is a practical and universally accepted method
Unit 3) are opened to make essentially one common vent header.
      of determining atmospheric stability. An inversion is defined as: air at ground level colder than
2.
      air aloft. Simply stated, unusually stable atmospheric conditions exist when an inversion exists,
3.
      meaning that vertical air movement is stifled. Clear, calm nighttime conditions are usually very
F.
      stable because the earth's surface cools rapidly, thus cooling the ground surface air. This is
Gaseous Waste Releases
      usually the time of day that an inversion will exist. The absence of winds prevents this cool air
1.
      from "mixing" with the warmer air above. It is under these unfavorable, stable atmospheric
a)
      conditions that the release of radioactive gases would not be desired.
b)
      2.       We should hold tanks as long as possible to allow maximum radioactive decay (ALARA)
1)  
      and therefore release as little activity as practicable.
Unfavorable conditions are:  
      3.      Prior to release, the operator submits a sample request and RP samples the tank to
(a)  
      determine:
Positive delta temperature  
      a)      Types of activity
(b)  
      b)      Quantities of each isotope present
Very low wind speed  
      4.      RP also calculates and notes on sample request
2)  
      a)      Setpoints for RIA-37 & 38
process of deciding to submit a sample request for release should involve anticipating  
      b)      Maximum     allowable release flow rates
Meteorological conditions that will exist at time of desired release.  
      5.      Procedure
Sign Off step for Meteorological conditions are in the body of the procedure. Part of the
                Steps described are a general description of actual procedure steps. Refer to
3)  
      procedure if more detail is desired.
Atmospheric inversions  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26PM                                                                        a2
(a)  
The use of vertical temperature gradients is a practical and universally accepted method  
of determining atmospheric stability. An inversion is defined as: air at ground level colder than  
air aloft. Simply stated, unusually stable atmospheric conditions exist when an inversion exists,  
meaning that vertical air movement is stifled. Clear, calm nighttime conditions are usually very  
stable because the earth's surface cools rapidly, thus cooling the ground surface air. This is  
usually the time of day that an inversion will exist. The absence of winds prevents this cool air  
from "mixing" with the warmer air above. It is under these unfavorable, stable atmospheric  
conditions that the release of radioactive gases would not be desired.  
2.  
and therefore release as little activity as practicable.
3.
determine:
a)
Types of activity
b)
4.
a)
b)
5.
Procedure
procedure if more detail is desired.
We should hold tanks as long as possible to allow maximum radioactive decay (ALARA)  
Prior to release, the operator submits a sample request and RP samples the tank to  
Quantities of each isotope present  
RP also calculates and notes on sample request  
Setpoints for RIA-37 & 38  
Maximum allowable release flow rates  
Steps described are a general description of actual procedure steps. Refer to  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM
a2  


      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                        Answer: D C A C A D D C A D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                           Group:           2
1  
      Keyword           WGDT                       Cog level:       M 2.613.0
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                           AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:3926 PM                                                             83
Answer: D C A C A D D C A D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
WGDT  
Cog level:  
M 2.613.0  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:3926 PM  
83  


  70. 075K1.01 001/2/2/CWS/SWS/M 2.5/2.5/M/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
70. 075K1.01 001/2/2/CWS/SWS/M 2.5/2.5/M/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      Which one of the following is correct concerning the Siphon Seal Water supply?
Which one of the following is correct concerning the Siphon Seal Water supply?  
      "A" and "B" SSW Headers are normally in service with LPSW aligned to both headers and with
"A" and "B" SSW Headers are normally in service with LPSW aligned to both headers and with  
      HPSW:
HPSW:  
      A. throttled in the " A header and in recirc in the "B" header
A. throttled in the " A
      6."throttled in the " A Header and isolated in the " B Header.
header and in recirc in the "B" header  
      C. isolated in the "AHeader and throttled in the " B Header
6." throttled in the " A Header and isolated in the " B Header.  
      D. throttled in both the "A" and " B Headers.
C. isolated in the "A
      Bank 2003 question 777
Header and throttled in the " B Header  
      B
D. throttled in both the "A" and " B Headers.  
      A Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A"Header and isolated in the "B" Header
Bank 2003 question 777  
      B Correct
B  
      C Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header and isolated in the "B" Header.
A Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header and isolated in the "B" Header  
      D Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header are isolated in the "B" Header.
B Correct  
      MCS Time: 1         Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header and isolated in the "B" Header.  
                                            Answer: B C D B D D B B D B     Scramble Range: A - D
D Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header are isolated in the "B" Header.  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           2
MCS  
      Keyword           cws/sws                         Cog level:       M 2.512.5
Time:  
      Source:          M                              Exam:           OC03301
1  
      Test:            R                              AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
Points:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM                                                                 84
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B C D B D D B B D B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Source:
M
Test:  
R
Keyword  
cws/sws  
Group:
2
Cog level:  
M 2.512.5  
Exam:  
OC03301  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM  
84  


  7 1. 076A2.0 1 00 1/2/1ISW SIM 3.5/3.7/NEW/OC0330 1ISILSMIRFA
7 1 . 076A2.0 1 00 1/2/1 ISW SIM 3.5/3.7/NEW/OC0330 1 ISILSMIRFA
        A valve in the SSW A header has failed closed and the header is inoperable. The SSW B
A valve in the SSW A header has failed closed and the header is inoperable. The SSW B  
        header remains operable. The A LPSW pump is in off. The B LPSW Pump is in run. Which
header remains operable. The A LPSW pump is in off. The B LPSW Pump is in run. Which  
        one of the following describes what must be done to ensure that the ESV meets TS 3.7.8
one of the following describes what must be done to ensure that the ESV meets TS 3.7.8  
        (ECCW) requirements?
(ECCW) requirements?  
        A,' The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable and the LPSW Pump
A,' The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable and the LPSW Pump  
            that must be placed in Auto Start on the Unit supplying the B SSW header must be
that must be placed in Auto Start on the Unit supplying the B SSW header must be  
            operable.
operable.  
        B. The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable, the LPSW Pump
B. The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable, the LPSW Pump  
            must be left running on the Unit supplying the B SSW header, and the A LPSW pump must
must be left running on the Unit supplying the B SSW header, and the A LPSW pump must  
            be placed in Pull-to-lock.
be placed in Pull-to-lock.  
        C. The B SSW header flow must be maintained so that changes in SSW header flow caused
C. The B SSW header flow must be maintained so that changes in SSW header flow caused  
            by startinglstopping ESV pumps are < 50 gpm.
by startinglstopping ESV pumps are < 50 gpm.  
        D. The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable, the LPSW Pump
D. The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable, the LPSW Pump  
            must be running on the Unit supplying the B SSW header, and the B SSW header flow
must be running on the Unit supplying the B SSW header, and the B SSW header flow  
            must be maintained so that changes in SSW header flow caused by startinglstopping ESV
must be maintained so that changes in SSW header flow caused by startinglstopping ESV  
            pumps are < 50 gpm.
pumps are < 50 gpm.  
Wednftsday, May 07,2003 01 :39:26PM                                                            85
Wednftsday, May 07,2003 01 :39:26
PM
85  


      A Correct
A Correct  
      B Must be in Auto Start
B Must be in Auto Start  
      C. For Entry into SLC 16.9.12
C. For Entry into SLC 16.9.12  
      D. Combination of B and C
D. Combination of B and C  
      Duke Power Company Procedure No.
Duke Power Company Procedure No.  
      Oconee Nuclear Station OP/ O/A/l104/052
Oconee Nuclear Station OP/ O/A/l104/052  
      Describe the proper procedure for operation of the Siphon Seal Water (SSW) System.
Describe the proper procedure for operation of the Siphon Seal Water (SSW) System.  
      2. Limits and Precautions
2. Limits and Precautions  
      2.1 One SSW header is required to be operable for ESV to meet TS 3.7.8 (ECCW)
2.1 One SSW header is required to be operable for ESV to meet TS 3.7.8 (ECCW)  
      requirements. For the required SSW header to be operable, the required LPSW pumps to
requirements. For the required SSW header to be operable, the required LPSW pumps to  
      that header must be operable (Ref SLC 16.9.12), AND LPSW Pump Auto Start on the
that header must be operable (Ref SLC 16.9.12), AND LPSW Pump Auto Start on the  
      Unit supplying the operating SSW header must be operable (Ref TS 3.3.28).
Unit supplying the operating SSW header must be operable (Ref TS 3.3.28).  
      2.2 Normal SSW lineup should be as follows:
2.2 Normal SSW lineup should be as follows:  
      * A SSW Header in service with LPSW (SSW-1) valved in; HPSW-901 throttled to
* A SSW Header in service with LPSW (SSW-1) valved in; HPSW-901 throttled to  
      maintain balanced flow between A and B SSW Headers to within 20 gpm.. { I }
maintain balanced flow between A and B SSW Headers to within 20 gpm.. {I}  
        B SSW Header in service with LPSW (SSW-2) valved in, HPSW-900 closed.
B SSW Header in service with LPSW (SSW-2) valved in, HPSW-900 closed.  
      * A and B SSW Headers supplying all CCW and ESV pumps.
* A and B SSW Headers supplying all CCW and ESV pumps.  
      * Maintain > 50 gpm in a single SSW Header, to allow surveillance of SSW
* Maintain > 50 gpm in a single SSW Header, to allow surveillance of SSW  
      strainer .P. {I}
strainer .P. {I}  
      2.3 Entry into SLC 16.9.12 is NOT required IF SSW header flow < 50 gpm due to changes
2.3 Entry into SLC 16.9.12 is NOT required IF SSW header flow < 50 gpm due to changes  
      in SSW header flow caused by startinglstopping ESV pumps, large changes in HPSW
in SSW header flow caused by startinglstopping ESV pumps, large changes in HPSW  
      pressure, etc Enclosure "Balancing Flow Between SSW Headers" can be performed as
pressure, etc Enclosure "Balancing Flow Between SSW Headers" can be performed as  
      needed.
needed.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                        Answer: A A C A C D C D A B     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             2                             Group:           1
1  
      Keyword           sws                           Cog level:       M 3.513.7
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             S                             AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
WedMsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26PM                                                                86
Answer: A A C A C D C D A B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
sws  
Cog level:  
M 3.513.7  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WedMsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM
86  


  72. 078K 1.04 00 1/2/1/IA/M3.I13.41M 2003/0CO3301 /R/LSM/RFA
72. 078K 1.04 00 1/2/1/IA/M3. I13.41M 2003/0CO3301 /R/LSM/RFA  
      INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
      Maintenance has just been completed and the Instrument Air Compressors are aligned as
Maintenance has just been completed and the Instrument Air Compressors are aligned as  
      follows for post maintenance testing:
follows for post maintenance testing:  
                Primary IA compressor: Running
Primary IA compressor: Running  
                Backup IA compressors " A and " B in Standby 1
Backup IA compressors " A and " B in Standby 1  
                Backup IA compressor " C in Standby 2
Backup IA compressor " C in Standby 2  
                Auxiliary IA compressor: Auto
Auxiliary IA compressor: Auto  
                IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) Open
IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) Open  
                Radwaste Air pressure 78 psig (and stable)
Radwaste Air pressure 78 psig (and stable)  
      CURRENT CONDITIONS:
CURRENT CONDITIONS:  
~
~  
                A large leak in the cooling water system has caused the air compressors to overheat
A large leak in the cooling water system has caused the air compressors to overheat  
                      and the IA System pressure is falling.
IA pressure has decreased to 88 psig.
                IA pressure has decreased to 88 psig.
and the IA System pressure is falling.  
      Which one of the following is the expected response of the IA system?
Which one of the following is the expected response of the IA system?  
      All Standby:
All Standby:  
      A.   2 IA compressor(s) start only
A. 2 IA compressor(s) start only  
      B. 1 IA compressor(s) start only.
B. 1 IA compressor(s) start only.  
      C.' 1 AND 2 IA compressors start; Auxiliary IA Compressor starts.
C.'  
      D. 1 AND 2 IA compressors start; IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) CLOSES.
1 AND 2 IA compressors start; Auxiliary IA Compressor starts.  
      Modified question 593. Different answer
D. 1 AND 2 IA compressors start; IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) CLOSES.  
      C
Modified question 593. Different answer  
      A.       INCORRECT - The ' B B/U instrument air compressor in STBY #2 will not start until IA
C  
      pressure reaches 90 psig, the stem identifies pressure at 91 psig.
A.  
      B.       INCORRECT - ONLY the 'A' and 'c'BIU IA compressors will start and they started at 93
pressure reaches 90 psig, the stem identifies pressure at 91 psig.  
      psig.
B.  
      C.       Correct - Same as 'A' above for B/U instrument air compressors. The AIA compressors
psig.  
      do not start until AIA receiver pressure reaches 88 psig. Changed stem to 88 psig-
C.  
      D.
do not start until AIA receiver pressure reaches 88 psig. Changed stem to 88 psig-  
      INCORRECT- See 'B' above, IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) closes at IA pressure
D.  
      below 85 psig.
INCORRECT- See 'B' above, IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) closes at IA pressure  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
below 85 psig.  
                                              Answer: C B A D A C B A A B   Scramble Range: A - D
INCORRECT - The 'B B/U instrument air compressor in STBY #2 will not start until IA
    Tier:               2                               Group:           1
INCORRECT - ONLY the 'A' and 'c'
      Keyword:           IA                             Cog level:       M3.113.4
BIU IA compressors will start and they started at 93
      Source:             M 2003                         Exam:           OC03301
Correct - Same as 'A' above for B/U instrument air compressors. The AIA compressors
    Test:               R                               AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
MCS  
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C B A D A C B A A B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
IA  
Cog level:  
M3.113.4  
Source:  
M 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  


    73. 078K3.02 001/2/1/IA/M 3.1/3.4/NEWlOC03301/FULSM/RFA
73. 078K3.02 001/2/1/IA/M 3.1/3.4/NEWlOC03301/FULSM/RFA  
          A complete Loss of Instrument Air will result in which one of the following?
A complete Loss of Instrument Air will result in which one of the following?  
          RCS Normal Makeup             and RCP seal injection
RCS Normal Makeup  
          A.' is lost, increases.
A.' is lost, increases.  
          B. increases, increases.
B. increases, increases.  
          C. is lost, is lost.
C. is lost, is lost.  
          D. increases, is lost.
D. increases, is lost.  
          OP-OC-SPS-SY-HPI,
and RCP seal injection
          MCS       Time: 1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
OP-OC-SPS-SY-HPI,  
                                              Answer: A B C B A D D A D A       Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
          Tier:             2                             Group:           1
Time:  
          Keyword           IA                             Cog level:       M 3.113.4
1  
          Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
          Test:             R                             AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
W e W s d a y , May 07,200301:39:26 PM                                                                 88
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A B C B A D D A D A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
1  
Keyword  
IA  
Cog level:  
M 3.113.4  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WeWsday, May 07,2003
01:39:26 PM  
88  


  74.079A2.0 I 00 II2I2ISTATION AIRiM 2.9I3.2lNEWiOC0330 1/R/LSM/RFA
74.  
      The station air system pressure is decreasing rapidly and the cross connection with the ISA
079A2.0 I 00 II2I2ISTATION AIRiM 2.9I3.2lNEWiOC03 30 1 /R/LSM/RFA  
      system has failed to open. The loss of SAS procedure directs you to use which one of the
The station air system pressure is decreasing rapidly and the cross connection with the ISA  
      following as a source of air during this emergency situations?
system has failed to open. The loss of SAS procedure directs you to use which one of the  
      A.' A diesel-driven air compressor that can be aligned to the Station Air header and manually
following as a source of air during this emergency situations?  
            started to help supply total IA requirements.
A.' A diesel-driven air compressor that can be aligned to the Station Air header and manually  
      B. A motor driven air compressor that is aligned to the Station Air header and is automatically
started to help supply total IA requirements.  
            started to help supply total IA requirements.
B. A motor driven air compressor that is aligned to the Station Air header and is automatically  
      C. A diesel-driven air compressor that can be aligned to the Breathing Air header and
started to help supply total IA requirements.  
            manually started to help supply total IA requirements.
C. A diesel-driven air compressor that can be aligned to the Breathing Air header and  
      D. A motor driven air compressor that is aligned to the Breathing Air header and is
manually started to help supply total IA requirements.  
            automatically started to help supply total IA requirements.
D. A motor driven air compressor that is aligned to the Breathing Air header and is  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM                                                               89
automatically started to help supply total IA requirements.  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM  
89  


      1.       INTRODUCTION
1.  
      1.1     This lesson plan discusses the normal and abnormal operation of the plant in relation to
INTRODUCTION  
      the Instrument Air and Service Air Systems. The major components in the systems,
1.1  
      components operated by compressed air and the effects on plant operations if these
the Instrument Air and Service Air Systems. The major components in the systems,  
      components lose IA are discussed.
components operated by compressed air and the effects on plant operations if these  
      1.2
components lose IA are discussed.  
      (Obj. R1)The purpose of the Instrument Air System is to supply a reliable source of clean, dry,
1.2  
      oil-free compressed air, at the proper pressure, to the numerous valves, controllers, and
(Obj. R1)The purpose of the Instrument Air System is to supply a reliable source of clean, dry,  
      instruments throughout the plant that operate on compressed air. The IA System is the normal
oil-free compressed air, at the proper pressure, to the numerous valves, controllers, and  
      supply for instrument air to the Radwaste Facility.
instruments throughout the plant that operate on compressed air. The IA System is the normal  
      1.3     Numerous controllers and instruments in the control room, and valves throughout the
supply for instrument air to the Radwaste Facility.  
      plant, are designed to operate by means of compressed air. Controllers translate demand
1.3  
      signals to the devices by throttling the amount of compressed air reaching them. The amount of
plant, are designed to operate by means of compressed air. Controllers translate demand  
      throttling is determined by the operator at the control station, which can then be set to
signals to the devices by throttling the amount of compressed air reaching them. The amount of  
      automatically maintain the required supply. Some instruments operate on an air signal,
throttling is determined by the operator at the control station, which can then be set to  
      proportional to the value of the parameter being measured. Numerous valves throughout the
automatically maintain the required supply. Some instruments operate on an air signal,  
      plant are positioned by either admitting compressed air to an operating cylinder, or by bleeding
proportional to the value of the parameter being measured. Numerous valves throughout the  
      air from the cylinder. 1.4     The IA System supplies the air pressure to operate these devices.
plant are positioned by either admitting compressed air to an operating cylinder, or by bleeding  
        The Primary IA compressor normally maintains IA header pressure. The Backup IA
air from the cylinder. 1.4  
      compressors normally serves as a backup to the Primary IA compressor.
The Primary IA compressor normally maintains IA header pressure. The Backup IA  
      1.5     A third set of Service Air compressors supply air for equipment such as air drills, paint
compressors normally serves as a backup to the Primary IA compressor.  
      sprayers, air hoses and the sewage ejectors. Operating pressure is approximately that of the
1.5  
      Instrument Air System. There are two rotary screwtype Sullair compressors. It normally only
A third set of Service Air compressors supply air for equipment such as air drills, paint  
      takes one compressor to meet the needs of the Service Air System. If required, these
sprayers, air hoses and the sewage ejectors. Operating pressure is approximately that of the  
      compressors supply another backup source to supply Instrument Air loads.
Instrument Air System. There are two rotary screwtype Sullair compressors. It normally only  
      A fourth source of air during emergency situations is from a diesel-driven air compressor that
takes one compressor to meet the needs of the Service Air System. If required, these  
      can be aligned to the Station Air header and manually started to help supply total IA
compressors supply another backup source to supply Instrument Air loads.  
      requirements.
A fourth source of air during emergency situations is from a diesel-driven air compressor that  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
can be aligned to the Station Air header and manually started to help supply total IA  
                                              Answer: A C B A B A A D B A     Scramble Range: A - D
requirements.  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           2
This lesson plan discusses the normal and abnormal operation of the plant in relation to
      Keyword           STATION AIR                     Cog level:       M 2.9/3.2
Numerous controllers and instruments in the control room, and valves throughout the
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
The IA System supplies the air pressure to operate these devices.
      Test:               R                               AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
MCS  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26PM                                                                    90
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A C B A B A A D B A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
STATION AIR  
Cog level:  
M 2.9/3.2  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM
90  


  75. 086 AK4.03 003/2/2/FIRE/M 3.1/3.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
75. 086 AK4.03 003/2/2/FIRE/M 3.1/3.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      You are the OATC on unit 2. The Unit 2 control room (Keowee Statalarm Panel Trouble) has
You are the OATC on unit 2. The Unit 2 control room (Keowee Statalarm Panel Trouble) has  
      just actuated. You determine that the fire is in zone 3. Which one of the following is the fire
just actuated. You determine that the fire is in zone 3. Which one of the following is the fire  
      location?
location?  
      A,' Generator #I.
A,' Generator #I.  
      B. CT-5.
B. CT-5.  
      C. CT-4.
C. CT-4.  
      D. Operating Floor or Equipment Gallery.
D. Operating Floor or Equipment Gallery.  
      2.5     (Obj R11) Keowee Hydro Station Fire Detection System
2.5  
      A.
A.  
      The system consists of a common Fire Indicating Unit that receives inputs from four Zone
The system consists of a common Fire Indicating Unit that receives inputs from four Zone  
      Indicating Units. Ionization type smoke detectors provide inputs to the Zone Indicating Units.
Indicating Units. Ionization type smoke detectors provide inputs to the Zone Indicating Units.  
      The four fire detection zones are:
The four fire detection zones are:  
      1,     Operating Floor and Equipment Gallery.
1,  
      2.      Battery Room, Control Room, and Computer Room.
2.  
      3.     Generator # I .
3.  
      4.     Generator #2.
Generator #I.  
      B.     Upon detection of smoke, the detector energizes a relay in the associated Zone
4.  
      Indicating Unit which, in turn, transmits a signal to the Fire Indicating Unit.
Generator #2.  
      1.     A common alarm lamp and the associated zone lamp will light on the Fire Indicating Unit
B.  
      and statalarms in the Keowee control room and Unit 2 control room (Keowee Statalarm Panel
Indicating Unit which, in turn, transmits a signal to the Fire Indicating Unit.  
      Trouble) will actuate.
1.  
      2.
and statalarms in the Keowee control room and Unit 2 control room (Keowee Statalarm Panel  
      The alarm can be silenced and the statalarms acknowledged, but any subsequent "triggering"
Trouble) will actuate.  
      of a detector will reflash the alarm and statalarms.
2.  
      MCS Time: 1           Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
The alarm can be silenced and the statalarms acknowledged, but any subsequent "triggering"  
                                            Answer: A A B A B D C A C B       Scramble Range: A - D
of a detector will reflash the alarm and statalarms.  
      Tier:             2                               Group:           2
(Obj R11) Keowee Hydro Station Fire Detection System
      Keyword           FIRE                             Cog level:       M 3.113.7
Operating Floor and Equipment Gallery.
      Source:           NEW                               Exam:           OC03301
Battery Room, Control Room, and Computer Room.
      Test:             R                                 AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA
Upon detection of smoke, the detector energizes a relay in the associated Zone
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                                   91
A common alarm lamp and the associated zone lamp will light on the Fire Indicating Unit
MCS  
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A A B A B D C A C B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
2  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
FIRE  
Cog level:  
M 3.113.7  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
91  


  76. BWIAOI AAI .2 00111/2/RUNBACWM 3.213.5lM 2003/0C03301/PJLSM/RFA
76. BWIAOI AAI .2 00111/2/RUNBACWM 3.213.5lM 2003/0C03301/PJLSM/RFA  
      Unit 1 is at 82 % power in power ascension. " I A I " RCP has just tripped.
Unit 1 is at 82 % power in power ascension. "IAI" RCP has just tripped.  
      Which one of the following describe the automatic responses?
Which one of the following describe the automatic responses?  
      A. Tave input to ICs from Loop " A is selected and Tcold is near zero.
A. Tave input to ICs from Loop " A is selected and Tcold is near zero.  
      BY An ICs runback to 74% at 25% per minute will occur and final FDW flow will be equivalent
BY An ICs runback to 74% at 25% per minute will occur and final FDW flow will be equivalent  
          to 100% power in the "B" Loop.
to 100% power in the "B" Loop.  
      C. A runback to 74% CTP, demanded at 25% per minute occurs with the affected loop SG
C. A runback to 74% CTP, demanded at 25% per minute occurs with the affected loop SG  
            being on low level limits.
being on low level limits.  
      D. An initial 2:l FDW ratio followed by a reactor trip due to RPS occurs followed by variable
D. An initial 2:l FDW ratio followed by a reactor trip due to RPS occurs followed by variable  
            low pressure bistables tripping.
low pressure bistables tripping.  
      B
B  
      A. Incorrect: Loop "B" Tave will be selected
A. Incorrect: Loop "B" Tave will be selected  
      B. Correct: 74% is load limit. No RPS trip due to initial power level at 85%. Re-ratio will require
B. Correct: 74% is load limit. No RPS trip due to initial power level at 85%. Re-ratio will require  
      -5.5 mpph in "B' header which equals the 100% value for that header.
-5.5 mpph in "B' header which equals the 100% value for that header.  
      C. Incorrect: FDW flow in " A header will be -2.5 mpph...well above that for 25"SU level and
C. Incorrect: FDW flow in " A header will be -2.5 mpph ... well above that for 25"SU level and  
      LLL.
LLL.  
      D. Incorrect: Ratio will be 1:2, RPS trip will not be generated.
D. Incorrect: Ratio will be 1:2, RPS trip will not be generated.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: B D B C A D C B B D       Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             1                                 Group:           2
1  
      Keyword:           RUNBACK                           Cog level:       M 3.213.5
Points:  
      Source:           M 2003                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                                 AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:27PM                                                                    92
Answer: B D B C A D C B B D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
RUNBACK  
Cog level:  
M 3.213.5  
Source:  
M 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:27
PM
92  


  77. BWIA04 AA2.1 00111/2iTURBINE TRIPICIA 3.113.7BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSMlRFA
77. BWIA04 AA2.1 00111/2iTURBINE TRIPICIA 3.113.7BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSMlRFA  
      Unit 3 plant conditions:
-
              A Reactor trip occurred.
Unit 3 plant conditions:  
              The OATC is performing IMAs and has depressed the TURBINE TRIP pushbutton.
A Reactor trip occurred.  
              The Main Steam Stop Valve positions indicate "OPEN."
The OATC is performing IMAs and has depressed the TURBINE TRIP pushbutton.  
              The Generator Output breakers (PCB-58 & 59) indicate "CLOSED."
The Main Steam Stop Valve positions indicate "OPEN."  
      Which one of the following is the next IMA step required by the OATC?
The Generator Output breakers (PCB-58 & 59) indicate "CLOSED."  
      A. Open BOTH generator output breakers.
Which one of the following is the next IMA step required by the OATC?  
      B.   Place the operating EHC pump to the OFF position.
A. Open BOTH generator output breakers.  
      c.* Place the EHC pumps control switches to the PULL-TO-LOCK position.
B. Place the operating EHC pump to the OFF position.  
      D. Send an operator to PULL the local turbine trip lever at the front standard.
c.* Place the EHC pumps control switches to the PULL-TO-LOCK position.  
    -
D. Send an operator to PULL the local turbine trip lever at the front standard.  
      Answer 159
Answer 159  
      A. Incorrect - PCBs are not opened during the performance of IMAs.
A. Incorrect - PCBs are not opened during the performance of IMAs.  
      B. Incorrect - This would only start the automatic pump and the MSSVs would remain open.
B. Incorrect - This would only start the automatic pump and the MSSVs would remain open.  
      C. Correct - This action secures both EHC pumps and allows the MSSV to close
C. Correct - This action secures both EHC pumps and allows the MSSV to close  
      D. Incorrect - This would be a method to locally trip the turbine if C did not work but, is operator
D. Incorrect - This would be a method to locally trip the turbine if C did not work but, is operator  
      knowledge and not part of IMA's.
knowledge and not part of IMA's.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: C A A C A A D D B A       Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             1                               Group:             2
1  
      Keyword:         TURBINE TRIP                   Cog level:         CIA 3.713.7
Points:  
      Source:           BANK 2003                       Exam:             OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthorlReviewer:   LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wedwsday. May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                                     93
Answer: C A A C A A D D B A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
TURBINE TRIP  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.713.7  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wedwsday. May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
93  


  78. BWIAO5 AK2.1 0011112/EDG/M 3.014.0lNEWlOC0330IR'LSMlRFA
78. BWIAO5 AK2.1 0011112/EDG/M 3.014.0lNEWlOC0330IR'LSMlRFA  
      A thunderstorm was in the area, and there were instabilities in the grid. The OATC has been
A thunderstorm was in the area, and there were instabilities in the grid. The OATC has been  
      instructed to start the SSF Diesel Generator. The Diesel has been emergency started and the
instructed to start the SSF Diesel Generator. The Diesel has been emergency started and the  
      output breaker is OPEN.
output breaker is OPEN.  
      The OATC has been instructed to parallel the diesel to the grid. Which one of the following
The OATC has been instructed to parallel the diesel to the grid. Which one of the following  
      describes the paralleling of the SSF Diesel Generator?
describes the paralleling of the SSF Diesel Generator?  
      The DG should:
The DG should:  
      A. not be paralleled because it is in speed droop mode.
A. not be paralleled because it is in speed droop mode.  
      B.' not be paralleled because it is in isochronous mode.
B.' not be paralleled because it is in isochronous mode.  
      C. be paralleled because it is in speed droop mode.
C. be paralleled because it is in speed droop mode.  
      D. be paralleled because it is in isochronous mode
D. be paralleled because it is in isochronous mode  
I
Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-EAP-SSF  
      Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-EAP-SSF
I
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: B C C A C A A D C A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             1                               Group:           2
1  
      Keyword:           EDG                             Cog level:       M 3.0/4.0
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:27PM                                                                94
Answer: B C C A C A A D C A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
EDG  
Cog level:  
M 3.0/4.0  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:27
PM
94  


  79. BW/E02EK2.2 001/1/l/VITAL SYSTEM VERFICIA 4.214.21M 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
79. BW/E02EK2.2 001/1/l/VITAL SYSTEM VERFICIA 4.214.21M 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      A reactor trip has occured with the following parameters observed:
A reactor trip has occured with the following parameters observed:  
              " A SG SU Level = 15" and decreasing
" A SG SU Level = 15" and decreasing  
              "A" SG Startup Control valve = 100% demand
"A" SG Startup Control valve = 100% demand  
              " A SG Startup FDW flow = "0" gpm
" A SG Startup FDW flow = "0" gpm  
              "B" SG SU Level = 2 5 and stable
"B" SG SU Level = 2 5 and stable  
              "B" SG Startup Control valve =15% demand with green and red light
"B" SG Startup Control valve =15% demand with green and red light  
              RB pressure = 0.23 psig and steady
RB pressure = 0.23 psig and steady  
      Which one of the following is the correct diagnosis of what is occurring?
Which one of the following is the correct diagnosis of what is occurring?  
      A,' The " A SG is experiencing inadequate heat transfer due to insufficient level.
A,' The " A SG is experiencing inadequate heat transfer due to insufficient level.  
      B. The "B" SG level is inaccurate due to degraded reactor building.
B. The "B" SG level is inaccurate due to degraded reactor building.  
      C. The "B" SG S/U FDW valve is not opening properly.
C. The "B" SG S/U FDW valve is not opening properly.  
      D. The " A SG is indicating a SG tube leak
D. The " A SG is indicating a SG tube leak  
      Bank 184
Bank 184  
      A. Correct - B SG is performing as required (now an inadequate heat transfer)
A.  
      B. Incorrect - RB pressure is < 3 psig so SG level is accurate
B.
      C. Incorrect - A SG CV operating properly as level is ablove LLL.
C.
      D. Incorrect - conditions indicate a no FDW
Correct - B SG is performing as required (now an inadequate heat transfer)  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Incorrect - RB pressure is < 3 psig so SG level is accurate  
                                          Answer: A C B A B B B B A D     Scramble Range: A - D
Incorrect - A SG CV operating properly as level is ablove LLL.  
      Tier:             1                           Group:           1
D. Incorrect - conditions indicate a no FDW  
      Keyword:         VITAL SYSTEM VERF           Cog level:       CIA 4.214.2
MCS  
      Source:           M 2003                       Exam:           OC03301
Time:  
      Test:             R                           AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA
1  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                             95
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A C B A B B B B A D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
VITAL SYSTEM VERF  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.214.2  
Source:  
M 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
95  


  80. BWlE04EK2.2 00111lllINADEQUATE HEAT TRANICIA 4.214.2lNEWIOC03301IWLSMIRFA
80. BWlE04EK2.2 00111lllINADEQUATE HEAT TRANICIA 4.214.2lNEWIOC03301IWLSMIRFA  
        Unit 3 has implemented the inadequate heat transfer procedure due to a complete loss of
Unit 3 has implemented the inadequate heat transfer procedure due to a complete loss of  
      feedwater.
feedwater.  
      The crew has just completed Steps 9 and 10 which opened the RCS High Point Vents.
The crew has just completed Steps 9 and 10 which opened the RCS High Point Vents.  
      RCS pressure will be governed by which one of the following?
RCS pressure will be governed by which one of the following?  
      A.   a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the high point vent flow capacity and the
A. a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the high point vent flow capacity and the  
            decay heat level.
decay heat level.  
      B. a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV relief flow capacity, the high
B. a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV relief flow capacity, the high  
            point vent flow capacity and the decay heat level.
point vent flow capacity and the decay heat level.  
      C.' a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV relief flow capacity and the
C.'  
            decay heat level.
a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV relief flow capacity and the  
      D. HPI pump discharge pressure only.
decay heat level.  
      Inadequate Heat transfer Lesson plan page 15
D. HPI pump discharge pressure only.  
      Steps 9 and 10 opens the RCS High Point Vents which will result in lower RCS pressure, which
Inadequate Heat transfer Lesson plan page 15  
      will allow greater injection flow and therefore better core cooling.
Steps 9 and 10 opens the RCS High Point Vents which will result in lower RCS pressure, which  
      RCS pressure will be governed by a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV
will allow greater injection flow and therefore better core cooling.  
      relief flow capacity and the decay heat level.
RCS pressure will be governed by a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV  
      RFA removed " which will result in lower RCS pressure, which will allow greater injection flow
relief flow capacity and the decay heat level.  
      and therefore beffer core cooling" from the stem because it teaches.
RFA removed " which will result in lower RCS pressure, which will allow greater injection flow  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
and therefore beffer core cooling" from the stem because it teaches.  
                                            Answer: C D D B A C D B D C     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:               1                             Group:           1
Time:  
      Keyword            INADEQUATE HEAT TRAN           Cog level:       CIA 4.214.2
1  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:             OC03301
Points:  
      Test:               R                             AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                                 96
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C D D B A C D B D C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
INADEQUATE HEAT TRAN  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.214.2  
Keyword
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer:  
LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
96  


  81. BWlE04EK3.3 00111lliHEAT TRANSFEWCIA 4.2/3.8/NEWIOC03301IWLSMIRFA
81. BWlE04EK3.3 00111lliHEAT TRANSFEWCIA 4.2/3.8/NEWIOC03301IWLSMIRFA  
      The "Loss of Heat Transfer" Tab has been implemented when Unit 1 suffered a loss of Main
The "Loss of Heat Transfer" Tab has been implemented when Unit 1 suffered a loss of Main  
      and Emergency Feedwater.
and Emergency Feedwater.  
      FDW is not yet restored, but RCS conditions do not yet require HPI cooling.
FDW is not yet restored, but RCS conditions do not yet require HPI cooling.  
      Which one of the following describe the preferred configuration of the RCPs?
Which one of the following describe the preferred configuration of the RCPs?  
      A,' One RCP per loop
A,' One RCP per loop  
      B. Any One RCP
B. Any One RCP  
      C. 1Al RCP and any other RCP
C. 1Al RCP and any other RCP  
      D. All RCPs running
D. All RCPs running  
      THEN GO TO Step 4.
THEN GO TO Step 4.  
      RNO:
RNO:  
      1.      (Obj. R2) Reduce operating RCPs to one pumplloop.
1.  
      FDW is not yet restored, but RCS conditions do not yet require HPI cooling. Two RCPs are left
FDW is not yet restored, but RCS conditions do not yet require HPI cooling. Two RCPs are left  
      running to reduce total heat input to the RCS. The preferred configuration is one RCP per loop
running to reduce total heat input to the RCS. The preferred configuration is one RCP per loop  
      so that forced flow exists in both SGs when feedwater is restored. Since it is not known in
so that forced flow exists in both SGs when feedwater is restored. Since it is not known in  
      which SG(s) feedwater will be restored, or if it will be restored, one RCP should be left running
which SG(s) feedwater will be restored, or if it will be restored, one RCP should be left running  
      in each loop if possible. The selection of RCPs to run should consider pressurizer spray flow
in each loop if possible. The selection of RCPs to run should consider pressurizer spray flow  
      capacity.
capacity.  
      Further Explanation of C - while 1Al RCP provides the best PZR spray, the preferred
Further Explanation of C - while 1Al RCP provides the best PZR spray, the preferred  
      configuration is one pump per loop
configuration is one pump per loop  
      MCS Time: 1         Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(Obj. R2) Reduce operating RCPs to one pumplloop.
                                            Answer: A B D A A C B C D A       Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             1                               Group:             1
Time:  
      Keyword:         HEAT TRANSFER                   Cog level:         CIA 4.2/3.8
1  
      Source:           NEW                             Exam:             OC03301
Points:  
      Test:             R                               AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
WedWsday. May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                                   97
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A B D A A C B C D A  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
1  
Keyword:  
HEAT TRANSFER  
Cog level:  
CIA 4.2/3.8  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
WedWsday. May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
97  


  82. BWlE08 GEN 2.4.1 8 0011112lCOOLDOWNlC/A 2.7l36./NEW/OC03301/R/LSMlRFA
82. BWlE08 GEN 2.4.1 8 0011112lCOOLDOWNlC/A 2.7l36./NEW/OC03301/R/LSMlRFA  
      You are the OATC on unit 3. The crew is in the LOCA CD procedure with EFDW being
You are the OATC on unit 3. The crew is in the LOCA CD procedure with EFDW being  
      supplied from unit 2. A single EFDW control valve has failed open. The crew enters
supplied from unit 2. A single EFDW control valve has failed open. The crew enters  
      EP/3/A/1/1800/001 Enclosure 5.27. Which one of the following will you acomplish using this
EP/3/A/1/1800/001 Enclosure 5.27. Which one of the following will you acomplish using this  
      procedure?
procedure?  
      A? Isolate the EFDWP supply from unit 2.
A? Isolate the EFDWP supply from unit 2.  
      B. Swap the EFDWP supply from unit 2 to unit 1.
B. Swap the EFDWP supply from unit 2 to unit 1.  
      C. Take manual control of the failed unit 2 EFDW control valve.
C. Take manual control of the failed unit 2 EFDW control valve.  
      D. Regulate EFDWP flow with the unit 2 control valve that has not failed.
D. Regulate EFDWP flow with the unit 2 control valve that has not failed.  
      EP/3/A/1/1800/001 Enclosure 5.27.
EP/3/A/1/1800/001 Enclosure 5.27.  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: A D C B C D A A C D     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             1                           Group:           2
1  
      Keyword:           COOLDOWN                     Cog level:       CIA 2.7136.
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                           AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wedngsday, May 07,2003 01:39:27PM                                                                98
Answer: A D C B C D A A C D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword:  
COOLDOWN  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.7136.  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wedngsday, May 07,2003 01:39:27
PM
98  


  83. BW/E13 EA2.1 001/112/EOP RULES/M 3.4/4.0/BANK 2003/OCO33Ol/S/LSM/RFA
83. BW/E13 EA2.1 001/112/EOP RULES/M 3.4/4.0/BANK 2003/OCO33Ol/S/LSM/RFA  
I
I  
      Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
                An MS Line Break has occurred
An MS Line Break has occurred  
                Manual control of HPI is desired
Manual control of HPI is desired  
      Which one of the following is the minimum requirement to take manual control of HPI and
Which one of the following is the minimum requirement to take manual control of HPI and  
      throttle flows under the above plant conditions?
throttle flows under the above plant conditions?  
      The BOP can take manual control of HPI:
The BOP can take manual control of HPI:  
      A. if the severity of the transient will be increased based on their judgment.
A. if the severity of the transient will be increased based on their judgment.  
      B. if the safety system is not required to perform its intended safety function.
B. if the safety system is not required to perform its intended safety function.  
      C. as directed by EOP Section 5.0.
C. as directed by EOP Section 5.0.  
      D.' as directed by Rule 6.
D.' as directed by Rule 6.  
      A)       Incorrect- Non-procedural bypassing requires two licensed operators, one of which is an
A)  
      SRO.
SRO.
      B)      Incorrect. Non-procedural bypassing requires two licensed operators, one of which is a
B)
      SRO.
SRO.
      C)      Incorrect- EOP Section 5.0 (Subsequent Actions) does not contain directions on taking
C)
      manual control of ES components.
manual control of ES components.
      D)
Correct- procedural guidance is contained in Rule 6 for taking manual control of ES and
      Correct- procedural guidance is contained in Rule 6 for taking manual control of ES and
throttling HPI.
      throttling HPI.
Incorrect- Non-procedural bypassing requires two licensed operators, one of which is an  
      MCS    Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Incorrect. Non-procedural bypassing requires two licensed operators, one of which is a  
                                            Answer: D C B A B A B C C C     Scramble Range: A - D
Incorrect- EOP Section 5.0 (Subsequent Actions) does not contain directions on taking  
      Tier:             1                               Group:           2
D)  
      Keyword           EOP RULES                       Cog level:       M 3.4/4.0
MCS
      Source:           BANK 2003                       Exam:           OC03301
Time:  
      Test:             S                               AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA
1  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                                 99
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D C B A B A B C C C  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Tier:  
1  
Group:  
2  
Keyword  
EOP RULES  
Cog level:  
M 3.4/4.0  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
99  


  84. GEN 2.1.1 1 00113NTECH SPECiM 3.013.8IBANK 1990/07/06/0CO330I/S/LSM/RFA
84. GEN 2.1.1 1 00113NTECH SPECiM 3.013.8IBANK 1990/07/06/0CO330I/S/LSM/RFA  
I     The power-imbalance limits defined in Tech Spec 3.5.2," Control Rod Group and Power
I  
      Distribution Limits ", are based upon which one of the following?
The power-imbalance limits defined in Tech Spec 3.5.2," Control Rod Group and Power  
      A. Assures that an acceptable power distribution is maintained for control rod mislignment
Distribution Limits ", are based upon which one of the following?  
            analysis.
A. Assures that an acceptable power distribution is maintained for control rod mislignment  
      6.Assures that the potential effects of control rod misalignment on steam line break accident
analysis.  
            analyses are minimized.
6. Assures that the potential effects of control rod misalignment on steam line break accident  
      c.'   Assures LOCA analysis limits on maximum linear heat rate for maximum cladding
analyses are minimized.  
            temperature are not exceeded.
c.' Assures LOCA analysis limits on maximum linear heat rate for maximum cladding  
      D. Assures that the nuclear uncertainty factor in LOCA analyses will not exceed the Final
temperature are not exceeded.  
            Acceptance Criteria.
D. Assures that the nuclear uncertainty factor in LOCA analyses will not exceed the Final  
      REFERENCE
Acceptance Criteria.  
      Oconee Tech Specs bases 3.5.2.6 2.613.8
REFERENCE  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Oconee Tech Specs bases 3.5.2.6 2.613.8  
                                            Answer: C D A A C A A B C A     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:             3                             Group:
Time:  
      Keyword           TECH SPEC                     Cog level:       M 3.0/3.8
1  
      Source:           BANK 1990/07/06               Exam:           oco3301
Points:  
      Test:             S                             AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                               100
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C D A A C A A B C A  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
TECH SPEC  
Cog level:  
M 3.0/3.8  
Source:  
BANK 1990/07/06  
Exam:  
oco3301  
Test:  
S  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
100  


  85. GEN 2.1.14001/3//ADM1N/M 2.513.3IMlOC03301ISILSMIRFA
85. GEN 2.1.14 001/3//ADM1N/M 2.513.3IMlOC03301ISILSMIRFA  
        You are the assigned Control Room SRO. You have just been notified that a draining
You are the assigned Control Room SRO. You have just been notified that a draining  
      evolution in the East Penetration Room has just been completed. Before the RO supervising
evolution in the East Penetration Room has just been completed. Before the RO supervising  
      the drain down leaves the area, you inform him that OMP 1-2, requires an additional
the drain down leaves the area, you inform him that OMP 1-2, requires an additional  
        notification that the task is complete? Which one of the following do you instruct the RO to
notification that the task is complete? Which one of the following do you instruct the RO to  
        notify?
notify?  
      A. RP only.
A. RP only.  
      B.' Chemistry only.
B.'  
      C. Operations Shift Manager only.
Chemistry only.  
        D. RP, Chemistry and Operations Shift Manager.
C. Operations Shift Manager only.  
      Based on - ADM040306
D. RP, Chemistry and Operations Shift Manager.  
      A.       Incorrect: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room
Based on - ADM040306  
      SRO be informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded and NOT RP.
A.  
      B. Correct: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1(1) requires that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be
SRO be informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded and NOT RP.  
      informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded.
B. Correct: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1(1) requires that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be  
      C. OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be informed
informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded.  
      when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded and NOT the Operations Shift Manger.
C. OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be informed  
      D. Incorrect: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be
when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded and NOT the Operations Shift Manger.  
      informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded
D. Incorrect: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded  
                                              Answer: B A A C C A B C C D    Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:               3                             Group:
Time:  
      Keyword:             ADMlN                         Cog level:       M 2.513.3
1  
      Source:             M                             Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:               S                             AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM                                                                 101
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: B A A C C A B C C D  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword:  
ADMlN  
Cog level:  
M 2.513.3  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Incorrect: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM  
101  


  86. GEN 2.1.27 00113llSYSTEM PURPOSEIM 2.812.9lNEWIOC03301IRILSMIRFA
86. GEN 2.1.27 00113llSYSTEM PURPOSEIM 2.812.9lNEWIOC03301IRILSMIRFA  
      Which one of the following describes the operation of the AMSAC (ATWS Mitigation Safety
Which one of the following describes the operation of the AMSAC (ATWS Mitigation Safety  
      Actuation Circuit) and the DSS (Diverse Scram System) during an ATWS with a complete loss
Actuation Circuit) and the DSS (Diverse Scram System) during an ATWS with a complete loss  
      of Main Feedwater?
of Main Feedwater?  
      AMSAC:
AMSAC:  
      A. trips the main turbine while DSS trips the regulating rods and starts the EFDWPs.
A. trips the main turbine while DSS trips the regulating rods and starts the EFDWPs.  
      B. trips the regulating rods while DSS trips the main turbine and starts EFDWPs.
B. trips the regulating rods while DSS trips the main turbine and starts EFDWPs.  
      C! trips the main turbine and starts EFDWPs while DSS trips the regulating rods.
C! trips the main turbine and starts EFDWPs while DSS trips the regulating rods.  
      D. starts EFDWPs while DSS trips the regulating rods and trips the main turbine.
D. starts EFDWPs while DSS trips the regulating rods and trips the main turbine.  
      Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-CF-EF, Obj. R24
Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-CF-EF, Obj. R24  
      MCS     Time: 1     Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: C D C B B C B D C C     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             3                             Group:
1  
      Keyword           SYSTEM PURPOSE                 Cog level:       M 2.812.9
Points:  
      Source:           NEW                           Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                             AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wedeesday, May 07,200301:39:27PM                                                                  102
Answer: C D C B B C B D C C  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
SYSTEM PURPOSE  
Cog level:  
M 2.812.9  
Source:  
NEW  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wedeesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM
102  


  87. GEN 2.1.32 00113l/LlMITS & PRECAUTIONS/C/A 3.413.8iBANK 2003/0C03301IRILSM/RFA
87. GEN 2.1.32 00113l/LlMITS & PRECAUTIONS/C/A 3.413.8iBANK 2003/0C03301IRILSM/RFA  
        INITIAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL CONDITIONS  
                      TIME = 0900
TIME = 0900  
                      The Reactor tripped on Loss of Main FDWPs
The Reactor tripped on Loss of Main FDWPs  
                      The EFDW system is operating
The EFDW system is operating  
      CURRENT CONDITIONS
CURRENT CONDITIONS  
                      TIME = 1000
TIME = 1000  
                      The EFDW system is operating
The EFDW system is operating  
      Which ONE of the following describes the MAXIMUM UST temperature per O P / I I N l 102101,
Which ONE of the following describes the MAXIMUM UST temperature per OP/IINl 102101,  
      Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup to ensure the EFDW system adequately removes core
Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup to ensure the EFDW system adequately removes core  
      decay heat?
decay heat?  
      A. a 5 0 ~
A. a 5 0 ~
      B:' 125" F
B:' 125" F  
      C. 145&deg;F
C. 145&deg;F  
      D. 150" F
D. 150" F  
      Bank 2003 question 94
Bank 2003 question 94  
      A.     Incorrect - This is the minimum temperature limit for feeding the SG's
A.  
      B.     Correct - OP/1/AJ1102/01, Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup, Limit and Precautions
B.  
      states that UST temperature is limited to 125&deg;F two hours following a reactor trip.
states that UST temperature is limited to 125&deg;F two hours following a reactor trip.  
      C.     Incorrect - This is the limit for power operations up to 30% power and for shutdown
C.  
      conditions.
conditions.  
      D.
D.  
      Incorrect - This is the EFDW system piping design temperature.
Incorrect - This is the EFDW system piping design temperature.  
      MCS     Time:   1     Points: 1.00     Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                              Answer: B D D A D C D C A A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             3                                 Group:
1  
      Keyword           LIMITS & PRECAUTIONS             Cog level:       C/A 3.413.8
Points:  
      Source:           BANK 2003                         Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                                 Author/Reviewer: LSMlRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM                                                                   103
Answer: B D D A D C D C A A  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
LIMITS & PRECAUTIONS  
Cog level:  
C/A 3.413.8  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
Author/Reviewer: LSMlRFA  
Incorrect - This is the minimum temperature limit for feeding the SG's
Correct - OP/1/AJ1102/01, Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup, Limit and Precautions
Incorrect - This is the limit for power operations up to 30% power and for shutdown
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM  
103  


  88. GEN 2.1.6 001/3//ADMlN/M 2.114.3lBANK 1994/03/07/0C03301ISILSMIRFA
88. GEN 2.1.6 001/3//ADMlN/M 2.114.3lBANK 1994/03/07/0C03301ISILSMIRFA  
      Which one of the following is the Control Room SRO authorized to do without being relieved?
Which one of the following is the Control Room SRO authorized to do without being relieved?  
      A. Provide relief for the Control Room operators.
A. Provide relief for the Control Room operators.  
      B. Prepare Removal and Restorations (R&Rs).
B. Prepare Removal and Restorations (R&Rs).  
      C.' Designate another SRO as reader of the EOP.
C.' Designate another SRO as reader of the EOP.  
      D. Prepare procedure changes.
D. Prepare procedure changes.  
      BANK 1994/03/07
BANK 1994/03/07  
      REFERENCE
REFERENCE  
      OMP 2-1 Rev 10/15/93, End. 4.5
OMP 2-1 Rev 10/15/93, End. 4.5  
      EAP-Ell, Obj. R7
EAP-Ell, Obj. R7  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                          Answer: C D A B C B C D B B     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             3                             Group:
1  
      Keyword           ADMlN                         Cog level:       M 2.114.3
Points:  
      Source:           BANK 1994103107               Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             S                             AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM                                                               104
Answer: C D A B C B C D B B  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
ADMlN  
Cog level:  
M 2.114.3  
Source:  
BANK 1994103107  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM  
1 04


  89. GEN 2.2.12 00113//SURVEILLANCE/C/A 3.013.4lBANK 2003lOC03301lFULSMIRFA
89. GEN 2.2.12 00113//SURVEILLANCE/C/A 3.013.4lBANK 2003lOC03301lFULSMIRFA  
        An N E 0 performing surveillances on the ESVISSW systems observes the following indications
An NE0 performing surveillances on the ESVISSW systems observes the following indications  
                  Both SSW Headers are in service
Both SSW Headers are in service  
                  "A" SSW Hdr gpm = 85
"A" SSW Hdr gpm = 85  
                  " B SSW Hdr gpm = 65
" B SSW Hdr gpm = 65  
                  " A SSW Hdr Strainer DP = 10.5
" A SSW Hdr Strainer DP = 10.5  
                  " 6 SSW Hdr Strainer DP = 5.5
" 6 SSW Hdr Strainer DP = 5.5  
        Which ONE of the following is the correct action in response to these indications?
Which ONE of the following is the correct action in response to these indications?  
        [Assume normal ESVISSW system operation and valve alignment]
[Assume normal ESVISSW system operation and valve alignment]  
        A,' Declare the " A SSW Header inoperable.
A,' Declare the " A SSW Header inoperable.  
        B. Swap and clean the " A and "B" SSW Header Strainers.
B. Swap and clean the " A
        c. Declare both SSW Headers and both associated ECCW Siphon Hdrs inoperable
and "B" SSW Header Strainers.  
        D. Increase the "B" SSW Hdr flow rate and reduce the " A SSW Hdr flow rate until strainer P
c. Declare both SSW Headers and both associated ECCW Siphon Hdrs inoperable  
            is within operability limit.
D. Increase the "B" SSW Hdr flow rate and reduce the " A
      Question 778 STG220301
SSW Hdr flow rate until strainer P  
      Reference: OPIOIAII 104I052
is within operability limit.  
      A. Correct. With both SSW Headers in service, L&P 2.6.2 states that if strainer dp of 10 psid is
Question 778 STG220301  
      received, then declare the SSW Hdr inoperable. The curve is used when only one SSW Hdr is
Reference: OPIOIAII 104I052  
      in service.
A. Correct. With both SSW Headers in service, L&P 2.6.2 states that if strainer dp of 10 psid is  
      8. Incorrect The "A" SSW Hdr should be declared inoperable due to the strainer dp. The "B"
received, then declare the SSW Hdr inoperable. The curve is used when only one SSW Hdr is  
      SSW Hdr strainer is not rquired to be cleaned until 6 psid and the operability limit is 10 psid.
in service.  
      C.lncorrect, The " A SSW Hdr is ioperable only based on L&P 2.6.2
8. Incorrect The "A" SSW Hdr should be declared inoperable due to the strainer dp. The "B"  
      D. Incorrect, The operability limit of 10 psid has been exceeded in only the " A Hdr.
SSW Hdr strainer is not rquired to be cleaned until 6 psid and the operability limit is 10 psid.  
      MCS       Time:   1   Points:     1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C.lncorrect, The " A SSW Hdr is ioperable only based on L&P 2.6.2  
                                              Answer: A C A C D D B B B C     Scramble Range: A - D
D. Incorrect, The operability limit of 10 psid has been exceeded in only the " A Hdr.  
      Tier:               3                               Group:
MCS  
      Keyword             SURVEILLANCE                   Cog level:       CIA 3.013.4
Time:  
      Source:             BANK 2003                       Exam:           OC03301
1  
      Test:               R                               Author/Reviewer: LSM/RFA
Points:  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM                                                                   105
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A C A C D D B B B C  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
SURVEILLANCE  
Cog level:  
CIA 3.013.4  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
Author/Reviewer: LSM/RFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM  
105  


  go. GEN 2.2.17001/3//DEFINITIONS/M   2.3/3.5/NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA
go. GEN 2.2.17 001/3//DEFINITIONS/M  
      You are the Shift Supervisor. Mechanical maintenance is planning to work on the HPI system.
2.3/3.5/NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA  
      You get a report from engineering that during maintenance the system will be FUNCTIONAL.
You are the Shift Supervisor. Mechanical maintenance is planning to work on the HPI system.  
      Which one of the following describes if you should allow the maintenance to take place with the
You get a report from engineering that during maintenance the system will be FUNCTIONAL.  
        unit at 100% power?
Which one of the following describes if you should allow the maintenance to take place with the  
      The work can:
unit at 100% power?  
      A:' occur because the HPI system can perform its intended service; however, applicable TS
The work can:  
            requirements or licensing/design basis assumptions may NOT be maintained.
A:' occur because the HPI system can perform its intended service; however, applicable TS  
      B. NOT occur because the HPI system cannot perform its specified function even with all
requirements or licensing/design basis assumptions may NOT be maintained.  
            applicable TS or SLC requirements satisfied.
B. NOT occur because the HPI system cannot perform its specified function even with all  
      C. NOT occur because the A Module of ORAM-SENTINEL has assigned a color of WHITE to
applicable TS or SLC requirements satisfied.  
            the HPI system.
C. NOT occur because the A Module of ORAM-SENTINEL has assigned a color of WHITE to  
      D. occur because the A Module of ORAM-SENTINEL has assigned a color of GREEN to the
the HPI system.  
            HPI system.
D. occur because the A Module of ORAM-SENTINEL has assigned a color of GREEN to the  
      A correct
HPI system.  
      B. Definition of Operable
A correct  
      C and D. PRA information related to risk, not system operability of function
B. Definition of Operable  
      Reference
C and D. PRA information related to risk, not system operability of function  
      ADMMRr03
Reference  
      ENABLING OBJECTIVES: 1.
ADMMRr03  
      Define and relate the following terms and their application to the assessment of equipment
ENABLING OBJECTIVES: 1.  
      removed from service. (R2)
Define and relate the following terms and their application to the assessment of equipment  
                a.     Functional
removed from service. (R2)  
                b.     Maintenance
a.  
                c.     Operable
Functional  
                d.     Probability Risk Assessment (PRA)
b.  
                e.     Risk
Maintenance  
                f.     Risk Significant System (RSS)
c.  
      The following are some of the definitions adopted by the industry and Duke Power Company for
Operable  
      consistent interpretation of the Maintenance Rule. These definitions are from the regulation
d.  
      lOCFR50.65, NUMARC 93-01, or were specifically developed for Duke Power.
Probability Risk Assessment (PRA)  
      MCS     Time: 1     Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
e.  
                                            Answer: A A B C A D A C B D     Scramble Range: A - D
Risk  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28PM                                                                  106
f.  
Risk Significant System (RSS)  
The following are some of the definitions adopted by the industry and Duke Power Company for  
consistent interpretation of the Maintenance Rule. These definitions are from the regulation  
lOCFR50.65, NUMARC 93-01, or were specifically developed for Duke Power.  
MCS Time: 1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A A B C A D A C B D  
Scramble Range: A - D  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:28
PM
106  


          Tier:             3           Group:
Tier:  
          Keyword            DEFINITIONS Cog level:       M 2.313.5
3  
          Source:            NEW        Exam:           OC03301
Keyword
          Test:              S          AuthoriReviewer: LSMRFA
DEFINITIONS
W e d n W a y , May 07,200301 :39:28PM                              107
Source:
NEW
Test:
S
Group:  
Cog level:  
M 2.313.5  
Exam:  
OC03301  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMRFA  
WednWay, May 07,2003 01 :39:28 PM
107  


  91. GEN 2.2.200113l/CONTROLS/M 4.013.5lBANK 199l/Ol/24/0CO330I/R/LSM/RFA
91. GEN 2.2.2 00113l/CONTROLS/M 4.013.5lBANK 199l/Ol/24/0CO330I/R/LSM/RFA  
      Which one of the following determines when the Megawatt Calibrating Integral will be
Which one of the following determines when the Megawatt Calibrating Integral will be  
      controlled by turbine header pressure error?
controlled by turbine header pressure error?  
      A. The bypass valves controls are in manual
A. The bypass valves controls are in manual  
      B. The diamond control is in manual.
B. The diamond control is in manual.  
      C. The SGlRX control is in manual.
C. The SGlRX control is in manual.  
      D.* Turbine Bailey is in hand while all other stations are in auto.
D.* Turbine Bailey is in hand while all other stations are in auto.  
      REFERENCE
REFERENCE  
      LP Vol. 11, ICs, OP-OC-STG-ICS p.59
LP Vol. 11, ICs, OP-OC-STG-ICS p.59  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: D 3 D A A C C A D C     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             3                               Group:
1  
      Keyword:         CONTROLS                         Cog level:       M 4.013.5
Points:  
      Source:           BANK 1991101124                 Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 0.1:39:28 PM                                                                 108
Answer: D 3 D A A C C A D C  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword:  
CONTROLS  
Cog level:  
M 4.013.5  
Source:  
BANK 1991101124  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer:  
LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 0.1:39:28 PM  
108  


  92.GEN 2.3.200113llALARA/ClA 2.5/2.9/M/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA
92. GEN 2.3.2 00113llALARA/ClA 2.5/2.9/M/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA  
      A point radiation source in the auxiliary building reads 500 mRem/hr at a distance of two feet.
A point radiation source in the auxiliary building reads 500 mRem/hr at a distance of two feet.  
      Two options exist to complete a mandatory assignment near this point source.
Two options exist to complete a mandatory assignment near this point source.  
      OPTION 1.       Operator X can perform the task in 30 minutes while working at a distance of
OPTION 1.  
                        FOUR (4) feet from the point source.
Operator X can perform the task in 30 minutes while working at a distance of  
      OPTION 2.      Operators X and Y, using an extension tool, can perform the task in 75 minutes
FOUR (4) feet from the point source.  
                        at a distance of EIGHT (8) feet from the point source.
Operators X and Y, using an extension tool, can perform the task in 75 minutes  
      Operator X has a quarterly dose of 902 mRem
at a distance of EIGHT (8) feet from the point source.  
      Operator Y has a quarterly dose of 1115 mRem
OPTION 2.
      Which one of the following choices is the preferred option, if any, to complete the assignment
Operator X has a quarterly dose of 902 mRem  
      in accordance with ALARA? (Assume no dose extensions have been authorized)
Operator Y has a quarterly dose of 11 15 mRem  
      A.*Option 1
Which one of the following choices is the preferred option, if any, to complete the assignment  
      B. Option 2
in accordance with ALARA? (Assume no dose extensions have been authorized)  
      C. Option 1 and 2 are equally acceptable.
A.* Option 1  
      D. Neither Option 1 nor 2 can be used.
B. Option 2  
      Solution - A - Option 1 62.5 mRem
C. Option 1 and 2 are equally acceptable.  
      REFERENCE
D. Neither Option 1 nor 2 can be used.  
      Oconee: ALARA Manual, General Employee Training Handbook
Solution - A - Option 1 62.5 mRem  
      194001K104 (3.3/3.5)
REFERENCE  
      Modified - Original Question:
Oconee: ALARA Manual, General Employee Training Handbook  
      *QNUM       29735
194001 K104 (3.3/3.5)  
      *HNUM       30083 (Do NOT change If 9,000,000)
Modified - Original Question:  
      *ANUM       29745
*QNUM  
      *QCHANGED FALSE
29735  
      *ACHANGED FALSE
*HNUM  
      *QDATE       1991/07/24
30083 (Do NOT change If  
      *FAC       269       Oconee 1,2 & 3
9,000,000)  
      *RTYP       PWR-B&W177
*ANUM  
      *EXLEVEL R
29745  
      *EXMNR
*QCHANGED FALSE  
      *QVAL
*ACHANGED FALSE  
      *SEC
*QDATE  
      *SUBSORT
1991/07/24  
      * KA       194001K104
*FAC  
      *QUESTION
269  
      A point radiation source in the auxiliary building reads 500
Oconee 1,2 & 3  
      mRem/hr at a distance of TWO (2) feet. TWO (2) options exist to
*RTYP  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:28PM                                                                  109
PWR-B&W177  
*EXLEVEL  
R  
*EXMNR  
*QVAL  
*SEC  
*SUBSORT  
* KA  
194001 K104
*QUESTION  
A point radiation source in the auxiliary building reads 500  
mRem/hr at a distance of TWO (2) feet. TWO (2) options exist to  
WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM
109  


      complete a mandatory assignment near this point source.
complete a mandatory assignment near this point source.  
      OPTION 1.       Operator X can perform the task in 30 minutes while
OPTION 1.  
                working at a distance of FOUR (4)feet from the
Operator X can perform the task in 30 minutes while  
                point source.
working at a distance of FOUR (4)  
      OPTION 2. Operators X and Y, using an extension tool, can
feet from the  
                perform the task in 75 minutes at a distance of
point source.  
                EIGHT (8) feet from the point source.
OPTION 2.  
      WHICH ONE (1)of the following choices is the preferred option,
Operators X and Y, using an extension tool, can  
      with correct rationale, to complete the assignment, in accordance
perform the task in 75 minutes at a distance of  
      with ALARA?
EIGHT (8) feet from the point source.  
          a. Option 1, as X's exposure is 62.5mRem.
WHICH ONE (1)  
          b. Option 1, as X s exposure is 125 mRem.
of the following choices is the preferred option,  
          c. Option 2,as the exposure per person is 39 mRem.
with correct rationale, to complete the assignment, in accordance  
          d. Option 2,as the exposure per person is 156 mRem.
with ALARA?  
      *ANSWER
a. Option 1, as X's exposure is 62.5 mRem.  
      a. [+1.0]
b. Option 1, as X s exposure is 125 mRem.  
      *REFERENCE
c. Option 2, as the exposure per person is 39 mRem.  
      Oconee: ALARA Manual, General Employee Training Handbook
d. Option 2, as the exposure per person is 156 mRem.  
      194001K104 (3.3/3.5)
*ANSWER  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28PM                                          110
a. [+1.0]  
      MCS     Time:   I   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
*REFERENCE  
Oconee: ALARA Manual, General Employee Training Handbook  
194001K104 (3.3/3.5)  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM
MCS  
Time:  
I  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
110


  93.GEN 2.3.3 00113llRAD RELEASEICIA   1.812.9lBANK 1995107107/OC03301lSILSM/RFA
93. GEN 2.3.3 00113llRAD RELEASEICIA 1.812.9lBANK 1995107107/OC03301lSILSM/RFA  
      Which one of the following describes the most favorable meteorological conditions for making
Which one of the following describes the most favorable meteorological conditions for making  
      a Gaseous Waste Release?
a Gaseous Waste Release?  
                wind speed with air at ground level           than air aloft.
wind speed with air at ground level  
      A. LOW I COLDER
than air aloft.  
      B. LOW I WARMER
A. LOW I COLDER  
      C. HIGH I COLDER
B. LOW I WARMER  
      D.HIGH I WARMER
C. HIGH I COLDER  
      REFERENCE
D. HIGH I WARMER  
      OP-OC-WE-GWD, Revision 05, page 22
REFERENCE  
      (252.8) #49
OP-OC-WE-GWD, Revision 05, page 22  
      MCS Time: 1         Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(252.8) #49  
                                            Answer: D B A B D D B D A A       Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:           3                               Group:
Time:  
      Keyword           RAD RELEASE                     Cog level:       CIA I.8/2.9
1  
      Source:         BANK 1995107107                 Exam:             OC03301
Points:  
      Test:             S                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM                                                                   111
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D B A B D D B D A A  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
RAD RELEASE  
Cog level:  
CIA I.8/2.9  
Source:  
BANK 1995107107  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM  
111  


  94. GEN 2.4.12 00113llADMINIM 3.413.9lBANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSMiRFA
94. GEN 2.4.12 00113llADMINIM 3.413.9lBANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSMiRFA  
        Unit 1 plant conditions:
Unit 1 plant conditions:  
        1.       A Reactor trip occurred on low RCS pressure
1.  
        2.       RCS pressure = 1200 psig
2.  
        3.       RB pressure = 2.0 psig
3.  
      4.       The BOP is performing Rule #2, Loss of SCM
4.  
      Which one of the following statements is correct concerning this condition?
Which one of the following statements is correct concerning this condition?  
      A. ES will NOT actuate if power is lost to two out of three ES analog channels.
A. ES will NOT actuate if power is lost to two out of three ES analog channels.  
        B. Channels 1-6 RZ module Blue and White lights should be "ON" and verified "ON" by the
B. Channels 1-6 RZ module Blue and White lights should be "ON" and verified "ON" by the  
            operator performing Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation.
operator performing Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation.  
      C. Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation, shall be performed by the BOP after Rule #2 is completed,
A Reactor trip occurred on low RCS pressure
            while the OATC performs EOP LOSCM tab actions.
RCS pressure = 1200 psig
        D? Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation, shall be performed by the OATC after IMAs are verified,
RB pressure = 2.0 psig
            symptoms check is completed, and while the BOP performs Rule #2.
The BOP is performing Rule #2, Loss of SCM
      A.       Incorrect - analogs will trip on a loss of power.
C. Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation, shall be performed by the BOP after Rule #2 is completed,  
      B.       Incorrect - at this time only ES 1 and 2 have or should have actuated.
while the OATC performs EOP LOSCM tab actions.  
      C.       Incorrect - end. 5.1 should be performed as soon as possible. It has higher
D? Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation, shall be performed by the OATC after IMAs are verified,  
      priority than LOSCM tab actions and should be performed as soon as an operator is
symptoms check is completed, and while the BOP performs Rule #2.  
      available.
A.  
      D.
Incorrect - analogs will trip on a loss of power.  
      Correct: BOP performs Rule #2. When IMAs and symptom check completed by the
B.  
      OATC, a Parallel Action of LOSCM is to perform Encl. 5.1. OATC will have to perform
Incorrect - at this time only ES 1 and 2 have or should have actuated.  
      this with the BOP running rule #2.
C.  
      MCS Time: 1           Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Incorrect - end. 5.1 should be performed as soon as possible. It has higher  
                                            Answer: D B A B C D A C D A     Scramble Range: A - D
priority than LOSCM tab actions and should be performed as soon as an operator is  
      Tier:             3                               Group:
available.  
      Keyword           ADMIN                           Cog level:       M 3.413.9
D.  
      Source:           BANK 2003                       Exam:           OC03301
Correct: BOP performs Rule #2. When IMAs and symptom check completed by the  
      Test:             R                               AuthoriReviewer: LSMlRFA
OATC, a Parallel Action of LOSCM is to perform Encl. 5.1. OATC will have to perform  
Wednpsday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM                                                                 112
this with the BOP running rule #2.  
MCS  
Time:  
1  
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: D B A B C D A C D A  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
ADMIN  
Cog level:  
M 3.413.9  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMlRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednpsday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM  
112  


  95. GEN 2.4.23 001/3//CRITICAL SAFETY/M 2.813.8iBANK       1991/01/2410C03301/RILSM/RFA
95. GEN 2.4.23 001/3//CRITICAL SAFETY/M 2.813.8iBANK 1991/01/2410C03301/RILSM/RFA  
      Which one of the following represents the correct order of priority (from highest to lowest
Which one of the following represents the correct order of priority (from highest to lowest  
      priority) for the following critical safety functions?
priority) for the following critical safety functions?  
      A. Inadequate Core Cooling, Subcriticality, RCS Integrity, Heat Sink.
A. Inadequate Core Cooling, Subcriticality, RCS Integrity, Heat Sink.  
      B. Inadequate Core Cooling, Subcriticality, Heat Sink, RCS Integrity.
B. Inadequate Core Cooling, Subcriticality, Heat Sink, RCS Integrity.  
      c. Subcriticality, Inadequate Core Cooling, RCS Integrity, Heat Sink.
c. Subcriticality, Inadequate Core Cooling, RCS Integrity, Heat Sink.  
      D.' Subcriticality, Inadequate Core Cooling, Heat Sink, RCS Integrity.
D.' Subcriticality, Inadequate Core Cooling, Heat Sink, RCS Integrity.  
                        GEN 2.4.23
GEN 2.4.23  
      *REFERENCE
*REF ERE N C E
      LP Vol V.. SPDS. OP-OC-SPS-IC-SPDS, p.9,LPROILPSO 2a
LP Vol V.. SPDS. OP-OC-SPS-IC-SPDS, p.9,LPROILPSO 2a  
      MCS     Time:   1 . Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                                Answer: D C B A D B A A A C     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             3                                 Group:
1 . Points:  
      Keyword           CRITICAL SAFETY                   Cog level:       M 23/33
1.00  
      Source:           BANK 1991/01/24                   Exam:           OC03301
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
      Test:             R                                 AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA
Answer: D C B A D B A A A C  
Wednesday, May 07,200301:39:28PM                                                                      113
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
CRITICAL SAFETY  
Cog level:  
M 23/33  
Source:  
BANK 1991/01/24  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM
113  


  96. GEN 2.4.25 001/3/IFlRE/C/A 2.913.4lBANK 2003/0C03301lRlLSWRFA
96. GEN 2.4.25 001/3/IFlRE/C/A 2.913.4lBANK 2003/0C03301lRlLSWRFA  
      Which one of the following areas does the HPSW system provided sprinkler fire protection for?
Which one of the following areas does the HPSW system provided sprinkler fire protection for?  
      A. Reactor Building.
A. Reactor Building.  
      B.# 230 KV switchyard.
B.# 230 KV switchyard.  
      C. Keowee Hydro Units.
C. Keowee Hydro Units.  
      0.CCW Intake Structure.
0. CCW Intake Structure.  
      Question 587 SSSO30301 SSSO30301
Question 587 SSSO30301 SSSO30301  
      Which one of the following areas is provided sprinkler fire protection via the HPSW system?
Which one of the following areas is provided sprinkler fire protection via the HPSW system?  
      Answer 587
Answer 587  
      B
B  
      A. Incorrect. supplied from LPSW
A. Incorrect. supplied from LPSW  
      B. Correct. supplied from Yard header (Major Fire Loop load).
B. Correct. supplied from Yard header (Major Fire Loop load).  
      C. Incorrect. has own water supply system
C. Incorrect. has own water supply system  
      D. incorrect. no sprinkler system supplied for intake structure
D. incorrect. no sprinkler system supplied for intake structure  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: B C C D A C C D B A     Scramble Range: A - D
Time:  
      Tier:             3                               Group:
1  
      Keyword           FIRE                           Cog level:       CIA 2.913.4
Points:  
      Source:           BANK 2003                       Exam:           OC03301
1.00  
      Test:             R                               AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Wednbsday, May 07,2003 01 :39:28PM                                                                114
Answer: B C C D A C C D B A  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
FIRE  
Cog level:  
CIA 2.913.4  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednbsday, May 07,2003 01 :39:28 PM
114  


  97. GEN 2.4.3 00113llPOST ACCIDENT INSIM 3.513.81MIOC03301IRILSMIRFA
97. GEN 2.4.3 00113llPOST ACCIDENT INSIM 3.513.81MIOC03301IRILSMIRFA  
      The Reactor Building Hydrogen Analyzer system Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel is in
The Reactor Building Hydrogen Analyzer system Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel is in  
      operation. You are the OATC and notice that some of the RZ module white and blue lights
operation. You are the OATC and notice that some of the RZ module white and blue lights  
        have illuminated. You determine that Channel 1 has inadvertently been activated.
have illuminated. You determine that Channel 1 has inadvertently been activated.  
      Which one of the following, states the required immediate actions?
Which one of the following, states the required immediate actions?  
      A.   MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Hydrogen Analyzer system,
A. MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Hydrogen Analyzer system,  
            then return the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel to service.
then return the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel to service.  
      B. Verify the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel remains in service, then verify the reactor
B. Verify the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel remains in service, then verify the reactor  
            building Hydrogen Analyzer system isolation valves AUTOMATICALLY open.
building Hydrogen Analyzer system isolation valves AUTOMATICALLY open.  
      Cy MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident
Cy MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident  
            Sample Panel, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.
Sample Panel, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.  
      D. Verify the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel
D. Verify the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel  
            AUTOMATICALLY close, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in
AUTOMATICALLY close, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in  
            service.
service.  
      Original Question - Question 562 PNS582 PNS582 SRO ONLY (Modified to be RO)
Original Question - Question 562 PNS582 PNS582 SRO ONLY (Modified to be RO)  
      The Limits and Precautions of OP/1,2,3/A/I102/22, Reactor Building Hydrogen Analyzer
The Limits and Precautions of OP/1,2,3/A/I102/22, Reactor Building Hydrogen Analyzer  
      system, directs immediate operator actions if the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel is in
system, directs immediate operator actions if the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel is in  
      operation when an ES actuation occurs.
operation when an ES actuation occurs.  
      Which ONE of the following lists the required immediate actions? (.25)
Which ONE of the following lists the required immediate actions? (.25)  
      A)       MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Hydrogen Analyzer
A)  
      system, then return the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel to service.
system, then return the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel to service.  
      B)       Verify the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel remains in service, then verify the
B)  
      reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system isolation valves AUTOMATICALLY open.
reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system isolation valves AUTOMATICALLY open.  
      C)       MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident
C)  
      Sample Panel, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.
Sample Panel, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.  
      D)       Verify the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel
D)  
      AUTOMATICALLY close, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.
Verify the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel  
      Answer 562
AUTOMATICALLY close, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.  
      C
Answer 562  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C  
                                              Answer: C A D C C A A C B A     Scramble Range: A - D
MCS  
      Tier:               3                               Group:
Time:  
      Keyword:           POST ACCIDENT INS               Cog level:       M 3.513.8
1  
      Source:             M                               Exam:           OC03301
Points:  
      Test:               R                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
1.00  
Wednesday, May 07, 2003 0.1:39:28 PM           .. .                 . . .. ..   .   .~ .. .         115
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C A D C C A A C B A  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword:  
POST ACCIDENT INS  
Cog level:  
M 3.513.8  
Source:  
M  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Hydrogen Analyzer
Verify the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel remains in service, then verify the
MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday, May 07, 2003 0.1:39:28 PM  
.. .  
. .  
. ..  
. .  
.  
.~ ..  
.  
115  


  98. GEN 2.4.41 002/3//ADMlN/C/A 2.314.lIBANK 2003/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA
98. GEN 2.4.41 002/3//ADMlN/C/A 2.314.lIBANK 2003/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA  
      Unit 2 sequence of events:
Unit 2 sequence of events:  
      Time=l200
Time=l200  
              Unit 2 is shutting down with a 30 gpm tube leak in the 2B SG
Unit 2 is shutting down with a 30 gpm tube leak in the 2B SG  
              An Unusual Event (NOUE) has been declared
An Unusual Event (NOUE) has been declared  
      Time=1230
Time=1230  
              While taking the Turbine Generator off-line a Turbine Trip occurs.
While taking the Turbine Generator off-line a Turbine Trip occurs.  
      Time=l255
Time=l255  
              One Main Steam Relief valve on the 28 SG will NOT reseat
One Main Steam Relief valve on the 28 SG will NOT reseat  
      Time=l300
Time=l300  
              2B SG has been isolated
2B SG has been isolated  
              The blowing Main Steam Relief valve on 28 SG Main Steam Relief did NOT reseat
The blowing Main Steam Relief valve on 28 SG Main Steam Relief did NOT reseat  
                    when the SG was isolated
when the SG was isolated  
      PRESENT TIME=1305
PRESENT TIME=1305  
      Assume NO additional failures occur and that "Emergency Coordinator Judgment/EOF Directoi
Assume NO additional failures occur and that "Emergency Coordinator Judgment/ EOF Directoi  
      Judgment" is NOT used as a reason for the classification.
Judgment" is NOT used as a reason for the classification.  
      Which one of the following correctly classifies the event?
Which one of the following correctly classifies the event?  
      A? Remain as an NOUE
A? Remain as an NOUE  
      6. Upgrade to an Alert
6. Upgrade to an Alert  
      C. Upgrade to a Site Area Emergency
C. Upgrade to a Site Area Emergency  
      D. Upgrade to a General Emergency
D. Upgrade to a General Emergency  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM                                                           116
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM  
116  


      Answer 223
Answer 223  
      REFERENCE ATTACHMENT REQUIRED
REFERENCE ATTACHMENT REQUIRED  
      A.     Correct: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No
A.  
      point earned from the other two barriers.
point earned from the other two barriers.  
      B.     Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No
B.  
      point earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.
point earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.  
      C.     Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No
C.  
      point earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.
point earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.  
      D.
Correct: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No
      Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No point
Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No  
      earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.
Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No  
      MCS     Time:   1   Points:   1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
D.  
                                            Answer: A C C B A C A B D B     Scramble Range: A - D
Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No point  
      Tier:             3                               Group:
earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.  
      Keyword           ADMIN                           Cog level:       C/A 2.3/4.1
MCS  
      Source:           BANK 2003                       Exam:           OC03301
Time:  
      Test:             S                               AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA
1  
Wednesday. May 07,2003 01:3929 PM                                                                 117
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: A C C B A C A B D B  
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword  
ADMIN  
Cog level:  
C/A 2.3/4.1  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
S  
AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
Wednesday. May 07,2003 01:3929 PM  
117  


  99. GEN 2.4.6001/3l/PRA/M 3.114.OMEWlOC03301ISILSMIRFA
99. GEN 2.4.6 001/3l/PRA/M 3.114.OMEWlOC03301ISILSMIRFA  
      Which one of the following does the Oconee PRA analysis NOT identify as an
Which one of the following does the Oconee PRA analysis NOT identify as an  
        Important Human Action associated with a turbine building flood?
Important Human Action associated with a turbine building flood?  
      A. Swap HPI Suction to Spent Fuel Pool.
A. Swap HPI Suction to Spent Fuel Pool.  
      B. Refill the Elevated Water Storage Tank.
B. Refill the Elevated Water Storage Tank.  
      C." Connect HPI pump power to ASW switchgear.
C." Connect HPI pump power to ASW switchgear.  
      D. Activate the SSF.
D. Activate the SSF.  
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:29 PM                                                 118
Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:29 PM  
118  


      Important Human Actions
Important Human Actions  
      The following are some important human actions from the Oconee PRA. More detailed
The following are some important human actions from the Oconee PRA. More detailed  
      information can be found in the Oconee PRA Report Rev. 2, Chapter 3.
information can be found in the Oconee PRA Report Rev. 2, Chapter 3.  
        Event or Sequence                         Operator Action
Event or Sequence  
        Loss of all AC Power, TB Flood             Activate the SSF
Loss of all AC Power, TB Flood  
        LOCA                                      Establish recirc. from containment
LOCA
                                                    sump
Turbine Building Flood
        Turbine Building Flood                    Refill the Elevated Water Storage Tank
Loss of 416OvAC during a tornado
        Loss of 416OvAC during a tornado          Connect HPI pump power to ASW
Operator Action
                                                    switchgear
Activate the SSF  
        Large LOCA                                 Throttle LPI Pumps
Establish recirc. from containment  
        Small or Medium LOCA                       Stop the LPI Pumps (Pumping Against
sump  
                                                    Shutoff Head)
Refill the Elevated Water Storage Tank  
        TB Flood, Tornado (w/ BWST Failure)       Swap HPI Suction to Spent Fuel Pool
Connect HPI pump power to ASW  
        Loss of All LPSW                           Cross-connect LPSW Header to other
Large LOCA  
      Activate the SSF -Activation of the SSF is important for many types of events,
Small or Medium LOCA  
      including: Seismic, Flood, and Station Blackouts (including Tornado and TB Fire).
TB Flood, Tornado (w/ BWST Failure)  
                                                    -
Loss of All LPSW  
      Establish Recirculation From the Sump Swap to sump recirculation and
Activate the SSF -Activation of the SSF is important for many types of events,  
      establishing high pressure recirculation are important to prevent ECCS failure following
including: Seismic, Flood, and Station Blackouts (including Tornado and TB Fire).  
      a LOCA.
Establish Recirculation From the Sump - Swap to sump recirculation and  
                                                      -
establishing high pressure recirculation are important to prevent ECCS failure following  
      Refilling the Elevated Water Storage Tank Refilling the EWST is important
a LOCA.  
      following a Turbine Building flood by providing backup cooling for the HPI pumps.
Refilling the Elevated Water Storage Tank - Refilling the EWST is important  
      HPI to ASW Switchgear -Tornado damage to the 4160 V switchgear in the Turbine
following a Turbine Building flood by providing backup cooling for the HPI pumps.  
      Building can be mitigated by connecting an HPI pump to the ASW switchgear.
HPI to ASW Switchgear -Tornado damage to the 4160 V switchgear in the Turbine  
                                    -
Building can be mitigated by connecting an HPI pump to the ASW switchgear.  
      Throttling the LPI Pumps Throttling the LPI pumps is an important human action to
Throttling the LPI Pumps - Throttling the LPI pumps is an important human action to  
      prevent pump failure from operating in run-out conditions following a large LOCA.
prevent pump failure from operating in run-out conditions following a large LOCA.  
                                  -
Stopping the LPI Pumps - Stopping the LPI pumps for small and medium LOCA  
      Stopping the LPI Pumps Stopping the LPI pumps for small and medium LOCA
sequences prevents pump damage from dead-heading against the high RCS  
      sequences prevents pump damage from dead-heading against the high RCS
pressure.  
      pressure.
Swap HPI Suction To The SFP - Depletion of the BWST inventory during a TB Flood  
      Swap HPI Suction To The SFP - Depletion of the BWST inventory during a TB Flood
can be mitigated by realigning the HPI suction to the SFP. This can also be used in  
      can be mitigated by realigning the HPI suction to the SFP. This can also be used in
Tornado Sequences which damage the BWST.  
      Tornado Sequences which damage the BWST.
Cross-Connect LPSW To Another Unit - LPSW flow from another unit can be used to  
      Cross-Connect LPSW To Another Unit - LPSW flow from another unit can be used to
cool important loads including such as the HPI motor coolers and the CC Coolers.  
      cool important loads including such as the HPI motor coolers and the CC Coolers.
MCS  
      MCS     Time: 1   Points: 1.00 Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Time:  
                                        Answer: C D B A A C B A A B     Scramble Range: A - D
1  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29PM                                                              119
Points:  
1.00  
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Answer: C D B A A C B A A B  
Scramble Range: A - D  
switchgear
Throttle LPI Pumps
Stop the LPI Pumps (Pumping Against
Shutoff Head)
Swap HPI Suction to Spent Fuel Pool
Cross-connect LPSW Header to other
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM
119  


      Tier:             3         Group:
Tier:  
      Keyword          PRA      Cog level:       M 3.1/4.0
3  
      Source:          NEW      Exam:           OC03301
Keyword
      Test:            S        AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA
PRA
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM                           120
Source:
NEW
Test:
S
Group:  
Cog level:  
M 3.1/4.0  
Exam:  
OC03301  
AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA  
Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM  
120  


100. GEN 2.4.7 001/3//ADMIN/M 3.113.8iBANK 2003/0C03301/RILSM/RFA
100. GEN 2.4.7 001/3//ADMIN/M 3.113.8iBANK 2003/0C03301/RILSM/RFA  
      Unit 2 plant conditions:
Unit 2 plant conditions:  
      INITIAL CONDITIONS:
INITIAL CONDITIONS:  
              2A1 is secured
2A1 is secured  
      CURRENT CONDITIONS:
CURRENT CONDITIONS:  
              AP129 is in progress
AP129 is in progress  
              Reactor power = 43% and is decreasing
Reactor power = 43% and is decreasing  
              The BOP is swapping Auxiliaries:
The BOP is swapping Auxiliaries:  
                    When he attempted to close 2TA SU 6.9 FDR, a 2TA switchgear lockout occured.
When he attempted to close 2TA SU 6.9 FDR, a 2TA switchgear lockout occured.  
      Which one of the following describes your actions as the Procedure Director?
Which one of the following describes your actions as the Procedure Director?  
      A,' GO TO the EOP and stop APE9 directions.
A,' GO TO the EOP and stop APE9 directions.  
      B. Refer to the EOP and continue with APE9 in parallel.
B. Refer to the EOP and continue with APE9 in parallel.  
      C. Suspend AP129 directions until 2TA switchgear can be returned to service.
C. Suspend AP129 directions until 2TA switchgear can be returned to service.  
      D. Continue APB9 until the GO TO OP/1102/10, Controlling Procedure for Unit Shutdown is
D. Continue APB9 until the GO TO OP/1102/10, Controlling Procedure for Unit Shutdown is  
            reached.
reached.  
      bank 250
bank 250  
      A. Correct - When 2TA swgr lockout occurs the reactor will trip on flux1flow (loss of 2 RCPs)
A. Correct - When 2TA swgr lockout occurs the reactor will trip on flux1flow (loss of 2 RCPs)  
      this meet entry conditions to the EOP. APE9 should be stopped as the first note say AP129
this meet entry conditions to the EOP. APE9 should be stopped as the first note say AP129  
      should not be used when EOP entry conditions exist. This note is conflicting later in AP129
should not be used when EOP entry conditions exist. This note is conflicting later in AP129  
      when tripping the reacfor per APE9 then the EOP is not entered.
when tripping the reacfor per APE9 then the EOP is not entered.  
      6. Incorrect - APE9 is stopped when EOP entry conditions are met.
6. Incorrect - APE9 is stopped when EOP entry conditions are met.  
      C. Incorrect - EOP entry condition - reactor trip - have been met.
C. Incorrect - EOP entry condition - reactor trip - have been met.  
      D. Incorrect - EOP entry conditions have been met
D. Incorrect - EOP entry conditions have been met  
      MCS Time: 1         Points: 1.00   Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MCS  
                                            Answer: A B D D B C B B B A                       -
Time:  
                                                                            Scramble Range: A D
1  
      Tier:             3                                 Group:
Points:  
      Keyword:         ADMIN                             Cog level:     M 3.U3.8
1.00  
      Source:         BANK 2003                         Exam:           OC03301
Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
      Test:           R                                 AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA
Answer: A B D D B C B B B A  
WednEsday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM                                                                 121
Tier:  
3  
Group:  
Keyword:  
ADMIN  
Cog level:  
M 3.U3.8  
Source:  
BANK 2003  
Exam:  
OC03301  
Test:  
R  
AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA  
Scramble Range: A - D
WednEsday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM  
121
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 07:55, 16 January 2025

June Exam 50-269/2003-301 Draft Ro/Sro Written Exam & Outline
ML032471483
Person / Time
Site: Oconee  Duke Energy icon.png
Issue date: 08/11/2003
From: Ernstes M
Operator Licensing and Human Performance Branch
To: Rosalyn Jones
Duke Energy Corp
Shared Package
ML032521014 List:
References
50-269/03-301, 50-270/03-301, 50-287/03-301, ES-401, ES-401-2 50-269/03-301, 50-270/03-301, 50-287/03-301
Download: ML032471483 (129)


See also: IR 05000269/2003301

Text

Draft Submittal

OCONEE JUNE 2003 EXAM

50 -2

69/2

0 0 3 -3 0 I

JUNE 16 - 27,2003

/

1.

Reactor Operator Operator Written Exam

s&&/o&.

Rg&c7O L ULd77e4 E x * -

+ Q

~

Y

L

~

~

E

ES-401

PWR Examination Outline

Form ES-401-2

9

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.*

7.

h.

I.

, , .

Facility:

Oconee

Date of Exam: 2003

3. Generic Knowledge and

Abilities Categories

Note: 1.

Ensure that at least two topics from every WA category are sampled within each tier

of the RO outline (Le., the Tier Totals in each WA category shall not be less than

two). Refer to Section D.l .c for additional guidance regarding SRO sampling.

The point total for each group and tier in the proposed outline must match that

specified in the table. The final point total for each group and tier may deviate by *I

from that specified in the table based on NRC revisions. The final RO exam must

total 75 points and the SRO-only exam must total 25 points.

Select topics from many systems and evolutions; avoid selecting more than two WA

topics from a given system or evolution unless they relate to plant-specific priorities.

Systems/evolutions within each group are identified on the associated outline.

The shaded areas are not applicable to the categoryher.

The generic (G) WAS in Tiers 1 and 2 shall be selected from Section 2 of the WA

Catalog, but the topics must be relevant to the applicable evolution or system. The

SRO WAS must also be linked to 10 CFR 55.43 or an SRO-level learning objective.

On the following pages, enter the WA numbers, a brief description of each topic, the

topics importance ratings (IR) for the applicable license level, and the point totals for

each system and category. Enter the group and tier totals for each category in the

table above; summarize all the SRO-only knowledge and nonA2 ability categories in

the columns labeled K and A, Use duplicate pages for RO and SRO-only exams.

For Tier 3, enter the WA numbers, descriptions, importance ratings, and point totals

on Form ES-401-3.

Refer to ES-401, Attachment 2, for guidance regarding the elimination of

inamrotxiate WA statements.

,

~

000009 Small Break LOCA / 3

00001 1 Large Break LOCA / 3

000015/17 RCP Malfunctions / 4

000022 Loss of Rx Coolant Makeup

/ 2

03

I

I

000025 Loss of RHR System / 4

000026 Loss of Component Cooling

Water / 8

I

I

000027 Pressurzer Pressure

Contro System MalfJnction / 3

I

I

000029 ATWS / 1

I

I

000038 Steam Gen Tube Rupture13

ES-401

PWR Examination 1

Emergenc) nd Abnormal Plant Evolutior

2.7.8

WA Category Totals:

1 2

  1. '

1 2 1 4 y ~ I

212

3

d

1 of 34

000040 (BW/E05; CE1EOS: W/E12)

Steam Line Ru Lie. Excessive

Heat Transfer ?4

I

I

000054 (CE/EO6) Loss of Main

Feedwater / 4

000055 Station Blackout / 6

000057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. BUS I

000062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water /

000065 Loss of Instrument Air / 8

I

I z

BW/EW; W/E05 Inadequate Heat

Transfer - LOSS of Secondary Heat

Sink / 4

Form ES-401

itline

.Tier l/Group 1 (ROISRO)

I

I

WA Topic@)

I

IR

I

I

I

Knowledge of interrelationshi between

42142

1

1 1 0

I

I

vital system status and FaciIi&'s heat

removal system

Ability to determine and interpret the loss

of cool ng water as it appl es to RCP

ma functions

3 713 7

1

I

I

Loss of RC effects on PZR level

I 3.013.4 I 1

Knowledge of the reaspns for shift to

I 3.V3.4 I /

glteAnate flow path as it applies to Loss of

GEN 2.4.24 Knowledge of loss of Cooling

3.313.7

1

water procedures

I

I

Definition of saturated as it applies to PZR

3.113.4

1

malfunction.

$50 ONLY Gen 2.1.U Ability to apply I 2.914.0 I 7

Actions contained in EOPs for ATWS

$7;;Reeg TrijVtrubine trip as 1

1 1

MFWas it applies to SGTR

Selection of procedures associated with

Excessive heat transfer

KA moved from K2 because of importance

3.814.2

1

factors

SRO ONLY Existing valve position on

3.m.7

7

loss of instrument air associated with

SOB

Proper operation of EDG load sequencer

3.813.9

1

I

I

Manual control of components

35135

1

SR0,ONLY Coordinate Activities

3.8136

1

outside the CR

I

I

SRO ONLY DC Loads lost

Flow rates to components furnished by

Heat removals stems associated with

4.214.2

2

inadequate hea! transfer

Manipulation of controls associated with

inadequate heat transfer

4.213.8

Group Point Total:

18u-

NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9

11 ES-401

PWR-Exam

Emergency and Abnormal Plant E

-

UAPE # I Name I Safety Function

K1

KZ

K3

A I

000001 Continuous Rod Withdrawal I1

000003 Dropped Control Rod I 1

000060 Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Rel. I 9

000061 ARM System Alarms 17

01

000067 Plant Fire On-site 148

04

000028 Pressurizer Level Malfunction 12

Termination of radioactive release

ARM detector limitations

Actions mntained in EOPs for

lant fires

howledge of fire in the plant

procedures

35/33

1

2.512.9

1

3.314.1

1

3.0i3s

1

\\

'

I

I

I

I

L

000068 (BW/AOG) Control Room Evac. I 8

000074 (WlE06&E07) had. Core Cooling 1 4

000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity I 9

BWlAOl Plant Runback I 1

ll

I"

BWIAM Turbine Trip I 4

BWIE13BE14 EOP Rules and Enclosures

I1

WA Category Point Totals:

7

'

/

2

1

A21G

3=

2.4.9 +

2.4.27 f

I

+

J- t

t

+

2.4.18

Form ES-401

oup 2 (ROISRO)

KIA Topic(s)

IR

4.314.6

1

/...

2' 1

3.4/3.6

1

PZR

SRO ONLY PZR Level

Indications

LcmvfEFmpensating vo

MAh+L?*

0 rating behavior,charaqeristics

3.Z3.5

o the facility associated with P

Runback

Adherence to a propriate

1

procedures anxoperational limits I

I

I

Knowledge of EOP Basis

2.713.6

1

EOP Rules:

facilify condgions

3.44.0

9

and selection of appropnate

procedure

Group Point Total:

915

u

I

L

NUREG-I 021, Draft Revision 9

2 of 34

ES-401

I

System # / Name

KI

I

-/Reactor

Coolant Pump

004 Chemical and Volume Control

005 Residual Heat Removal

006 Emergency Core Cooling

007 Pressurizer RelieWQuench Tank I 03

I

008 Component Cooling Water

010 Pressurizer Pressure Control

I

012 Reactor Protection

I

022 Containment Cooling

ca Condenser

039 Main and Reheat Steam

056 Condensate

059 Main Feedwater

061 AuxiliaryIErnergency Feedwater

062 AC Electrical Distribution

063 DC Electrical Distribution

064 Emergency Diesel Generator

076 Service Water

078 Instrument Air

04

vi4 Category Point Totals:

Form ES-401-

RCP Shutdown effect on

3.213.5

2.612.5

Sewndav Parameter

RCP Motor current

MUP power suppb

2.913.1

of abnormal condifkm

ECCS Flowpath

3.913.8

SRO ONLY- ECCS -

Abliiiyto evaluate plant

performance

wnnection to RCS

3.013.2

3.7M.4

PZR Heaters

I 3.013.4

3.313.8

Bypass Block Circuits

3.313.6 .

Containment

4.314.7

BWST Level

3.613.9

ccs malfunction

3.914.1

System Purpose

2.812.9

ADV

3.313.3

Water Hammer

2.9n.i

I

malfundion of EFW

2.512.8

4.214.2

wntmller

AFW start-up

Circuit Breakers

2.512.7

2.612.8

loss Of sws

Cooling water to

Group Point Total:

3 of 34

NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9

ii

NUREG-1021, Draft Revision 9

4 of 34

-~

~

3-401

Generic Knowledge and Abilities Outline (Tier 3)

Form ES-401-3

>ategory

KIA#

Topic

RO

SRO-Only

I

I

I

Initial

Submittal

to

ONS

1. 000003 GEN 2.4.1 001/1/2/DROP ROD/M 4.314.6lBANK 2003/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

Reactor power = 50%

ICs is in AUTOMATIC

Which one of the following events will require the operating crew to enter the EOP?

A. Steam Generator Tube Leak of 13 gpm.

B. Inadvertent ES Channels 1, 3 and 5 actuation.

C. "A" SG level is 43% and "B" SG level is 37%. Both are stable in the operating range

D.' Control Rods 1 and 5 in Group 3 drop into the core, actuating the in-limit for both

rods.

-

BANK Answer 161

A. Incorrect - SGTL EOP entry is 25 gpm.

B. Incorrect - Inadvertent ES action is not an EOP entry.

C. Incorrect - SG level that causes EOP entry is < 15 inches on the SU Level.

D. Correct - 2 CR drop into the core requires a manual reactor trip and entry into the

EOP.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D B A C B A A D B B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword

DROP ROD

Cog level:

M 4.314.6

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May07,2003 01:3918 PM

1

2. 00000SAA2.22 001/1/1/STEAM SPACEICIA 3.814.2IBANK 1992/01/25/0C03301ISILSMIRFA

From a 100% FP condition, which one of the following describes the expected response of

pressurizer level to a Small Break in the STEAM SPACE of the pressurizer (PZR)? (Assume

no operator actions are taken and HPI stabilizes RCS pressure slightly higher than secondary

system pressure.)

PZR level initially:

A. increases rapidly, then slowly increases until the PZR is completely filled by HPI.

B. decreases and drops off scale low during depressurization until HPI initiates, then level

returns on scale during repressurization.

c. decreases slowly, then decreases more rapidly when a reactor trip occurs, then returns on

scale during repressurization with HPI.

D.' increases, then decreases when a reactor trip occurs, then completely fills after the RCS

hot leg flashes.

1992/01/25

REFERENCE

OP-OC-TA-AT, Section E.5, pg 14, EO 1 .b.5 & SRO Objective 1 .b.5

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D A D C D A B C D D

Scramb1eRange:A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword

STEAM SPACE

Cog level:

CIA 3.814.2

Source:

BANK 1992101I25

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMlRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

2

3. 000009 GEN 2.1.31 001lIJllSBLOCAJCIA 4.213.9lBANK 200310C03301IRILSMIRFA

I

A Small Break LOCA has occurred inside containment. Which one of the following describes

the status of the SG XSUR level indication?

The indicated level will be:

A. LOWER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR BUILDING temperature must

be applied.

6.' HIGHER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR BUILDING temperature must

be applied.

C. LOWER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM

temperature must be applied.

D. HIGHER than actual, a correction factor based on REACTOR COOLANT SYSTEM

temperature must be applied.

  • REFERENCE

OP-OC-EAP-E25, Revision 05, page 11; LRO 7, LSO 7

Oconee bank EAP-74 (fully modified)

(3.8/4.0)

  1. I

16

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C A B A B A C D C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

SBLOCA

Cog level:

CIA 4.213.9

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorJReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3919 PM

3

4. 000009EA2.15 OOI/I/l/SBLOCA/C/A

3.3/3.4/M/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

SB LOCA has occurred due to a Seismic event

Inspections reveal some minor damage to HPI components and piping

EOP Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation has been performed

EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES is in progress

EOP Enclosure 5.37, Isolation of the HPI Pump Recirc has been completed

ILP-19 and ILP-20 (IA & 16 RX BLDG SUCTION) are OPEN

ILP-21 and ILP-22 (IA & 16 LPI BWST SUCTION) are CLOSED

RCS pressure is 1700 psig as read on ICCM indication

IHP-410 (IHP-26 BYPASS) was inadvertently opened and remains open

IHP-120 (RC VOLUME CONTROL) is closed

ILP-16 (18 LPI TO HPI & RBS) FAILED CLOSED

Which one of the following sets of flowrates meets acceptable HPI flow for the above

conditions? (Assume zero seal injection flow)

A. " A HPI HDR Flow

270 gpm

"B" HPI HDR Flow

165 gpm

" A Crossover Flow

200 gpm

" B Crossover Flow

0

gpm

RCS Makeup Flow

0

gPm

B. " A HPI HDR Flow

" B HPI HDR Flow

379 gpm

374 gpm

"A" Crossover Flow

0

9Pm

" 6

Crossover Flow

0

gPm

RCS Makeup Flow

30 9Pm

440 gpm

"E" HPI HDR Flow

0 gpm

"A Crossover Flow

0

gpm

"B" Crossover Flow

317 gpm

RCS Makeup Flow

30 gpm

C. " A HPI HDR Flow

D.' " A HPI HDR Flow

140 gpm

"E" HPI HDR Flow

360 gpm

" A Crossover Flow

245 gpm

"B" Crossover Flow

0

gpm

RCS Makeup Flow

0

gpm

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

4

A.

INCORRECT: total HPI flow is less than 750 gpm (635) but the flow from the "C" HPIP

is less than 170 gpm. Encl 5.12 closed the HPIP minimum recirc valves (completion of

enc1.5.37) so the pump must have at least 170 gpm flow.

8.

INCORRECT: flow is limited to less than 750 gpm total HPI flow with only one LPI/HPI

header operable when suction is from the RBES. The 30 gpm flow that shows on RCS Makeup

flow should not be indicated as HP-120 is closed (possible leak flow due to seismic damage)

C.

INCORRECT: total HPI flow is 757 gpm (plus the 30 gpm possible damage flow)

D.

CORRECT: total HPI flow is 745 gpm.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D E D B B D D D D C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

I

Keyword:

SELOCA

Cog level:

CIA 3.313.4

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthoriReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednpay, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

5

5. 000009EK101 001/1/I/SBLOCA/C/A 4.2/4.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

A small break LOCA has occurred. Plant conditions are as follows:

- RCPs have been tripped due to a loss of subcooling margin.

- Primary to secondary heat transfer has been lost.

- RCPs are to be bumped.

Which one of the following is the advantage of bumping an RCP in the loop with the highest

hot leg level?

A.' to improve the chances of recoupling and establish natural circulation.

B. to allow more HPI flow to enter and refill the RCS.

C. to increase RCS pressure and allow RCS level to recover.

D. to reduce of the water hammer induced in the RCS piping and establish natural circulation.

Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-EAP-E22, pg 20 Obj. R14 based on 1992/01/20 bank question

A. Correct Answer

B. Incorrect. This will increase pressure and decrease HPI flow

C. Incorrect. RC Pump bumps are no longer used to collapse voids due to the reactivity

concerns associated with sweeping the voids through the core.

D. While this will help establish natural circulation, water hammer is not the reason for the

bumping.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C A B A D A C B A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

I

Group:

1

Keyword:

SBLOCA

Cog level:

C/A 4.2/4.7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

Author/Reviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

6

6. 00001 IEKI .O1 OOI/I/l/NATURAL CIRCICIA 4.1/4.4/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA

The following plant conditions exist:

RCS Leak = 200 gpm

RCPs unavailable

Reflux boiling is occurring

Which one of the following describes the method of post cooldown long term decay heat

removal provided by the EOPs ?

A.# Initiate Natural Circulation Cooldown and ensure one LPI train in High Pressure Mode and

one LPI train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.

6. Initiate Natural Circulation Cooldown and ensure one LPI train in series Mode and one LPI

train in ECCS alignment with suction from the RBES.

C. Start one RCP and ensure one LPI train in High Pressure Mode and one LPI train in ECCS

alignment with suction from the RBES.

D. Start one RCP and ensure one LPI train in series Mode and one LPI train in ECCS

alignment with suction from the RBES.

Based on Bank Question 204

EAP130701

A.

Pressure Mode while leaving the other in its ECCS alignment with suction on the RBES.

B.

Incorrect. Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. One train remains

aligned to the RBES to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break.

C. Actions are correct except an RCP is not used

D. Series mode would require use of both LPI Coolers. One train remains aligned to the RBES

to provide for replacement of water lost out of the break. and an RCP is not used.

Correct. The LOCA Cooldown section of the EOP will align on LPI train in the High

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C B A D C A C D B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

I

Keyword:

NATURAL ClRC

Cog level:

CIA 4.114.4

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wedn$sclay, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

7

7. 000015/017AA2.10 OOI/I/I/RCP/C/A 3.7/3.7lNEW/OC03301/R/LSM?RFA

Unit 3 is operating at 100 YO power.

You observe the following temperatures slowly rising on the 3A RCP.

Upper oil cooler

Motor stator coolers

Lower oil pot

All other temperatures and vibration reading do not significantly change.

Assume no operator actions. Which one of the following has caused the RCP temperature to

increase, and what actions will you take?

A. Loss of Seal Injection to the 3A pump and secure the RCP.

B. Letdown has Isolated and trip the reactor.

C.'

Loss of LPSW to the 3A pump and secure the RCP.

D. Loss of CCW to the 3A pump and trip the reactor.

REACTOR COOLANT PUMP MOTOR (PNS-CPM) LESSON PLAN

PNS-CPMrl 1 a

C.

LPSW provides cooling to:

1.

Upper oil cooler

2.

Motor stator coolers

3.

Lower oil pot

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C A C A C D A D C D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

RCP

Cog level:

CIA 3.713.7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSM?RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

8

8. 000022AK1.03 001/1/1/LOSS OF RC MAKEUPiCiA 3.0/3.4/BANK 2003/0C03301/R/LSMIRFA

I

1

Unit 1 plant conditions:

Reactor power = 100%

A leak occurs on the "1A HPI Injection header

1 RIA-32 is in alarm

1B HPI pump is available

i

Which one of the following describes how the Pressurizer level will be procedurally controlled

while in this condition?

By adjusting:

A,' letdown flow and starting 1B HPlP with flow through IHP-409 (1 HP-27 Bypass).

6. letdown flow and starting 1B HPlP with flow through IHP-410 (1 HP-26 Bypass).

C. seal injection flow and starting I C HPlP with flow through 1 HP-409 (1 HP-27 Bypass).

D. seal injection flow and starting I C HPlP with flow through IHP-410 (1 HP-26 Bypass).

Answer 142

A

A.

4.146 which instructs the operator to adjust letdown and throttle 1 HP-409 to makeup to the

RCS.

B.

1A injection header.

Correct- Step 4.140 has the operator ensure 1B HPI pump is operating and go to step

Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and IHP-410 is not used since the leak is on the

C.

pump is available.

D.

pump is available. IHP-410 will not be used since the leak is on the 1A injection header.

Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and the 1 C pump will not be used since 1 B HPI

Incorrect- Seal injection is not adjusted and the I C pump will not be used since 18 HPI

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D B E C B B C B C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

I

Group:

1

Keyword:

LOSS OF RC MAKEUP

Cog level:

CIA 3.0/3.4

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

Author/Reviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

.. .

.

..

..

..

.

9

9. 000025 AK3.01 OOl/I/l/LOSS OF RHR/C/A 3.113.4/BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Time = 0200

A Turbine Building Flood is in progress

The reactor was manually tripped

Main and Emergency FDW is unavailable

The SSF and Station ASW is unavailable

CURRENT CONDITIONS:

Time = 0400

HPI Forced Cooling is in progress per Rule 4 (Initiation of HPI Forced Cooling)

The TSC desires to throttle HPI for long term DHR

Which one of the following is correct?

A. Throttle HPI in both headers to 100 gpm/header.

B. Throttle HPI in both headers to maintain ALL SCMs

c.' Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm.

D. Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to maintain ALL SCMs > 0 F.

bank 267

0 F.

Attachment: Page 27 of 29 of TBF

A.

B.

C.

curve.

D.

curve. SCM may be lost.

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C C B B C D C D D D

Incorrect, one HPI header is isolated.

Incorrect, one HPI header is isolated.

Correct, Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm per

Incorrect, Isolate flow in one HPI header and throttle remaining header to 200 gpm per

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

I

Keyword:

LOSS OF RHR

Cog level:

CIA 3.113.4

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer:

LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

10

10. 000026 GEN 2.4.24 001/1/IlCCW/C/A 3.3/3.7/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA

Unit 2 is operating at 11 % power, when the Standby CC pump auto starts.

Total CC flow is 575 gpm and is slowly decreasing.

1 HP-5 closes.

All RCP seal return valves remain open.

CRD Stator Temperatures are - 155F.

Which one of the following are required Immediate Manual Actions?

A. Enter APIlIAI17001020

Do NOT Trip the Reactor

STOP ALL RCPs

Initiate AP/25

B. Enter AP/25

Trip the Reactor

Stop all RCPs

Enter APll/A/1700/20

c.# Enter AP/I/A/1700/020

Do NOT Trip the Reactor

Do NOT stop all RCPs

Do NOT Initiate AP/25

D. Enter AP/l/AII 700/020

Trip the Reactor

Do NOT stop all RCPs

Do NOT Initiate AP/25

3.1 -

IAAT both ofthe following are lost:

RCP seal injection

THEN perform the following:

A. -Trip Rx.

B. -

Stop all RCPs.

C. -Initiate

AP/25 (SSF EOP).

NOTE

If CRD stator cooling is lost, stator temperatures will reach 180 ... F in 4 minutes.

3.2 -

IAAT at least two CRD stator temperatures greater than180 ... F,

THEN trip Rx.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C C A A A A D C C D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword

ccw

Cog level:

C/A 3.313.7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OCO3301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer:

LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:19 PM

. .

. . . .. ..

.

.

.

..

..

.

, .

. I 1

1 1. 000027 GEN 2.1.12 00111/I/TECH SPECICIA 2.9/4.0/M/OC0330llSlLSMlRFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

A Unit shutdown was performed following a sudden pressurizer level drop.

LPI Cooler Outlet temperature = 175" F.

RCS Low Range Cooldown pressure = 250 psig.

Pressurizer level = 120 inches.

All RCP's are off.

NO outstanding prior Technical Specification CONDITIONS at this time.

Investigations indicate that the level drop may have been due to a pressurizer level instrument

malfunction. The OSM has requested that you consider the possibility of increasing

pressurizer level to 260 inches to facilitate trouble shooting the instrument.

Which one of the following is correct?

A. Pressurizer level can be increased to 260" with no additional requirements because the

PORV is operable.

B. Pressurizer level can be increased to 2 6 0 because an LTOP operator is already

established.

C.' Pressurizer level can be increased to 2 6 0 if an LTOP operator is established.

D. Technical Specifications will not allow pressurizer level > 220" at this time.

Answer 125

REFERENCE ALLOWED - 1108101 LR CD curve and LTOP logic diagram

A. Incorrect. Although the PORV is operable, adrnin controls require pressurizer level <220"

unless an LTOP operator is established.

6. Incorrect. Since the unit is in NO Tech Spec conditions, an LTOP operator is not already

established.

C. Correct. An LTOP operator is allowed to replace any of the admin controls in Train 2 of

LTOP (see TS 3.4.12 bases).

D. Incorrect See above.

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C A C D A A D A A D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword

TECH SPEC

Cog level:

CIA 2.914.0

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

. .

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

12

12. 000027AK1.01 001/l/I/PRESSURIZER/M 3.l/3.4/M/OC0330I/R/LSM/RFA

I

I

I

Which one of the following is correct, following a failure of the Channel " A Pressurizer

Temperature RTD to a minimum value?

I

PZR Level #I

will

, PZR Saturation Pressure will

A. increase / increase

BY decrease / decrease

C. increase / decrease

D. decrease / increase

~

Answer 409

B

A. Incorrect, failed RTD provides 0 output => low temperature indication. Loss of temp

compensation will decrease indicated level. Indicated temp decreases to the saturation

program and this will decrease the saturated pressure for

that temperature.

B. Correct, The RTD fails LOW; decreasing both operator indications.

C. Incorrect, same as A for PZR level

D. Incorrect ,same as A for Sat temperature

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B D A C C D D D B C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

PRESSURIZER

Cog level:

M 3.113.4

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:19 PM

13

13. 000028AA2.01 001/1/2/PZR/C/A 3.4/3.6/M 1992/01/20/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA

The reactor is operating normally at 100% power with Pressurizer Level Instrument # I selectc

for control.

Which one of the following describes the resulting plant conditions when a "Data Link Failure"

is indicated on ICCM Train "A"?

A.' PZR level goes to zero, HP-120 fully opens, and PZR level HighlLow statalarms actuate.

B. PZR level goes full scale, HP-120 fully closes, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are

inoperable.

c. SASS selects the alternate PZR level signal, HP-120 throttles as demanded by the good

level signal, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are inoperable.

D. SASS selects the alternate PZR level signal, HP-120 throttles as demanded by the good

level signal, and PZR level High/Low statalarms are operable.

OP-OC-PNS-PZR

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A C C C A C D C B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

I

Group:

2

Keyword

PZR

Cog level:

C/A 3.4/3.6

Source:

M 1992/01/20

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthoriReviewer:

LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

. .

14

14. 000028AK1.01 001/1/2/PZRIC/A 2.813. I/M 1992/01/20/OC03301/~LR/LSM/RFA

Plant conditions on Unit 2 are as follows:

- Reactor trip from 100% power.

- Loss of pressurizer level control has occurred.

- Pressurizer level is 398 inches slowly increasing on all indicators.

- RCS pressure is stable.

Which one of the following describes the response of RCS pressure and the reason for this

response when PZR level increases to full scale?

A,' RCS pressure remains stable because the PZR level instrument reference leg does NOT

tap off the true top of the PZR

6. RCS pressure remains stable because the PZR level instrument variable leg does NOT tap

off the true bottom of the PZR

C. RCS pressure rapidly increases because the PZR level instrument reference leg taps off

the true top of the PZR

D. RCS pressure rapidly increases because the PZR level instrument variable leg taps off the

Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-PNS-PZR

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A A D C C B B D B

true bottom of the PZR

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword

PZR

Cog level:

CIA 2N3.1

Source:

M 1992101120

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

Author/Reviewer:

LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

15

15. 000029EA2.09 001/llIIATWS/ClA 4.4/4.5NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA

Which one of the following describes the procedural bases for limiting OTSG

levels to less than 85% Operating Range during an ATWS event from 100% power?

A.'

Main FDW pumps would trip on high SG level, resulting in the inability of FDW to match

power production.

B. The steam lines would be filled with water resulting in MS line failure

c. The steam generator shell would be filled solid resulting in an excessive primary cooldown.

D. Excessive negative reactivity would be added, due to the increase in heat transfer, causing

a power excursion.

OP-OC-EAP-E26,

MCS Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D B C C A B B D B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

ATWS

Cog level:

CIA 4.414.5

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

16

16. 000029EK3.12 001/1/1/ATWSlM 4.4/4.8R\\TEWIOC0330I/R/LSM/RFA

1

Which one of the following is the reason that EP/3/A/1800/01 Section 506, Unanticipated

Nuclear Power Production, directs operators to trip the main turbine if it has not already

tripped?

A. prevent the chance of an overcooling event adding additional reactivity to the core.

B.' allow heatup of the RCS enabling moderator temperature and doppler coefficients to

reduce reactor power.

C. prevent motorizing the main generator.

D. prevent the loss of pressurizer level due to AMSAC activation.

OP-OC-EAP-E26

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B A D B C A C B A A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword

ATWS

Cog level:

M 4.414.8

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer:

LSMIRFA

Wednbsday. May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

17

17. 000033AA2.1 I 001/1/2/1NTERMEDIATE RANGEIM 3.1/3.4/BANK 1990/07/06/0C03301/R/LSM/RFA

Which one of the following describes the effect of a loss of compensating voltage on the

Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation indication?

Results in:

A. a higher gamma induced current from the inner chamber.

BY an indicated neutron level higher than actual.

c. a greater indicated startup rate.

D. a decrease in the amount of overlap between nuclear instruments.

Oconee: Lesson Plan, "Nuclear Instrumentation,

OP-OC-IC-NI,

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B D D C A C A A D D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword

INTERMEDIATE RANGE

Cog level:

M 3.1/3.4

Source:

BANK 1990/07/06

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

18

18. 000038EAl .I9 OOl/l/l/SGTR/C/A 3.4/3.4~EWIOC03301/R/LSM/RFA

The following plant conditions exist:

o A tube rupture is in progress in OTSG "A".

o RCS pressure is 1700 psig.

o RCS temperature is 540 degrees F.

o OTSG " A operating range level is 89% (-280 inches XSUR).

o The operator is steaming OTSG " A and OTSG "B".

o All RCPs are tripped.

Which one of the following is the reason for increasing the steaming rate for OTSG " A ?

A.' To prevent a trip of the MFDW pumps.

B. To maintain a 100 degrees F. per hour RCS cooldown rate with BOTH OTSGs.

C. To prevent OTSG " A from filling and lifting a MSRV.

D. To maintain Tube-to-Shell delta T within 50 degrees F.

OP-OC-EAP-E24, EP/1/Al1800/01

MCS Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D D C B C D B D D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

SGTR

Cog level:

C/A 3.413.4

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

WednWay, May 07,2003 01 :39:20 PM

19

19. 000040AA2. I 001/1/1/EXCESSIVE HEAT TRANSICIA 3.1/4.2lNEW/OC03301/WLSM/RFA

The following plant conditions exist:

o Unit 1 reactor has tripped.

o Core subcooling margin indicates ZERO (0) degrees F

o "A" OTSG pressure is 800 psig and decreasing.

o " 6

OTSG pressure is stable.

o RCS Tc is 535 degrees F. and decreasing.

o RCS pressure is decreasing.

o Pressurizer level is ZERO (0) inches.

Which one of the following procedures should be used to mitigate these abnormal RCS

indications?

EP/2/,4/18001001 Attachment:

A. G, Steam Generator Tube Rupture.

B. I, Loss of Coolant Accident

C. E, Loss of heat Transfer

D.' F, Excessive Heat Transfer

Oconee Procedure Index

(0 Core subcooling margin indicates ZERO (0) degrees F.). This bullet implies that the

instrument is failed based on other indications.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D C D D A B C C C D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

I

Group:

I

Keyword:

EXCESSIVE HEAT TRANS

Cog level:

C/A 3.114.2

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

20

20. 000051AA2.02 001/1/2/COND VACUUMICIA 3.914.1lBANK 2003lOCO33Ol/S/LSM/RFA

Unit 1 conditions:

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Reactor power = 20%

Unit startup in progress

All RCPs operating

CURRENT CONDITIONS:

Reactor tripped

Reactor power = 1 YO and decreasing

RCS pressure = 1850 psig and deceasin

Condenser vacuum = 19 inches and dec

1A2 RCP tripped

asing

Which one of the following is the cause of the reactor trip?

A. Low RCS pressure.

B. Power to flow imbalance.

C. Main turbine anticipatory trip.

D.' Loss of feedwater anticipatory trip.

Answer 423

D

A. Incorrect - RCS pressure > 1810 psig.

B. Incorrect - Rx power c min. flux/flow/imb trip setpoint.

C. Incorrect - Rx power c 27.75% and decreasing, turb. anticipatory trip

bypassed.

D. Correct - Operating MFDWP tripped on low vacuum.

I

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D C C B B A A A C C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword:

COND VACUUM

Cog level:

CIA 3.914.1

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday. May 07, 2003 0.1:39:20 PM

21

21 . 000054AK3.03 001/1/I/FEEDWATER/M 3.8/4.1/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

Procedure AP/O/A/1700/19, " Loss of Main Feedwater ", requires that FDW-315 and 316

controllers [EFW control valves] have their manual loader output matched with the automatic

output AND placed in MANUAL prior to resetting a Main Feedwater Pump.

Which one of the following is the reason that this action is necessary prior to resetting a main

FDWP?

A.' FDW 315/316 automatically close when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers are in

"AUTO.

6. the main FDWP is interlocked and will not restart if FDW 313316 controllers are in

"AUTO".

C. the main FDWP is interlocked and will not restart. FDW 315/316 automatically go to full

open.

D. FDW 3151316 automatically go to full open when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers

are in "AUTO".

Based on material in a question asked in 1990/07/06

a. WHY is this action necessary prior to resetting a main FDWP? [I

.O]

a. FDW 315/316 automatically close when a main FDWP is reset if their controllers are in

"AUTO"

b. WHAT undesirable consequence(s) is this requirement protecting against?

Oconee: EP/O/A/1700/14; OP-OC-SPS-SY-EF, pp. 66 and 68, L.O. 4.n.

3.5/3.7

b. Loss of feedwater injection to the SIG's.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A B D C B D A A A D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

FEEDWATER

Cog level:

M 3.814.1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA

Wedn?sday. May 07,2003 01 :39:20

PM

22

22. 000055EA2.01 001~1lliBLACKOUT/ClA 3.4/3.7~EW/OC03301lS/LSMRFA

I

1

Following a station blackout, the crew enters AP/I/A/I 700/11.

AP/1/A/l700/11 the Turbine Bypass Valves cycle on and off. Which one of the follow has

caused this to occur?

Shortly after entry in to

A. Condenser Hotwell Level cycling at the High setpoint.

B.'

Low CCW flow as a result of gravity flow only

C. Main Steam Relief Valves unable to relieve OTSG Pressure.

D. Oscillating RCS Pressure and Natural Circulation due to cycling of the PORV.

Solution - B

Low gravity flow caused by the loss of valve position and control of the CCW system which

results in a lowering of condenser vacuum, which has in turn caused the Turbine Bypass

Valves to cycle on and off.

Reference -

Following a station blackout AP/I/A/1700/11 informs the operator that the Turbine Bypass

Valves may cycle on and off at the 7 inch Hg condenser vacuum low limit. Low CCW flow as a

result of gravity flow only.

Oconee AP-11

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B A C D D C D B D C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

oco3301

Keyword:

BLACKOUT

Cog level:

CIA 3.413.7

Test:

S

AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

23

23. 000056A2.47 001/1/1/LOSP/M 3.8/3.9/BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

I

Unit 1 plant conditions:

A LOCA has decreased RCS pressure to 1500 psig.

A loss of power has caused both Keowee Units to emergency start.

MFBs have been re-energized through CT-4.

Which one of the following sets of actions is required to reset the load shed signals?

The operator must:

A. reset "ES Channels 1 & 2" and secure both Keowee Units.

B. energize the startup source and push the load shed reset pushbuttons.

C.'

depress "Manual" on the Load Shed ES modules and simultaneously depress the reset

push buttons for the MFB monitor panels load shed circuit.

D. restore an offsite power source to the 230 KV "Yellow Bus" and reset both the Keowee

Emergency Start signals in Unit 1 and 2 control room.

I

bank 327

A. Incorrect, securing Keowee units not required

B. Incorrect, no loadshed reset buttons. There are Keowee reset buttons

C. Correct, depress "Manual" on the Load Shed ES modules and simultaneously depress reset

push buttons for MFB monitor panels load shed circuit.

D. Incorrect, will not reset loadshed

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C B A A B A D B D D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword

LOSP

Cog level:

M 3N3.9

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:20 PM

24

24. 000057 GEN 2.1.8 001/1/1IINSTRUMENTICiA 3.714.4n\\lEWiOC0330IISILSMIRFA

Vital inverter 3DIA tripped. The repairs are complete and it is ready to be returned to service.

Currently, regulated AC power from Panelboard 3KRA is supplying the load.

DC power to the inverter has been isolated.

RPS Channel testing is also due during your shift.

You have been instructed to restart the Vital Bus Inverters.

You have just directed the closure of breaker #33 on the 3DIA DC Panelboard.

The RO pressed the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton.

The PRECHARGE Light illuminates.

Which one of the following actions should be directed next?

Close the:

A. AC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the input filter capacitors discharge.

6. DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the input filter capacitors discharge

c. AC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to

120 Volts.

D.'

DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify that the INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to

120 Volts.

op/3/a/l107/004

2.2 Press the PRECHARGE SWITCH pushbutton until the PRECHARGE Light comes on.

2.3 Close the DC INPUT circuit breaker and verify INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter increases to

120 Volts.

2.4 Close the INVERTER OUTPUT circuit breaker.

2.5 Verify the IN SYNC light is on.

2.6 Position the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH to the "NORMAL SOURCE" position.

2.7 Verify the following indications:

. INVERTER OUTPUT volt meter )) 120 Volts.

. Inverter Output frequency meter )) 60 Hz.

. INVERTER OUTPUT amp meter increases and stabilizes to match SYSTEM

OUTPUT amp meter.

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D R D D C B B D D B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

I

Group:

1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

oco3301

Keyword

INSTRUMENT

Cog level:

CIA 3.714.4

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:20 PM

25

25. 000057AA106 001/1/11LOSS OF AC POWEWM 3.513.5lBANK 1991107/24/0C033OI/R/LSM/RFA

Which one of the following actions are to be performed from the Auxiliary Shutdown Panel

upon a loss of 1KI bus per AP/I/A/1700/23, "Loss of IKI Bus"?

A. Bypass Turbine Stop Valve controls.

B. Control RCS volume with HP-120 (RC Volume Control).

C.'

Control RCS pressure with Pressurizer Heater Bank Two.

D. Bypass 1KI Inverter.

AP/1/A/1700/23

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C C A B A C A D A D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

I

Keyword:

LOSS OF AC POWER

Cog level:

M 3.513.5

Source:

BANK 1991107124

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA

WedWsday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

. .

26

26. 000058AA2.03 001/1/11DC POWERICIA 3.5l3.9lMIOCO33O1/SlLSMlRFA

Plant conditions:

1015 on 04/30/01 the "125 VDC Ground Trouble" stat alarm was received.

1215 on 04/30/01 bus to ground voltage measurements were taken.

1415 on 04/30/01 The Units' DC systems were separated using OP/O/A/1107/08,

1730 on 04/30/01 the ground has been determined to exist on Unit 2

Ground magnitude = 2.8V (-525 Ohms).

Isolation of DC Systems Between Units after gaining OSM concurrence.

Which one of the following is correct?

A. The ground detector is inoperable on Unit 1,2, & 3.

6. Both Unit 2 and Unit 3 DC systems are functional, but not operable.

c:' Unit 2 is required to initiate efforts to locate the ground by 1015 on 05/02/01

D. Unit 3 is required to measure ground and bus voltage by 0215 on 05/01/01

A.

taken prior to the separation of the buses. A ground locating effort located the ground on Unit 2

so the ground detector is operable because a hard ground existed.

B.

C.

to locate the ground be initiated 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> from the receipt of the continuous ground alarm.

D.

Incorrect. Unit 3 is required to measure ground and bus voltage by 0300 on 05/01/01. This is

the 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> allowed by condition B with the continuous ground alarm present.

Incorrect- The ground detector is operable on unit 1. Buses to ground voltages were

Incorrect- the TS definition of functional does not apply in this case.

Correct- With the magnitude of the ground at 2.8 volts, condition D requires that efforts

MCS Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C C D C C A A C A B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword

DC POWER

Cog level:

CIA 3.513.9

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA

Weddesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

27

27. 000059AK3.01 001i112iRAD RELEASEIM 2.712.8MEWiOCO33011RLSM1RFA

Both a GWR and an LWR are in progress. IRIA-35 has just alarmed.

Which one of the following are your rewired actions?

A. Terminate both the GWR and LWR.

B. Terminate the GWR only.

C.' Terminate the LWR only.

D. Continue both releases until a confirmatory sample indicates the alarm is valid.

Per AP/l/A/1700/018 Section 4C

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C DB D C A A C B C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

I

Group:

2

M 2.712.8

Keyword:

RAD RELEASE

Cog level:

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

28

Which one of the following Radiation Monitors is potentially unreliable under accident

conditions?

A. RIA- 4, Reactor Building Hatch Area Radiation Monitor.

B. RIA-56, High Range Stack Radiation Monitor.

C. RIA-57, High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.

D. RIA-58, High Range Containment Radiation Monitor.

-

Wedn$sday. May07,2003 01:39:21 PM

29

29. 000062AA1.07 001/1/l/SERV1CE WATEWCIA 2.9/3.O/NEW/OC03301/WLSM/RFA

During a walkdown of the fire headers you are informed that the 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E'

Turbine Room Tie) has been found in the failed open position.

Which one of the following is the consequence, if any, of this failure?

A. All "M" header systems inoperable.

B:' All " M header systems are operable.

C. The fire header is capable of supplying Unit 3 fire loads only.

D. EWST level indication cannot accurately be determined.

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

30

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

Oconee Nuclear Station OP/ O M 1 104/011

Revision No.

059

High Pressure Service Water

1. Purpose

To describe proper method for operating HPSW System for Unit 1, 2, and Unit 3.

2. Limits And Precautions

2.1 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E' Turbine Room Tie) should remain open.

- Closing this valve will make all "M" header systems inoperable.

Line Hdr. at Unit #3) cannot supply all "M" header loads.

2.2 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E' Turbine Room Tie) should remain open.

as 2HPSW-14 and 3HPSW-453 are open.

2.3 With both 2HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'B' Turbine Room Tie) and 3HPSW-14 (Fire Hdr. 'E'

Turbine Room Tie) closed, all isolated sprinklers and hose stations will be inoperable.

{6: Plant Sign}

Turbine Room Tie) is closed.

  • Contact System Engineer to determine header operability if any question arises.

2.4 Control Room EWST level indication is not accurate at very low levels.

  • At zero feet indicated level, there is still approximately 13' left in tank.

work, maintenance should be informed to pump remaining water from EWST as per

MP/O/B/1800/121 (ELEVATED WATER STORAGE TANK CIVIL

INSPECTION).{4}

2.5 HPSW Pumps A & B have a minimum flow requirement of 1450 gpm.

2.6 Normal system leakage is approximately 200 gpm.

2.7 If altitude valve closes while an HPSW pump is still running, pump will be deadheaded.

OP/O/A/I 104/011

Page 3 of 6

2.8 During normal operation, deadheading is prevented by automatic controls that stop

HPSW pumps upon full level in EWST (approximately 90,000 gallons), before altitude

valve closes. {3} {7: Plant sign}

2.9 Do not operate an HPSW pump with altitude valve isolated, unless provisions have been

made to ensure pump will not be operated below its minimum flow. {3}

2.10 The BASE HPSW Pump starts at 70,000 Gal. EWST Level, the STBY HPSW Pump

starts at 60,000 Gal. EWST Level, at 90,000 Gal. A & B HPSW Pumps will STOP.

(7: Plant sign}

2.1 1 Whenever an HPSW pump starts, operators should ensure that it automatically stops

when EWST is full (approximately 90,000 gallons). {3} {7: Plant sign}

2.12 SLC 16.9.7 Bases assumes the " A HPSW Pump is in STDBY and the "B" HPSW Pump

is in BASE. If required to place the HPSW pumps in any other configuration refer to

appropriate enclosure. {5}

2.13 HPSW Pump(s) can operate with the Altitude Valve closed and no additional system

flow for = 15 minutes.

NOTE: Starting duty recommendations are to extend the life of the motor however, they may be

exceeded during an emergency.

Due to piping size and length, 3HPSW-453 (ABE F1 Fire Prot. Hdr. Sup. from 'M'

With 3HPSW-14 closed, all other "M" line header loads are operable, as long

If EWST is isolated for repair or inspection inside tank, prior to releasing red tags for

Wednbsday. May 07,2003

@1:39:21 PM

31

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B A C A C A B C C C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

I

Group:

1

Keyword:

SERVICE WATER

Cog level:

CIA 2.913.0

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

32

30. 000067 GEN 2.4.27 001/1/2/FIRE/M 3.0/3.5/NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA

I

A fire near the control room door has rendered the control room unsafe. The decision has

been made to enter AP/l/A11700/08, Loss of Control Room. Which one of the following

actions are taken before transitioning out of AP/l/A/I 700/08?

1

i

A," Dispatch an operator to locally close 1-FDW-315.

B. Dispatch an operator to locally open 1-HP-24.

C. V e r i f y m Keowee Units emergency started.

D. Verify at least one Keowee Unit emergency started.

AP/l/A!I 700/008

A. Correct

B. & C . Actions taken only if the control room is abandoned for reasons other than fire.

D. This is not an action taken in AP/'l/A/1700/008

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A A % C % A C D C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword:

FIRE

Cog level:

M 3.013.5

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

33

31 . 000067AK3.04 001/112/PLANT FIREIM 3.314. IIBANK 2003lOC03301/R/LSM/RFA

The following conditions exist:

A fire occurred that destroyed equipment, normal power supplies, controls, and cabling.

Pumps required for plant shutdown cannot be operated from their normal power supply.

Which one of the following is correct?

I&E will align power to required Appendix R pumps from:

A. CT-5 through the Appendix R Switchgear.

B. CT-5 through motor starters on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.

C. CT-4 through the Appendix R Switchgear.

D. CT-4 through motor starters on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.

I

Bank 238

A Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee

underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.

B Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee

underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.

C Correct. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee

underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear.

D Incorrect. Power to Appendix R Pumps and controls is supplied via CT-4 (Keowee

underground feeder) through the Appendix R Switchgear. Power is not through motor starters

on the back of the Appendix R Portable Valve Control Panel.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D B D C C A A B A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword:

PLANT FIRE

Cog level:

M 3.314.1

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA

1

J

Wednesday, May07,2003

01:39:21 PM

34

32. 001A2.13 00112/2/CRD/C/A 4.4/4.6fl\\lEW/OC0330l/S/LSM/RFA

The following conditions exist for unit 1:

AMSAClDSS Ch 1 AND Ch 2 enabled.

"Sy Max" Programmable Controllers 'Run' lights On and 'Halt' lights Off for Ch 1 8. Ch 2.

Which one of the following is correct per SLC 16.7.2?

A. At 2450 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal constitutes

B.' At 2450 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal does NOT constitute

inoperability of the DSS system.

inoperability of the DSS system.

C. At 1900 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal constitutes

inoperability of the DSS system.

D. At 1900 psig, the inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal does NOT constitute

inoperability of the DSS system.

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

, .

.

. . .

. ..

,

.

35

C.

rods in Groups 5,6&7 and any rods that are on the Aux. Power Supply AND raises the Turbine

Bypass Valve setpoint WHEN RCS pressure reaches 2450 psig.

Diverse Scram System - The system is designed to automatically drop the control

1.

critical (Mode 1 and Mode 2, when Keff 1 .O)

a)

the NRC within the next 30 days.

b)

Surveillance

1)

2)

every refueling outage. (18 months)

2.

PT/600/1 Periodic Instrument Surveillance

a)

Guidance for Normal Status

1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

b)

1)

2)

3)

4)

inoperability of DSS system. This is governed by SLC 16.7.2, Anticipated Transients Without

Scram.

5)

AMSAC/DSS channels.

(Obj. R21,22,23) Selected Licensee Commitment 16.7.2 - applies when the reactor is

If one or both channels is inoperable, restore to service within 7 days or file a report to

Perform channel Logic Test at least once every 184 days.

Perform complete DSS Actuation Test from input sensors through output relays at least

DSS not actuated (statalarms & computer alarms)

AMSAClDSS Ch 1&2 not bypassed (comp. alarms and lights on UBI)

AMSAC/DSS Enabled (light on UBI)

AMSAC/DSS UPS Ch 1&2 Normal (Uninterruptible Power Supply) Computer points

"Sy Max" Programmable Controllers Ch 1&2 'Run' lights On AND 'Halt' lights Off.

(Obj. R20) Guidance for determining operability.

Surveillance requirements met (SLC 16.7.2).

AMSACDSS Ch 1 AND Ch 2 enabled.

All AMSAC/DSS circuitry functional and properly calibrated.

"Sy Max" Programmable Controllers 'Run' lights On and 'Halt' lights Off for Ch 1 & Ch 2

NOTE: Inability of control rods to respond to a DSS signal doesn't constitute

If any channel is inoperable or generates an invalid trip signal, bypass BOTH

If the reactor is critical, declare system inoperable and take appropriate actions.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B B B A B A C C A D

Scramble Range: A ~ D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword:

CRD

Cog level:

CIA 4.414.6

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3921 PM

36

33. 003 K5.04 001/2/1/RCP/M 3.1/3.5R\\[EW/OC03301/RiLSM/RFA

Unit 2 is implementing OP/l/A/11102/10. During 2/0 RCP operation, an RCP is stopped and

then later returned to service. Which one of the following is the reason for this action?

A.' To allow a more rapid cooldown to place DHR in service sooner.

6. To allow an electrical train to be taken out of service.

C. To minimize the possibility of inadvertent power increases.

D. To allow the RHR trains to be cross connected.

PIP 0-2-1374

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D D B B C D B C C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

RCP

Cog level:

M 3.113.5

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 0.1:39:21 PM

.. . .

. .. . .

. ..

..

..

.

37

34. 003A3.02 001/2/l/RCP MOTOWM 2.6/2.5fl\\lEWIOC0330l&ULSM/RFA

The transducers that are fe$d (from the voltage and current) from the three phases of the RC

Pump Switchgear read as follows:

RCP 1Al - 18 mv

RCP 1A2 - 15 mv

RCPIBI -16mv

RCP 1B2 - 16 mv

Which one of the following describe the required manual action or the expected automatic

actions?

A. 1Al should be tripped manually.

B. 1Al should trip automatically.

C. 1B1 and 182 should trip automatically.

D.' There are no required manual or automatic actions.

pns-cpmrl l a

Voltage and current from the three phases of the RC Pump Switchgear feed a transducer. At

100% power, the output from this transducer results in an 18 millivolt signal. If this signal drops

to 25% below the 18 millivolts, a signal is sent to Reactor Protective System that the RC Pump

is tripped (there is one RC Pump Power Monitor for each of the 4 RCPs).

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D B B B C D D B B D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

RCP MOTOR

Cog level:

M 2.6/2.5

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:21 PM

38

35. 004 GEN 2.4.1 1 00112/1lMAKEUP/C/A 2.5/4.0/MIOC03301/SlLSMmFA

You are the Senior Reactor Operator on Unit 1

Plant conditions:

The SSF has been activated.

The Reactor Coolant Makeup (RCMU) pump OVERRIDE switch has been positioned

to OVERRIDE.

The RCMU pump Suction valve (SF-82) fails closed.

You have dispatched an RO, in accordance with

supply Unit 1 RCP seal flow with the RCMU pump.

RCMU pump response to an attempted start?

, to the SSF to start the D/G and

Which one of the following describes the

The RCMU Pump:

A. will start and continue to run.

6. will start but will trip on lube oil pressure.

C. will start but will trip on low discharge flowrate.

D. interlock will prevent the pump from starting.

NEED PROCEDURE NUMBER FROM FACILITY

A. Correct The RCMU Pump will start regardless of Suction Valve position.

B. Incorrect. The Low Lube Oil Press trip is bypassed when Override is used.

C. Incorrect. The Low Discharge Flowrate trip is bypassed when Override is used.

D. Incorrect. The RCMU Pump will start regardless of Suction Valve position.

(Ref: NRC #081). The only interlock associated with the Override Switch is HP-398

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C A D A B B C D B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

MAKEUP

Cog level:

CIA 2.514.0

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:21 PM

39

36. 004K2.02 001121l1MUP1M 2.913.I/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

The AUTOlMANUAL Transfer switch associated with ACBs 5 & 716 & 8 is in AUTO.

Which one of the following would provide power to the makeup pump busses if the

Underground breaker is closed?

A.' CX transformer.

B. either the 1X or 2X 600V transformer.

C. the 1X 600V transformer only.

D. the 2X 600V Transformer only.

solution - a

this is the normal alignment

B.

Emergency Power

1.

the auxiliary switchgears are in a normal power alignment. The Normal Power alignment being

determined by the position of the Underground breaker. If the underground breaker is

CLOSED, then the Normal power is from CX transformer. If the underground breaker is OPEN,

then the Normal power is from the units respective 600V transformer (either 1X or 2X). During

a loss of power to a unit's 600V switchgear, a 6 second timer starts. If power is restored to the

Normal source within this 6 seconds, the timer resets and no breaker action occurs. When the

6 second timer times out, the Normal power supply breaker OPENS and a 30 second timer

starts. If power comes back to the Normal source during this 30 seconds, then the normal

breaker will CLOSE back in. If the 30 second timer times out, and there is power available on

the Alternate source, then the alternate breaker will close in. This breaker stays closed until

manually opened, unless this Alternate source loses power and the Normal source has

regained power. If this occurs, the alternate breaker opens after a six (6) second timer times

out. If this occurs and there is power available on the Normal source, then the normal breaker

closes in immediately. If all of these actions have occurred and the unit is back on its Normal

power source, then the timers are all reset and the transfer scheme is ready to begin again.

2.

With the transfer switch in MAN, no automatic transfers will occur. If power is lost to

either units 600V Auxiliary LC, manual action must be taken by the operator to restore power

per AP/O/A/2000/002, Keowee Hydro Station - Emergency Start.

If power is not restored to the 600V switchgears 1X &/or 2X, then two independent sets of

batteries will supply control power to operate the units. Operation in this mode is limited to " 1

hour.

With the AUTO/MANUAL Transfer switch associated with ACBs 5 &7/6 & 8 in AUTO,

MCS

Time:

1

Paints:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A 3 D C D C 3 A D C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

MUP

Cog level:

M 2.913.1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

40

37. 005K3.07 001/2/l/DHR/C/A

3.2/3.6/NEW/OC03301/FULSM/RFA

The following conditions exist on Unit 3:

The Reactor Vessel Head is removed.

The Fuel Transfer Canal is flooded.

There is a thunderstorm in the area when you receive the following alarms:

"LP DECAY HEAT LOOP A FLOW L O W statalarm (ISA-031A-8)

"LP DECAY HEAT LOOP B FLOW L O W statalarm (ISA-03/A-S)

"LP INJECTION PUMP A DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-Ol/C-12)

"LP INJECTION PUMP B DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIID-12)

"LP INJECTION PUMP C DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-Ol/E-12)

"LPI HDR 1A INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1310)

"LPI HDR 1B INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1311)

"LPSW HEADER N B PRESS L O W statalarm (ISA-OS/A-9)

"LPI COOLER 1A LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2124)

"LPI COOLER 1B LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2125).

Which one of the following describes what has happened?

A. Only one LPI pump has tripped.

6.

All LPI Pumps have tripped only.

C. all LPSW pumps have tripped only.

D.' There are no LPI or LPSW pumps currently running.

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

41

solution: C both an LPI and LPSW pump have tripped

1. Purpose

This case provides the necessary actions to mitigate a loss of decay heat removal with the

Reactor Vessel Head removed and the Fuel Transfer Canal (FTC) flooded. This case also

provides actions to take in the event of loss of water level in the FTC.

2. Symptoms

2.1 LPI pump(s) tripped:

9 "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP A FLOW LOW" statalarm (ISA-03lA-8)

P "LP DECAY HEAT LOOP B FLOW LOW" statalarm (ISA-03lA-9)

Q "LP INJECTION PUMP A DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OI/C-12)

9 "LP INJECTION PUMP B DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIID-12)

Q "LP INJECTION PUMP C DlFF PRESS LOW" statalarm (ISA-OIIE-12)

Q "LPI HDR 1A INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1310)

9 "LPI HDR 1B INJECTION FLOW" LO alarm (01A1311).

2.2 Loss of LPSW flow to cooler(s):

9

"LPSW HEADER AI6 PRESS LOW" statalarm (1SA-O9/A-9)

9 "LPI COOLER 1A LPSW FLOW LO alarm (OlA2124)

P "LPI COOLER 1B LPSW FLOW" LO alarm (OlA2125).

2.3 LPI temperature increasing:

9 "LP INJECTION PUMP SUCTION TEMP HIGH HEADER E W statalarm (lSA-03/B-8)

9 "LP INJECTION PUMP SUCTION TEMP HIGH HEADER E B E " statalarm (1SA-03/B-9)

P "LP DECAY HEAT EXCH TEMP HIGH statalarm (ISA-03/59)

Q "LPI COLD SHUTDOWN TEMP HIGH" statalarm (ISA-051E-IO)

Q "LPI DHR I RBES A SUCTION HDR TEMP" HI alarm (OlA1322)

9

"LPI RBES B SUCTION HDR TEMP HI alarm (OlA1323).

2.4 Loss of RCSlFTC inventory:

P "RB REACTOR BLDG. NORM SUMP LEVEL HIGH/LOW" statalarm (ISA-OS/A-6)

Q "SF SFP LEVEL HIGH/LOW" statalarm (1SA-09/A-5)

Q "SF POOL LEVEL" LO alarm (01 D1064)

Q Decreasing level in the Spent Fuel Pool

P Decreasing Level in the Fuel Transfer Canal

9 Decreasing Level in the Pressurizer

9 Increasing Level in RBNS

Q Water spilling in the Auxiliary Building

Q IRIA-3 (Fuel Transfer Canal Wall) alarm

P IRIA-6 (Spent Fuel Pool) alarm.

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D C A D B A B A B C

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

42

Tier:

2

Keyword:

DHR

Source:

NEW

Test:

R

Group:

1

Cog level:

CIA 3.213.6

Exam:

OC03301

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIWA

43

38. 006 GEN 2.1.7 00112111ECCSlClA 3.714.4lM 2003/OC03301/S/LSMlRFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

SB LOCA has occurred

EOP Enclosure 5.12, ECCS Suction Swap to RBES is in progress

ILP-19 & ILP-20 (IA &1B RX BLDG SUCTION) are OPEN

ILP-21 & ILP-22 (IA & 1B LPI BWST SUCTION) are OPEN

BWST level has STOPPED decreasing with continued HPI injection flow

Which one of the following is correct concerning the current BWST level trend?

A. The constant BWST level trend is not expected and LPI pump(s)must be secured to

prevent overheating.

B. The constant BWST level trend is not expected and LPI pump(s)must be secured to

prevent hydrogen gas binding.

Cy The constant BWST level trend is expected and LPI pump(s) suction flow is currently from

RBES only.

D. The constant BWST level trend is expected and LPI pump(s) suction flow is still from the

BWST but is below the flow instrument tap.

A.

Incorrect: suction is from the RBES, LPI pump operation may continue.

B.

Incorrect: 30 minutes is allowed while pumping against a shutoff head. This is not the

case (LPIIHPI piggyback is aligned). Suction is the concern and RBES is providing suction at

this time.

C.

Correct: with both RBES and BWST suction valves open and BWST level not

decreasing, then suction is from the RBES only. RB(P) could also be high causing flow to be

from the RBES

D.

BWST.

Question 167 EAP062301 EAP062301

Incorrect: With BWST level not decreasing ,this indicates no inventory being used from

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C A D A C B B C D B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

ECCS

Cog level:

CIA 3.714.4

Source:

M 2003

Exam:

oco3301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3922 PM

44

39. 006A4.05 001/2/1/ECCS/C/A 3.9/3.8R'IEW/OC03301/FULSM/RFA

You are performing EOP Enclosure 5.1. At step 13 you find that both BWST suction valves

(1 HP-24 and IHP-25) are closed.

You then perform the following step:

IF both BWST suction valves (IHP-24 and IHP-25) are closed,

THEN perform the following:

A.

Ensure the following are open:

1 LP-6

1 LP-7

1 LP-9

1 LP-10

ILP-15

1 LP-16

B.

C.

Start 1A or 1B LPI Pump.

Dispatch an operator to open IHP-363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block)

(Unit 1 LPI Hatch area).

Which one of the following describes what these steps have accomplished?

A. Cross tied the HPI and LPI pump suction.

6. Cross tied the HPI and LPI pump discharge.

c. aligned HPI system discharge to the LPI pump suction.

D.? aligned LPI system discharge to the HPI pump suction.

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

45

GO TO Step 13.

A.

the same actions as steps 10 through 13 below for HPI flow verification. Therefore the RNO

skips HPI verification.

E.

1.2

If RCS is saturated, Rule #2 will be performed as a higher priority. Rule #2 will perform

If RCS is subcooled, HPI verification will be performed here.

Ensure the following are open:

1 HP-24

1 HP-25

RNO:

(OBJ R10) IF both BWST suction valves

(1 HP-24 and 1 HP-25) are closed,

THEN perform the following:

A.

Ensure the following are open:

1 LP-6

1 LP-7

1 LP-9

1 LP-10

ILP-15

1 LP-16

E.

C.

(Unit 1 LPI Hatch area).

The steps above will align LPI system discharge to the HPI pump suction.

Suction can be supplied to the HPI Pumps through ILP-15 and ILP-16 after passing through

the LPI Coolers. This flowpath would involve the LPI Pumps taking suction from the BWST..

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D B C D C A D D C C

Start 1A or 1 B LPI Pump.

Dispatch an operator to open 1HP?363 (Letdown Line To LPI Pump Suction Block)

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

ECCS

Cog level:

C/A 3.9/3.8

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

46

40. 007K1.03 001/2/1/QUENCH TANWM 3.0/3.2/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

The level of the Reactor Coolant Quench Tank is slowly rising. Which one of the following

could have caused this to occur?

A. Core flood tank relief valves.

B. LPI suction relief valves.

C. Reactor high point vents.

D. RCP seal leakage.

A, b, and c not connected to quench tank

OP-OC-PNS-CPS

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D A D C D D C B A D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

QUENCH TANK

Cog level:

M 3.0/3.2

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:22 PM

47

41. 008A2.01 OO112/llCCS/ClA 3.3/3.6/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA

You are the OATC for unit 1. Unit 1 is at 73% power.

CCW flow slowly drops to 500 gpm.

CC to 2 RCPs auto isolates.

1-HP-5 remains open.

RCP seal return valves remain open.

Which one of the following are the correct actions to respond to this event?

Enter API1INl7001020 and:

A. Trip the reactor and stop the affected RCPs.

B. Trip the reactor and go to 2/0 RCP operation.

C. Trip the reactor, stop all RCPs, and enter AP/25

D: Open ICC-7, ICC-8 and start the standby CCW pump.

APll I N 1 7001020 pages 1 and 2

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D C C C B B B D C A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

ccs

Cog level:

CIA 3.313.6

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

48

42. 008A4.0 1 00 1121 1 ICCWICIA 3.313.1 MEWIOC0330 IIRILSMIRFA

I&E is performing testing during a refueling outage. The 17E technician inadvertently presses

the green "CC Interlock button" located in System Logic Cabinet No. 3 in the cable room.

Which one of the following is the consequence of pressing this button?

A. CC-7 and 8 will no longer close on actuation of ES Channels 5 and 6 respectively

B. Letdown cooler CC inlet valve CC-1 (CC-2) may now be opened after the letdown cooler

inlet valve HP-1 (HP-2) is opened.

C. A reactor coolant pump can now be started if CC flow is less than 575 GPM.

D? CRDs can now be energized without component cooling water.

1 .I

A.

B.

CRDs.

C.

flow will not affect a running RCP.

D.

valve HP-1 (HP-2) will open.

E.

If CC-7 or CC-8 goes closed, the CC pumps will trip and automatically restart when CC-7 and

CC-8 are reopened.

A.

(OBJ R16) The component cooling system must be in operation for any of the following

conditions:

1.

Control rod drives energized. There is an interlock to prevent the CRDs from being

energized without component cooling water, but will not de-energize the drive upon loss of

cooling water.

Instructor note:

This interlock can be overridden by pressing green "CC Interlock button" located in System

Logic Cabinet No. 3 in the cable room to allow I&E testing of CRDs during unit outage.

(OBJ R15) Interlocks Associated With the CC System

If in AUTO, the standby CC Pump starts at 575 GPM flow.

If de-energized, the CRDs cannot be energized if CC flow is less than 138 GPM to the

A reactor coolant pump cannot be started if CC flow is less than 575 GPM. Low CC

Letdown cooler CC inlet valve CC-1 (CC-2) must be open before letdown cooler inlet

CC-7 and 8 close on actuation of ES Channels 5 and 6 (respectively)

Prevents thermal damage to the CRD stators

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D B D A C C B D D A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

ccw

Cog level:

CIA 3.313.1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:22 PM

49

43. 01 OK2.01 00112111PZR PRESSURHM 3.0/3.4R\\IEWIOC0330I/R/LSM/RFA

Which one of the following describes how the pressurizer heaters for each unit are normally

supplied?

They are supplied from:

A. safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among three

4160 volt ES buses.

B. non-safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among two

4160 volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus.

C: non-safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among three

4160 volt ES buses.

D. Safety related motor control centers. The pressurizer heaters are divided among two 4160

volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus.

Solution - C

The pressurizer heaters for each unit are normally supplied from non-safety related motor

control centers (MCCs) XH, XI, XJ, and XK. The pressurizer heaters are divided among the

three 4160 volt ES buses such that the loss of one entire 4160 volt bus will not preclude the

capability to supply sufficient pressurizer heaters to maintain natural circulation in MODE 3.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C B C B C A C D B C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

PZR PRESSURE

Cog level:

M 3.013.4

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednksday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

50

44. 01 1 K3.02 001i212iPZR LEVELICIA 3.5/3.7/NEW/OC03301IRILSMIRFA

Which one of the following statements describes the plant response to a pressurizer level

channel (controlling channel) failing LOW? (ASSUME no operator action taken and the reactor

is at 100% power).

HP-120:

A,' OPENS, actual Pzr level increases and RCS pressure increases.

B. CLOSES, actual Pzr level decreases and RCS pressure decreases.

C. CLOSES, actual Pzr level decreases and pressurizer heaters turn off.

D. OPENS, actual Pzr level decreases and RCS pressure decreases.

OP-OC-PNS-PZR,

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C D D C B A A C C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword:

PZR LEVEL

Cog level:

CIA 3.513.7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednbsday, May 07,2003 01:39:22 PM

51

45. 012K5.01 001/211/RPS/M 3.313.XIBANK 2003/OC03301/ULSMIRFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

A Group 6/Rod 4 dropped into the core.

An ICs runback was completed.

Reactor power imbalance has become excessive.

I&E has lowered the RPS setpoints for the FluxlFlow/lmbalance trip.

L!

ich one of the following describes core limit(s) that will be protected by re

setpoint?

g the RPS

A. Fuel Centerline Temperature only.

B.* Fuel Centerline Temperature and DNBR.

C. Excessive core operating pressures and DNBR.

D. Excessive core operating temperatures and pressures.

Bank Question 427

A.

limit

B.

fluxlflowhmbalance trip is reduced. And is the basis for the trip setpoint

C.

D.

Pressure is not part of the basis.

Incorrect - Fuel Centerline temperature alone is not the only restrictive core operating

Correct - Fuel Centerline temperature and DNBR are concerns when the

Incorrect- pressure is not contained in the basis for the resetting of the trip setpoint.

Incorrect- the basis for the trip is temperature however it is fuel centerline temperature.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B A D B C A C B B C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

RPS

Cog level:

M 3.313.8

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSM1RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM

52

46. 0 I2K6.04 00 1/2/1/RPS/C/A 3.3/3.6/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

Unit 1 is operating at 91% power when the OATC inadvertently places the S/D Bypass Key

switch to "Bypass"? Which one of the following will occur?

A. The Unit will continue to operate at 91%. However, the low pressure trip, the variable low

pressure trip, the flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally associated

with the RPS will be bypassed.

B. The Unit will run back to 74%. The low pressure trip, the variable low pressure trip, the

flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally associated with the RPS will be

bypassed.

C.' The unit will trip on high reactor pressure.

D. At 75% power, the bypass interlock switch is bypassed.

Solution C

In addition to bypassing the four trip parameters above, the "Bypass" position automatically

inserts a high RCS pressure trip set point of 1720 psig, so that the plant cannot be operated

normally with portions of the RPS in SID Bypass.

A.

Protective Functions Bypasses

1.

(OBJ R5) Shutdown Bypass

a)

key-switch located in that channel's RPS cabinet (A2, 82, C2, or D2). (OC-IC-RPS-8)

b)

physics testing, and startup procedures. It provides the capability to reset the CRD breakers

when the plant is shut down. (Pull Group 1 to 50%).

c)

are operating. This would keep RPS tripped.

(OBJ R5.2)

a)

variable low pressure trip, the flux/flow - imbalance trip, and the power/RCPs trip normally

associated with the RPS.

b)

automatically inserts a high RCS pressure trip set point of f1720 psig, so that the plant cannot

be operated normally with portions of the RPS in S/D Bypass.

1)

While the normal high pressure trip of E2355 psig is not electrically bypassed it is

basically nonfunctional because RPS will trip before the setpoint can be reached.

The setpoint of f1720 psig is selected for the new high pressure trip so that the plant must first

be shutdown, using normal procedures, before S/D Bypass can be initiated; 1720 psig is below

the normal low pressure trip of 1800 psig, so that the plant must first be maneuvered past the

normal low pressure trip point before going to S/D bypass. 1710 psig is the actual setpoint used

for conservatism.

Certain segments of the RPS protective functions for a channel can be bypassed with a

(OBJ R5.1) Bypass function is to provide capability to perform CRD testing, zero power

(OBJ R5.2) During startup the RCS pressure is low and only one or two RCPs, at times,

Positioning S/D Bypass Key switch to "Bypass" bypasses the Low Pressure Trip, the

In addition to bypassing the four trip parameters above, the "Bypass" position

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C B C C B A D D D B

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3923 PM

53

Tier:

2

Keyword

RPS

Source:

NEW

Test:

R

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM

Group:

1

Cog level:

CIA 3.313.6

Exam:

OC03301

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

54

47.

0 1 3A1.06 0011211 IBW STIESFASICIA 3.613.9R*IEWIOC0330 1 IRILSMIRFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

AllSCMs =o"F

RCS Temperature = 456°F and stable

BWST level = 11.5' and is slowly decreasing

ES 1-8 actuated

OTSG levels are being maintained at LOSCM Setpoint

Turbine Bypass Valves are in AUTOMATIC

Which one of the following describes the current plant condition?

The OSTGs

. The

is the water source to the RCS.

A.' can not remove heat / BWST

6. can not remove heat I RBES

c. are removing heat I BWST

D. are removing heat I RBES

Solution : A. Based on Bank 2003 question 202

A)

greater than or equal to RCS pressure since TBV's are controlling at setpoint +I25 and

minimum setpoint is 600 psig. BWST suction swap to RBES is in progress, but RBES valves

are not opened until 9' therefore even if LP-15 and 16 have been opened, suction source

remains the BWST.

B)

wrong water source

C.

D)

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A B D B D D B A C

Correct. SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto, SG pressure would be

SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto,

SGs can not be removing heat with the TBV's in auto, wrong water source

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

I

Keyword:

BWSTIESFAS

Cog level:

CIA 3.613.9

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer:

LSMIRFA

WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM

. .

~.

55

48. 013K3.03 001/2/1/ESF/C/A

4.3/4.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

A LOCA concurrent with a loss of some control board indications has occurred on Unit 2. The

STA calculates the RCS and containment pressure. He reports that RCS pressure - 100 psia

and containment pressure - 20 psia. The STA also notes that RB spray has not actuated.

Which one of the following describes the actions that should be taken and the basis for this

decision?

A,' No action should be taken, this is below the ES setpoint for RBS.

6. RBS should be actuated, this is below the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR.

C. RBS should be actuated, this is above the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR.

D. This is above the actuation pressure assumed in the UFSAR. Containment should be

vented, then the RES should be initiated.

The UFSAR assumes that RBS is actuated at 30 psig. The actual ES setpoint is 10 psig. The

20-psi difference between the safety analysis assumption and the plant setpoint is ample to

account for instrument uncertainty.

The purpose of the Reactor Building Spray initiation is to protect the Reactor Building by

removing heat from the RB via the LPI system decay heat coolers.

In addition, the RES system can help provide protection while not actually removing heat from

the RB.

The RBS system can be configured in many different ways while being used. The RBS can be

aligned to spray cool water from the BWST into the RB atmosphere. As the spray condenses

steam in the RB, the energy formerly in the steam is transferred to the liquid entering the RB

sump. The water in the sump is not cooled until the LPI system is realigned to pass water

through the LPI decay heat coolers. Current station procedures allow the water from the sump

to be sprayed back into the RB without being cooled. As with the injection mode of operation,

this mode will condense steam but will not remove heat from the RB. However, the

condensation of steam by the spray will work to decrease the internal pressure of the RB by

reducing the partial pressure of the steam. In this manner, the RB spray will help protect the

RB integrity without actually providing RB cooling.

The UFSAR assumes that RBS is actuated at 30 psig. The actual ES setpoint is 10 psig. The

20-psi difference between the safety analysis assumption and the plant setpoint is ample to

account for instrument uncertainty.

The UFSAR states that a 2.4-second ESFAS delay is assumed for Reactor Building Spray

actuation.

T. S. basis for the 4 psi and 15 psi setpoints is to establish a setting which would be reached

immediately in the event of a DBA, cover the entire spectrum of break sizes, and yet be far

enough above normal operation pressures to prevent spurious initiation.

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:23 PM

.

. ..

. ..

.

56

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A C C B A D D B D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

ESF

Cog level:

CIA 4.314.7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM

57

49. 015 GEN 2.1.32 001/2/2R\\II/M 3.4/3.8/M 2003/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA

1

Unit 2 plant conditions:

Unit power escalation are in progress.

Reactor power = 15% and is increasing.

OP/l102/01, Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup is in progress.

Which one of the following describes the MAXIMUM NI calibration error allowed per Limits an1

Precautions of the controlling procedure?

Nls SHALL be maintained within the range of -%

conservative to -%

non-conservative,

A:IO,

4

B. 4, 10

c. 2, 2

D. 2, 1

I

Bank question 95 CPOl0302 (SRO ONLY)

A. Correct - L/P #I7 describes MAX NI error during power maneuvering 10/4

B. Incorrect - correct numbers swapped

C. Incorrect - Steady state power operation limits

D. Incorrect - Steady state calibration limits

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C C C D B B C A A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword

NI

Cog level:

M 3.413.8

Source:

M 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:3923 PM

.. .

58

50. 0 16A2.0 1 00 1/2/2/"ISIC/A

3.013.1 /M 1 992IO 1 I20IOC0330 1 IRILSMIRFA

Plant conditions on Unit 1 are as follows:

- The SASS Channel for Th loop B is in AUTOMATIC.

- The selected Th signal for loop B slowly increases until a

mismatch of 4% with the nonselected signal has occurred.

Which one of the following describes the operation that places the "good" Th loop B signal in

operation?

A. SASS remains in AUTO and automatically selects the "good" signal.

B. SASS remains in AUTO initiating a mismatch alarm and the operator selects the good

signal with the normal select switch.

C.' SASS trips to manual and the operator must position the key switch to the "good" signal

with the normal select switch on 1 UBI.

D. SASS trips to manual and the operator must position the toggle switch to the "good" signal

in RPS Cabinet E.

Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-IC-RCI, pg 52-54 and Fig OP-OC-IC-RCI,

Temperature Indications

Obj. R11, R12, R36, R37, R38, R39

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D C C D D D B A D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword:

NNlS

Cog level:

CIA 3.013.1

Source:

M 1992/01/20

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednpsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM

59

51. 022A1.04 00112/1/CCSIM 3.2/3.3/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

Unit 3 is operating at 100% rated power when the Component Cooling Water Containment

Return valve (CC-8) fails closed:

Which one of the following is the correct IMMEDIATE operator action and WHEN the operator

should perform the action?

A. Trip the reactor when the pressurizer low level alarm is received

B. Trip individual RCPs when motor stator temperature exceeds 185 deg F.

Cy Trip the reactor when two CRD stator temperatures exceed 180 deg F.

D. Trip the individual RCPs when their respective thermal barrier temperature exceeds 225

deg F.

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C B C B A B C A B A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

ccs

Cog level:

M 3.2/3.3

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM

60

52. 026 GEN 2.1.27 001/211/CCSIM 2.8/2.9lNEWlOC03301lR/LSMlRFA

Which one of the following describes the purpose of the Reactor Building Spray System?

A. Removes sensible AND latent heat from the containment atmosphere, entrains fission

product iodine and decreases radiation levels in containment.

B. Removes ONLY latent heat from the containment atmosphere, entrains fission product

iodine, and decreases radiation levels in containment.

C.' Removes sensible AND latent heat from the containment atmosphere and entrains fission

product iodine.

D. Removes ONLY sensible heat from the containment atmosphere and entrains fission

product iodine.

(decrease radiation levels in containment) is wrong. It may pull contaminants that give off

radiation out of the atmosphere, but it redeposits it in the sump.

(Obj R1)Purposes of the Reactor Building Spray (RBS) System

The Reactor Bldg. Spray system has no function during normal plant operation.

When actuated by high Reactor Building (RB) pressure, the system provides two major

functions:

Removes sensible and latent heat from the containment atmosphere.

Operation of the RBS System also serves to entrain fission product iodine (released into the RB

during a LOCA) into the spray water, thereby reducing possible iodine leakage to the

environment (to meet IOCFRIOO criteria concerning offsite dose limits).

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D C D C C B D D D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

ccs

Cog level:

M 2.812.9

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

WednFsday, May 07,2003 01:39:23 PM

61

53. 026K3.0 1 00 I/2/1/CCS/CIA 3.914. I/NEW/OC03301 IWLSMIRFA

Unit 2 is operating at 100 % power when an ESG RE pressure analog channel fails upscale.

An instrument technician is dispatched to investigate. The technician goes to the wrong

cabinet and causes an additional ESG RB pressure analog channel to fail upscale.

Assume no operator action, which one of the following will occur?

Both RBS pumps start and:

A. BS-I remains closed and BS-2 opens.

LP-21 supplies RES pumps from BWST, LP-22 remains closed.

B.* BS-I and BS-2 open.

LP-21 and LP-22 supply RES pumps from BWST.

C. BS-I opens and BS-2 remains closed.

LP-21 supplies RES pumps from BWST, LP-22 remains closed.

D. BS-1 and BS-2 remain closed.

LP-21 and LP-22 do NOT supply RES pumps from BWST.

(Obj R6) ES Mode (Channels 7 and 8 )

Setpoint

The RBS System automatically actuates if two of the three ESG RB pressure analog channels

reach 10 psig.

The TS required setpoint is < 15 psig RB pressure.

The following actions occur if the RBS System actuates:

Both RES pumps start.

BS-I and BS-2 open.

LP-21 and LP-22 supply RBS pumps from BWST.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C C A B A B C D D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

ccs

Cog level:

C/A 3.914.1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

oco3301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMlRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:24 PM

62

54. 029K1.04 001/2/2/PURGE/M 3.0/3.1/M 2003/0C03301/R/LSM/RFA

Following a LOCA, potential leakage past the purge system reactor building isolation valves is

prevented from being released directly to the environment by which one of the following?

A. inlet and outlet bleed lines open-ended into containment.

B. Outlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms and inlet bleeds lines open

ended into containment.

C. Inlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms and outlet bleeds lines open

ended into containment.

D I Inlet and outlet bleed lines open-ended into the Penetration Rooms,

Modified bank 2003 question 549

A, B, and C - new distractors

D) Correct- bleed lines are located between the outer most isolation valves on both the inlet

and outlet purge duct work. These bleed lines vent any leakage from the RB through the purge

isolation vales into the Penetration Rooms. The PRV system will then process the leakage and

the leakage will not be released to the environment.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D D D C B C D B D D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword:

PURGE

Cog level:

M 3.0/3.1

Source:

M 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:24 PM

63

55. 034 GEN 2.1.21 0011212lFUEL HANDLINGIM 2.8/2.9/NEW/OC03301IRILSMIRFA

Which one of the following is the correct purpose of the fuel handling system?

The system is designed to:

A,' MINIMIZE the possibility of mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or

potential fission product release AND provide a safe, effective means of transporting/

handling fuel from the time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves

the station after post irradiation cooling.

B. PREVENT the mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission

product release ONLY.

C. MINIMIZE the possibility of mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or

potential fission product release ONLY.

D. PREVENT the mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission

product release AND provide a safe, effective means of transporting/ handling fuel from the

time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves the station after post

irradiation cooling.

RFA rewrote the Q.

FH-FHS Lesson Plan

ENABLING OBJECTIVES # 1

State the purpose of the Fuel Handling System and discuss the problems that the Fuel

Handling System is designed to prevent. (RI)

The fuel handling system is designed to provide a safe, effective means of transporting and

handling fuel from the time it reaches the station in an unirradiated condition until it leaves the

station after post irradiation cooling. The system is designed to minimize the possibility of

mishandling that could cause fuel assembly damage and/or potential fission product release.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D D D D C B B B D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword

FUEL HANDLING

Cog level:

M 2.812.9

Source:

NEW

Exam:

oco3301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM

64

56. 035A4.05 00112/2/SG SYSTEMICIA 3.8/4.0/M 1992/01/20/OC03301/RILSM/RFA

Which one of the following are the key parameters monitored as the OTSGs fill to the OTSG

natural circulation level setpoint?

A. Pressurizer level and CETC temperatures.

B. Pressurizer pressure and hot leg temperatures.

c. OTSG levels and CETC temperatures.

D.' OTSG pressures and cold leg temperatures.

Oconee: OP-OC-TA-AM1

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D D A B D B B A C B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword:

SG SYSTEM

Cog level:

C/A 3.814.0

Source:

M 1992/01/20

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM

65

57. 039K1.02 OOl/Z/l/ADV/M 3.3/3.3/NEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA

Just inside the 5th floor of the turbine building, a 12" line on each main steam line taps off and

runs back outside the turbine building. Which one of the following is the purpose of the valves

on these lines?

These valves are designed to be used for a controlled plant cooldown in the event that the:

A. Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) become inoperative. These valves are manually

operated.

B:' Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become inoperative. These valves are manually operated.

c. Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) become inoperative. These valves are two chain

operated "drag" valves designed to allow maintenance on MS-153 & MS-155.

D. Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become inoperative. These valves are two chain operated

"drag" valves designed to allow maintenance on MS-153 & MS-155.

A.

1.

and runs back outside the turb. bldg.

Atmospheric Dump Valves (ADVs) / Main Steam Vents

Just inside the 5th floor of the turb. bldg., a 12" line on each main steam line taps off

2.

controlled plant cooldown in the event that the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) become

inoperative.

a)

ADVs are credited for reducing SG pressure and cooling the RCS when condenser

vacuum is lost during SGTR and SBLOCA event analysis

3.

Originally two manual gate isolation valves were installed on each atmospheric vent line

(MS-153 & 154 "A" line and MS-155 & 156 on " B line). Due to the difficulty in operating these

valves (caused by the large DP), additional piping and valves were added on each unit.

A 1" bypass line now exists around MS-153 & MS-155. A 1" gate valve installed in each

bypass line allows for reducing the DP across these 12" gate valves which allows for ease of

operation.

Another line which bypasses MS-154 and MS-156 has a chain operated "drag" valve installed.

These drag valves are much easier to operate and are suited better for throttling. Many turns

of the handwheel are required for stroking these valves which will provide for a more controlled

cooldown in the event they are needed.

(OBJ R11) There are manually operated valves on these lines designed to be used for a

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C D C D D C B A A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

ADV

Cog level:

M 3.3/3.3

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003

01:39:25 PM

66

58. 039K5.01 001/2/1/MAIN STEAMIM 2.9/3.1/NEW/OC03301IRILSM/RFA

Which one of the following describe the system that Oconee uses to prevent water hammers

from occurring in an "idle" steam line.

All steam lines in the plant have small drain lines that

valve.

A. automatically open on the downstream

B." automatically open on the upstream

side of the isolation

C. are operated manually on the downstream

D. are operated manually on the upstream

I

I

A.

1.

to collect condensation in the line where the steam is bottled up.

2.

valve in the line, to keep the condensation from building up.

3.

steam line from filling with water andlor to prevent water hammers from occurring. This is

accomplished by the use of a steam trap.

Thermostatic steam traps at Oconee are basically a valve with an expandable bellows acting as

a valve disk.

Steam Traps (OBJ R14, 15)

An "idle" steam line (one in which there is no flow due to a closed isolation valve) tends

All steam lines in the plant have small drain lines on the upstream side of the isolation

These small drain lines automatically drain condensate to the condenser to prevent the

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C D B B C B D D A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

MAIN STEAM

Cog level:

M 2.913.1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM

67

59. 055A3.03 00112/2/CARS/M 2.512.7/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA

Valve 1V-I96 (CSAE Exhaust to Stack Drain) must be locked closed at all times if activity

above background exists on the OTSG secondary side.

Which one of the following is the reason for this action?

A,' This prevents the release of radioactive liquid to the trench.

B. This prevents the CSAE relief valve from cycling.

C. This prevents the condenser from being isolated on high activity.

D. This maintains high backpressure on CSAE.

A.

all times if activity above background exists on the OTSG secondary side. (This prevents the

release of radioactive liquid to the trench.)

In May of 1999, Unit 3 3C CSAE relief valve began lifting and closing several times. The steam

supply was isolated hoping the relief valve would reseat. As a result, air entered through the

relief valve and entered the condenser causing U3 to begin losing vacuum. Power was

reduced per the AP to 73%, 3C CSAE was fully isolated and the Main Vacuum Pumps were

placed in service

Faulty Air Removal

a)

High condensate temperature to the CSAE will cause a reduction in air ejector

efficiency.

b)

Low steam pressure or clogged steam strainers will reduce the velocity of steam and

thus reduce the volume of air the CSAE will handle.

c)

High backpressure on CSAE will affect air removal.

Loss of loop seal would "short cycle" the air back into the system.

(0BJ.RG)Valve (1)(2)(3) V-196 (CSAE Exhaust to Stack Drain) must be locked closed at

d)

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D A D A C D A D A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword:

CARS

Cog level:

M 2 3 2 . 7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM

68

60. 056A2.04 0011211IC0NDENSATEICIA 2.612.81M 2003lOC03301lSILSMlRFA

Unit 1 conditions:

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Unit startup in progress

Reactor power = 30% and increasing

"1A Main Feedwater Pump operating

" I C and "IB" HWPs are operating

"1A HWP in AUTO

" I C CBP is operating

"1A CBP in AUTO

CURRENT CONDITIONS:

" I C CBP trips due to a breaker electrical fault

Which one of the following automatic actions has occured?

The operator will refer to the Annunciator Response Procedure and verify thz

A. reactor tripped on low MFDWP suction pressure.

the:

B. operating MFDWP tripped on low MFDWP suction pressure after 30 seconds.

C.' standby CBP auto started on low MFDWP suction pressure.

D. standby HWP auto started on low CBP suction pressure.

2003 bank question # 37

A.

would take the loss of both main feedpumps to cause the trip.

incorrect, there is not a reactor trip on low main feedwater pump suction pressure. It

B.

pressure and the running feedwater pump should not trip. Does not trip until f 235 psig on the

feedwater pump suction.

C.

correct, the standby condensate booster will start when feedwater pump suction

pressure decreases to 360 psig.

D.

incorrect, condensate booster suction pressure will not decrease because the Hotwell

pump is still running.

incorrect, the standby booster pump will start at 360 psig on the feedwater pump suction

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C C C B B A B B A B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

CONDENSATE

Cog level:

.

CIA 2.612.8

Source:

M 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wedn-sday, May 07,2003 01 :39:25 PM

69

61 . 059A1.03 001/211/MFW/M 2.712.9/NEWlOC03301/R/LSM/RFA

The Main FDW Block Valves are placed in OPEN when the Startup Control Valves reach 90%.

Which one of the following describes the basis for this step?

A:'

To prevent feedwater flow swings.

B. To prevent feedwater pump cavitation.

C. To allow complete closure of the minimum flow valves before reaching 100% power.

D. To bypass the Main FDW Block Valve auto open at a composite demand of 9.0%.

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM

70

CF-FDWrlla

Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed from a

common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand

1)

Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).

1.

Main Blocks (FDW-31 and FDW-40)

a)

Motor operated from control room (UBI).

b)

OPEN, AUTO, CLOSE.

c)

ICs sends a signal to close the Main FDW Blocks on a Rx trip.

d)

Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed

from a common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand

1)

Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU

Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).

2)

Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close

(if in AUTO)

e)

During some unit startups, when the Main Blocks were opened, leakage past the seat of

the closed Main Control Valves would cause SG levels to increase. This would result in the SU

Control Valves, which are controlling SG levels to start close and return SG levels to setpoint

(25 inches SUR).

1)

would close. After they closed, leakage past the seat of the Main Control Valves would stop,

and SG levels would decrease, causing the SU Control Valves to re-open.

2)

up a Feedwater cycle that could quickly become divergent. Once divergent cycle starts, a

FDWP trip could occur due to Overspeed or High Discharge Pressure if not properly mitigated.

This would lead to a UnitlReactor Trip.

Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU

With the Main Blocks in AUTO, as the SU Control Valves reached 50%, the Main Blocks

As the SU Control Valve reaches 90%, the Main Block would once again open, setting

3)

OPEN when the Startup Control Valves reached 90%, and were left in OPEN until Feedwater

demand was high enough to ensure that the SU Control Valves would not close. Current

procedures require that the Main Blocks (and SU Blocks) be in AUTO prior to exceeding 700

psig MS pressure (to satisfy MSLB/AFIS circuit operability requirements).

Procedures do allow FDW-31 and 40 to be placed in OPEN if FDW control problems occur as a

result of the valves opening in AUTO. The blocks will then be placed in AUTO when the Main

Control Valve has reached 10% OPEN, since at that point, the SU Control Valve demand is at

loo%, and is not likely to decrease until power level decreases for unit shutdown.

2)

(if in AUTO)

d)

from a common signal source called the Valve Composite Demand

1)

Control Valve), a bistable will automatically open the Main FDW Block Valve (if in AUTO).

2)

(if in AUTO)

To prevent the Feedwater swing described above, the Main Block Valves were placed in

Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close

Automatic ICs demand signals to the Main and Startup Control Valves are developed

Power increase: At a composite demand of 9.0% (equivalent to 90% open on the SU

Power decrease: At a composite demand of 5.0%, the Main FDW Block Valve will close

Wedn$sday, May 07,2003 01:39:25

PM

71

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D B D B A B B B B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

MFW

Cog level:

M 2.712.9

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:25

PM

72

62. 061A3.01 001/2/1/AFWlClA 4.2/4.2lNEWIOC03301/WLSMIRFA

You are the NCO on Unit 2. Per EOP Rule 3, you attempt to ensure that an Emergency

Feedwater automatic start occured. It did not. You place the MDEFWPs control switches in

"Run." The pumps still do not start.

You attempt to start the TDEFWP. It also fails to start.

You direct an NE0 to manually start the Emergency Feedwater pump.

Which one of the following describe the Local steps that will be required to start the pump?

Isolate:

A. IA supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the moisture petcock and then

start the pump.

B.' IA and AIA supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the moisture petcock and

then start the pump.

C. IA, AIA and N2 supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the vent port on the

MS-93 supply line and then start the pump.

D. N2 supply to MS-93, then bleed air off the regulator using the vent port on the MS-93

supply line and then start the pump.

A. Needs AIA

B. Correct

C. No N2 supply not vented through port

D. Method required for unit 1

Manual Start of TDEFDWP

a)

MS-93 Failure

1)

Per EOP Rule 3, the NCO should ensure Emergency Feedwater is operating, if

MDEFWPs are not operating, the control switch is placed in "Run" this should open MS-93 by

de-energizing the solenoid. If this fails to start the TDEFWP, an NE0 is sent to manually start

the pump with a (PS) Procedure. Local step will require:

(d)

replace the Swagelok body protector with the vent port on the supply line going to IMS-93.

Bleed air off regulator using moisture petcock. (Not available on Unit 1). On Unit 1

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B B A B B A C D A A

Scramble Range: A - D

WednWay, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM

. .

. .

73

Tier:

2

Keyword

AFW

Source:

NEW

Test:

R

Wednesday. May 07,2003 01:39:25

PM

Group:

1

Cog level:

CIA 4.214.2

Exam:

OC03301

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

74

63. 061K6.01 001/2/l/EFWIC/A 2.5/2.8lNEW/OC03301/RILSM/RFA

SG pressure is 1000 psig. The TDEFWP is running. A controller failure has caused FDW-315

& 316 to fail full open.

Which one of the following indications would enable the OATC to determine that this failure

had occured?

The crew would:

A. see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would NOT see it on the

MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.

B.' NOT see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would see it on the

MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.

C. see a mismatch between the indicated flows to each SG. This indicated flow mismatch

could be as much as 300 gpm

D. NOT see a flow mismatch on Total EFDW Flow indications but would see a level change

between the OTSGs because the SG are level dominant.

EFW lesson plan

1.

for pump and discharge piping protection. When a MDEFDWP is started, the ARC (Automatic

Recirculation Control) valve automatically provides recirculation flow.

NOTE: An event has occurred at another plant concerning these same type ARC valves. The

valves failed open due to internal valve failure. One of the problems that came from this failure

was the operators were not able to determine from their flow indications that these valves had

failed. Some examples of what the Oconee operator might see if these MDEFDWP

recirculation valves failed open follows:

The MDEFDWPs have approximately 300 gpm (per pump) recirculation flow to the UST

The initial assumption is that the TDEFDWP is not running.

If SG pressures were at about 1000 psig and the A MDEFDWP recirculation valve failed

open, there would be a mismatch between the indicated flows to each SG. This indicated flow

mismatch could be as much as 300 gpm if FDW-315 & 316 were full open. The operator would

see the flow mismatch and depending on decay.heat could see a lower SG level on the side

with the failed valve. There would not be a pump runout concern unless SG pressures were

800 psig or less and FDW-315 & 316 were full open.

EFDW Flow indications but would see it on the MDEFDWP Discharge Flow gages.

If the operator sees a flow mismatch or low SG level and the TDEFDWP is available, he should

start the TDEFDWP. Starting the TDEFDWP will assure adequate flow to the SGs

If the TDEFDWP were running, the operator would NOT see a flow mismatch on Total

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C C C A B A A C A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Source:

NEW

Exam:

oco3301

Keyword:

EFW

Cog level:

CIA 2.5/2.8

Test:

R

Author/Reviewer:

LSMlRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39.25 PM

75

64. 062A2.10 00 II2IIIAC ELECTRICAL/C/A 3.0/3.3R\\TEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

An NLO reports that a HYCE gauge on the front board for the pressure transmitter for Main

Steam line 1A is reading zero. There are I&C activities currently in the area attempting to

switch power supplies within the panel. Assuming activities in the area have caused a false

instrument reading, which one of the following could have caused this reading?

A,' An interruption of IA to the pressure transmitter.

B. An interruption of DC power to the gauge.

C. A loss of AC electrical power to the gauge.

D. A loss of AC electrical power to the gauge coincident with a loss of DC power to the

pressure transmitter.

Facility check to make sure distractor " B not correct also.

There is a pressure transmitter for each Main Steam line that feeds the HYCE gauge on the

front board. These indications utilize Instrument Air (IA) instead of electrical power and will be

available for use on a Loss of Power but not on a Loss of IA.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C C B B A A B D A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

I

Keyword:

AC ELECTRICAL

Cog level:

C/A 3.013.3

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wedn!?sday, May 07,2003 01:39:25 PM

76

Plant conditions are as follows on Unit 2:

- A Load Shed and a LOCA have occurred concurrently.

- LPI pump B has failed to start.

65. 062K4.02 001/2/l/AC ELECTRICALIM 3.313.4lM 1992/01120/0C03301lR'LSM/RFA

Which one of the following descriptions is correct?

The operation of LPI pump C Automatically:

A. starts after a 5 second time delay.

B. trips and locks out after a 5 second time delay.

C.' trips but can be manually started after a 5 second time delay.

D. started 5 seconds after taking manual control of the Load Shed circuit channels 1 and 2.

1992/01/20

Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-PNS-LPI, pg 34

Obj. 14

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C A B C C B A C C D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

AC ELECTRICAL

Cog level:

M 3.313.4

Source:

M 1992101/20

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

77

66. 063A4.01 001/2/1/DC POWERICIA 2.813.1IBANK 2003lOC03301IWLSMlRFA

During alignment of the SSF DC electrical system, the operator is cautioned NOT to open the

SSF inverter DC input breaker (CB-1) until the inverter is swapped to an AC-line.

Which one of the following is the expected adverse consequence if the operator fails to adhere

to this precaution?

A!

The KSF inverter power fuse may blow.

6. The SSF 600v load center XSF will de-energize.

C. Voltage spikes may damage loads on the bus.

D. Automatic transfer of SSF control power to ES valves will occur.

Bank 2003 Question 350

A. Correct.

B. Incorrect. The inverter supplies power to panelboard KSFC, not load center

XSF.

C. Incorrect. Inverter fuses and rectifiers will limit voltage spike.

D. Incorrect. An automatic swap does not exist.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D C A C A B A C D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

DC POWER

Cog level:

CIA 2.813.1

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

WednWay, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

78

67. 063K2.01 0011211lLOSS OF DC POWEWCIA 2.913.11MIOC03301IWLSMIRFA

A loss of DC power to the Turbine Driven Emergency Feedwater Pump (TDEFDWP) has

occurred.

Which one of the following describes the starting of the TDEFDWP if an AUTOMATIC initiation

signal is received?

A. Automatically started because the steam supply valve, MS-93, will be opened when its pilot

solenoid deenergizes, and the operating valve, MS-95, fails open on loss of oil pressure.

B. Manually started by placing the Control Room control switch to RUN due to a loss of auto

initiation logic control power.

C.' Manually started by tripping the trip throttle valve, MS-94, and pulling up on the local hand

starting lever, resetting and slowly opening MS-94 to admit steam for rolling the turbine.

D. Cannot be started since the low oil pressure start permissive for the turbine cannot be met.

Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-CF-EF

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C A B A B C A C B A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

LOSS OF DC POWER

Cog level:

CIA 2.913.1

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMlRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

79

68. 064K4.03 001/2/1/EDG/C/A 2.5/3.0/BANK 2003/0C03301/RILSM/RFA

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

The SSF has been manned for 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> due to a sustained Loss of HPI and CC.

CURRENT CONDITIONS:

The SSF Diesel Generator speed = 970 RPM.

Which one of the following has failed on the Diesel Generator?

A. Startup Governor.

6. Hydraulic Amplifier.

Cy Electric Governor.

D. Mechanical Governor.

Bank 2003 Question 148

A.

not a Startup Governor associated with the SSF Diesel.

6.

magnetic speed signal to a useable signal by the hydraulic section of the electric governor

system.

C.

speed control and maintain diesel speed between 950-980 RPM.

D. Incorrect- the mechanical governor is what is controlling the speed.

Incorrect- the startup of the SSF Diesel is controlled by the Electric Governor. There is

Incorrect- this is a component controlled by the Electric governor to convert the

Correct- this is the component, which failed. The mechanical governor will take over

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C B D A B B B C C D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

EDG

Cog level:

C/A 2 3 3 . 0

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

80

69. 071K4.01 0011212/WGDT/M 2.6/3.0lNEWIOC03301lWLSM/RFA

Which one of the following is the reason that the interim building gas tanks should not be used

as the "in service gas tank?

A. There is no way to recirc interim building gas tank contents.

B. There is no way to align the interim building gas tank to reduce the hydrogen concentration.

C. The only release path is direct to atmosphere.

D.' The interim building gas tank requires about 20 psi Nitrogen pressure to have control of

vent header pressure.

Solution - D

B.

Tank Isolation

1.

Tank should be isolated prior to high pressure alarm (70 psig).

2.

Interim building gas tanks should not be used as the "in service" gas tank since it

initially requires about 20 psi Nitrogen pressure to have control of vent header pressure.

3.

Basic procedure:

a)

Tank should be > 5 psig prior to placing in service, add Nitrogen if required to increase

tank pressure.

b)

Close "recirc" valve for isolated tank and open "recirc" valve for tank placed in service.

c)

Close inlet valve for tank to be isolated and open inlet to tank to be placed in service.

d)

Sample isolated tank for hydrogen.

e)

After tank has been isolated for 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />, verify that isolated tank pressure is not

decreasing and vent header is controlling normally.

4.

Reducing Hydrogen in a GWD Tank

a)

If hydrogen is > 3%, lower tank to 50 psig by transferring some for the gas to another

tank.

b)

Add 20 psig nitrogen to tank

c)

Resample for hydrogen

d)

Repeat until hydrogen < 3%

C.

Transferring Gas Between Tanks

1.

Normally done from in-service tank to another tank, this adds operational flexibility to

determine which tank is used for in-service work and which tank(s) are used for isolation and

decay.

2.

Procedure:

a)

Open inlet for tank receiving gas

b)

Close inlet for tank transferring gas.

1)

In-service tank pressure should begin decreasing and tank receiving gas should be

increasing pressure as gas flows:

From the in-service GWD Tank

Through GWD-1

To the vent header

Wedngsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

. .

81

Is compressed by GWD compressor

Discharges to tank being transferred to

When transfer is complete, open inlet for tank remaining in service and close inlet for

Sample isolated tank for hydrogen.

Sampling of waste gas decay tank

5 times weekly and after isolation for hydrogen

Prior to release for activity

Sample flowpath: (sample flows from tank, through sample apparatus, to the vent

(Obj R5) Cross-connecting the vent header

Isolation valves GWD-132 (Vent Header Tie Unit 1) and GWD-134 (Vent Header Tie

Either system (1&2's) or (3's) can be shutdown.

The other system can carry the load.

Should only be made when:

Additional tank space is needed.

Acceptable meteorological conditions exist as indicated on OAC.

c)

tank to be isolated.

d)

D.

1.

Sampling is done

a)

b)

2.

header)

E.

1.

Unit 3) are opened to make essentially one common vent header.

2.

3.

F.

Gaseous Waste Releases

1.

a)

b)

1)

Unfavorable conditions are:

(a)

Positive delta temperature

(b)

Very low wind speed

2)

process of deciding to submit a sample request for release should involve anticipating

Meteorological conditions that will exist at time of desired release.

Sign Off step for Meteorological conditions are in the body of the procedure. Part of the

3)

Atmospheric inversions

(a)

The use of vertical temperature gradients is a practical and universally accepted method

of determining atmospheric stability. An inversion is defined as: air at ground level colder than

air aloft. Simply stated, unusually stable atmospheric conditions exist when an inversion exists,

meaning that vertical air movement is stifled. Clear, calm nighttime conditions are usually very

stable because the earth's surface cools rapidly, thus cooling the ground surface air. This is

usually the time of day that an inversion will exist. The absence of winds prevents this cool air

from "mixing" with the warmer air above. It is under these unfavorable, stable atmospheric

conditions that the release of radioactive gases would not be desired.

2.

and therefore release as little activity as practicable.

3.

determine:

a)

Types of activity

b)

4.

a)

b)

5.

Procedure

procedure if more detail is desired.

We should hold tanks as long as possible to allow maximum radioactive decay (ALARA)

Prior to release, the operator submits a sample request and RP samples the tank to

Quantities of each isotope present

RP also calculates and notes on sample request

Setpoints for RIA-37 & 38

Maximum allowable release flow rates

Steps described are a general description of actual procedure steps. Refer to

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

a2

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D C A C A D D C A D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword

WGDT

Cog level:

M 2.613.0

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:3926 PM

83

70. 075K1.01 001/2/2/CWS/SWS/M 2.5/2.5/M/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

Which one of the following is correct concerning the Siphon Seal Water supply?

"A" and "B" SSW Headers are normally in service with LPSW aligned to both headers and with

HPSW:

A. throttled in the " A

header and in recirc in the "B" header

6." throttled in the " A Header and isolated in the " B Header.

C. isolated in the "A

Header and throttled in the " B Header

D. throttled in both the "A" and " B Headers.

Bank 2003 question 777

B

A Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header and isolated in the "B" Header

B Correct

C Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header and isolated in the "B" Header.

D Incorrect - HPSW is throttled in the "A" Header are isolated in the "B" Header.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C D B D D B B D B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Source:

M

Test:

R

Keyword

cws/sws

Group:

2

Cog level:

M 2.512.5

Exam:

OC03301

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

84

7 1 . 076A2.0 1 00 1/2/1 ISW SIM 3.5/3.7/NEW/OC0330 1 ISILSMIRFA

A valve in the SSW A header has failed closed and the header is inoperable. The SSW B

header remains operable. The A LPSW pump is in off. The B LPSW Pump is in run. Which

one of the following describes what must be done to ensure that the ESV meets TS 3.7.8

(ECCW) requirements?

A,' The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable and the LPSW Pump

that must be placed in Auto Start on the Unit supplying the B SSW header must be

operable.

B. The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable, the LPSW Pump

must be left running on the Unit supplying the B SSW header, and the A LPSW pump must

be placed in Pull-to-lock.

C. The B SSW header flow must be maintained so that changes in SSW header flow caused

by startinglstopping ESV pumps are < 50 gpm.

D. The required LPSW pumps for the B SSW header must be operable, the LPSW Pump

must be running on the Unit supplying the B SSW header, and the B SSW header flow

must be maintained so that changes in SSW header flow caused by startinglstopping ESV

pumps are < 50 gpm.

Wednftsday, May 07,2003 01 :39:26

PM

85

A Correct

B Must be in Auto Start

C. For Entry into SLC 16.9.12

D. Combination of B and C

Duke Power Company Procedure No.

Oconee Nuclear Station OP/ O/A/l104/052

Describe the proper procedure for operation of the Siphon Seal Water (SSW) System.

2. Limits and Precautions

2.1 One SSW header is required to be operable for ESV to meet TS 3.7.8 (ECCW)

requirements. For the required SSW header to be operable, the required LPSW pumps to

that header must be operable (Ref SLC 16.9.12), AND LPSW Pump Auto Start on the

Unit supplying the operating SSW header must be operable (Ref TS 3.3.28).

2.2 Normal SSW lineup should be as follows:

  • A SSW Header in service with LPSW (SSW-1) valved in; HPSW-901 throttled to

maintain balanced flow between A and B SSW Headers to within 20 gpm.. {I}

B SSW Header in service with LPSW (SSW-2) valved in, HPSW-900 closed.

  • Maintain > 50 gpm in a single SSW Header, to allow surveillance of SSW

strainer .P. {I}

2.3 Entry into SLC 16.9.12 is NOT required IF SSW header flow < 50 gpm due to changes

in SSW header flow caused by startinglstopping ESV pumps, large changes in HPSW

pressure, etc Enclosure "Balancing Flow Between SSW Headers" can be performed as

needed.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A C A C D C D A B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

sws

Cog level:

M 3.513.7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

WedMsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

86

72. 078K 1.04 00 1/2/1/IA/M3. I13.41M 2003/0CO3301 /R/LSM/RFA

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

Maintenance has just been completed and the Instrument Air Compressors are aligned as

follows for post maintenance testing:

Primary IA compressor: Running

Backup IA compressors " A and " B in Standby 1

Backup IA compressor " C in Standby 2

Auxiliary IA compressor: Auto

IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) Open

Radwaste Air pressure 78 psig (and stable)

CURRENT CONDITIONS:

~

A large leak in the cooling water system has caused the air compressors to overheat

IA pressure has decreased to 88 psig.

and the IA System pressure is falling.

Which one of the following is the expected response of the IA system?

All Standby:

A. 2 IA compressor(s) start only

B. 1 IA compressor(s) start only.

C.'

1 AND 2 IA compressors start; Auxiliary IA Compressor starts.

D. 1 AND 2 IA compressors start; IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) CLOSES.

Modified question 593. Different answer

C

A.

pressure reaches 90 psig, the stem identifies pressure at 91 psig.

B.

psig.

C.

do not start until AIA receiver pressure reaches 88 psig. Changed stem to 88 psig-

D.

INCORRECT- See 'B' above, IA-2718 (Air Supply to Radwaste Facility) closes at IA pressure

below 85 psig.

INCORRECT - The 'B B/U instrument air compressor in STBY #2 will not start until IA

INCORRECT - ONLY the 'A' and 'c'

BIU IA compressors will start and they started at 93

Correct - Same as 'A' above for B/U instrument air compressors. The AIA compressors

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C B A D A C B A A B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword:

IA

Cog level:

M3.113.4

Source:

M 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

73. 078K3.02 001/2/1/IA/M 3.1/3.4/NEWlOC03301/FULSM/RFA

A complete Loss of Instrument Air will result in which one of the following?

RCS Normal Makeup

A.' is lost, increases.

B. increases, increases.

C. is lost, is lost.

D. increases, is lost.

and RCP seal injection

OP-OC-SPS-SY-HPI,

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A B C B A D D A D A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

1

Keyword

IA

Cog level:

M 3.113.4

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

WeWsday, May 07,2003

01:39:26 PM

88

74.

079A2.0 I 00 II2I2ISTATION AIRiM 2.9I3.2lNEWiOC03 30 1 /R/LSM/RFA

The station air system pressure is decreasing rapidly and the cross connection with the ISA

system has failed to open. The loss of SAS procedure directs you to use which one of the

following as a source of air during this emergency situations?

A.' A diesel-driven air compressor that can be aligned to the Station Air header and manually

started to help supply total IA requirements.

B. A motor driven air compressor that is aligned to the Station Air header and is automatically

started to help supply total IA requirements.

C. A diesel-driven air compressor that can be aligned to the Breathing Air header and

manually started to help supply total IA requirements.

D. A motor driven air compressor that is aligned to the Breathing Air header and is

automatically started to help supply total IA requirements.

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

89

1.

INTRODUCTION

1.1

the Instrument Air and Service Air Systems. The major components in the systems,

components operated by compressed air and the effects on plant operations if these

components lose IA are discussed.

1.2

(Obj. R1)The purpose of the Instrument Air System is to supply a reliable source of clean, dry,

oil-free compressed air, at the proper pressure, to the numerous valves, controllers, and

instruments throughout the plant that operate on compressed air. The IA System is the normal

supply for instrument air to the Radwaste Facility.

1.3

plant, are designed to operate by means of compressed air. Controllers translate demand

signals to the devices by throttling the amount of compressed air reaching them. The amount of

throttling is determined by the operator at the control station, which can then be set to

automatically maintain the required supply. Some instruments operate on an air signal,

proportional to the value of the parameter being measured. Numerous valves throughout the

plant are positioned by either admitting compressed air to an operating cylinder, or by bleeding

air from the cylinder. 1.4

The Primary IA compressor normally maintains IA header pressure. The Backup IA

compressors normally serves as a backup to the Primary IA compressor.

1.5

A third set of Service Air compressors supply air for equipment such as air drills, paint

sprayers, air hoses and the sewage ejectors. Operating pressure is approximately that of the

Instrument Air System. There are two rotary screwtype Sullair compressors. It normally only

takes one compressor to meet the needs of the Service Air System. If required, these

compressors supply another backup source to supply Instrument Air loads.

A fourth source of air during emergency situations is from a diesel-driven air compressor that

can be aligned to the Station Air header and manually started to help supply total IA

requirements.

This lesson plan discusses the normal and abnormal operation of the plant in relation to

Numerous controllers and instruments in the control room, and valves throughout the

The IA System supplies the air pressure to operate these devices.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C B A B A A D B A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword

STATION AIR

Cog level:

M 2.9/3.2

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:26 PM

90

75. 086 AK4.03 003/2/2/FIRE/M 3.1/3.7/NEW/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

You are the OATC on unit 2. The Unit 2 control room (Keowee Statalarm Panel Trouble) has

just actuated. You determine that the fire is in zone 3. Which one of the following is the fire

location?

A,' Generator #I.

B. CT-5.

C. CT-4.

D. Operating Floor or Equipment Gallery.

2.5

A.

The system consists of a common Fire Indicating Unit that receives inputs from four Zone

Indicating Units. Ionization type smoke detectors provide inputs to the Zone Indicating Units.

The four fire detection zones are:

1,

2.

3.

Generator #I.

4.

Generator #2.

B.

Indicating Unit which, in turn, transmits a signal to the Fire Indicating Unit.

1.

and statalarms in the Keowee control room and Unit 2 control room (Keowee Statalarm Panel

Trouble) will actuate.

2.

The alarm can be silenced and the statalarms acknowledged, but any subsequent "triggering"

of a detector will reflash the alarm and statalarms.

(Obj R11) Keowee Hydro Station Fire Detection System

Operating Floor and Equipment Gallery.

Battery Room, Control Room, and Computer Room.

Upon detection of smoke, the detector energizes a relay in the associated Zone

A common alarm lamp and the associated zone lamp will light on the Fire Indicating Unit

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A B A B D C A C B

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

2

Group:

2

Keyword

FIRE

Cog level:

M 3.113.7

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSM/RFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

91

76. BWIAOI AAI .2 00111/2/RUNBACWM 3.213.5lM 2003/0C03301/PJLSM/RFA

Unit 1 is at 82 % power in power ascension. "IAI" RCP has just tripped.

Which one of the following describe the automatic responses?

A. Tave input to ICs from Loop " A is selected and Tcold is near zero.

BY An ICs runback to 74% at 25% per minute will occur and final FDW flow will be equivalent

to 100% power in the "B" Loop.

C. A runback to 74% CTP, demanded at 25% per minute occurs with the affected loop SG

being on low level limits.

D. An initial 2:l FDW ratio followed by a reactor trip due to RPS occurs followed by variable

low pressure bistables tripping.

B

A. Incorrect: Loop "B" Tave will be selected

B. Correct: 74% is load limit. No RPS trip due to initial power level at 85%. Re-ratio will require

-5.5 mpph in "B' header which equals the 100% value for that header.

C. Incorrect: FDW flow in " A header will be -2.5 mpph ... well above that for 25"SU level and

LLL.

D. Incorrect: Ratio will be 1:2, RPS trip will not be generated.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B D B C A D C B B D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword:

RUNBACK

Cog level:

M 3.213.5

Source:

M 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:27

PM

92

77. BWIA04 AA2.1 00111/2iTURBINE TRIPICIA 3.113.7BANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSMlRFA

-

Unit 3 plant conditions:

A Reactor trip occurred.

The OATC is performing IMAs and has depressed the TURBINE TRIP pushbutton.

The Main Steam Stop Valve positions indicate "OPEN."

The Generator Output breakers (PCB-58 & 59) indicate "CLOSED."

Which one of the following is the next IMA step required by the OATC?

A. Open BOTH generator output breakers.

B. Place the operating EHC pump to the OFF position.

c.* Place the EHC pumps control switches to the PULL-TO-LOCK position.

D. Send an operator to PULL the local turbine trip lever at the front standard.

Answer 159

A. Incorrect - PCBs are not opened during the performance of IMAs.

B. Incorrect - This would only start the automatic pump and the MSSVs would remain open.

C. Correct - This action secures both EHC pumps and allows the MSSV to close

D. Incorrect - This would be a method to locally trip the turbine if C did not work but, is operator

knowledge and not part of IMA's.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C A A C A A D D B A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword:

TURBINE TRIP

Cog level:

CIA 3.713.7

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wedwsday. May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

93

78. BWIAO5 AK2.1 0011112/EDG/M 3.014.0lNEWlOC0330IR'LSMlRFA

A thunderstorm was in the area, and there were instabilities in the grid. The OATC has been

instructed to start the SSF Diesel Generator. The Diesel has been emergency started and the

output breaker is OPEN.

The OATC has been instructed to parallel the diesel to the grid. Which one of the following

describes the paralleling of the SSF Diesel Generator?

The DG should:

A. not be paralleled because it is in speed droop mode.

B.' not be paralleled because it is in isochronous mode.

C. be paralleled because it is in speed droop mode.

D. be paralleled because it is in isochronous mode

Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-EAP-SSF

I

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C C A C A A D C A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword:

EDG

Cog level:

M 3.0/4.0

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:27

PM

94

79. BW/E02EK2.2 001/1/l/VITAL SYSTEM VERFICIA 4.214.21M 2003/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

A reactor trip has occured with the following parameters observed:

" A SG SU Level = 15" and decreasing

"A" SG Startup Control valve = 100% demand

" A SG Startup FDW flow = "0" gpm

"B" SG SU Level = 2 5 and stable

"B" SG Startup Control valve =15% demand with green and red light

RB pressure = 0.23 psig and steady

Which one of the following is the correct diagnosis of what is occurring?

A,' The " A SG is experiencing inadequate heat transfer due to insufficient level.

B. The "B" SG level is inaccurate due to degraded reactor building.

C. The "B" SG S/U FDW valve is not opening properly.

D. The " A SG is indicating a SG tube leak

Bank 184

A.

B.

C.

Correct - B SG is performing as required (now an inadequate heat transfer)

Incorrect - RB pressure is < 3 psig so SG level is accurate

Incorrect - A SG CV operating properly as level is ablove LLL.

D. Incorrect - conditions indicate a no FDW

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C B A B B B B A D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

VITAL SYSTEM VERF

Cog level:

CIA 4.214.2

Source:

M 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

95

80. BWlE04EK2.2 00111lllINADEQUATE HEAT TRANICIA 4.214.2lNEWIOC03301IWLSMIRFA

Unit 3 has implemented the inadequate heat transfer procedure due to a complete loss of

feedwater.

The crew has just completed Steps 9 and 10 which opened the RCS High Point Vents.

RCS pressure will be governed by which one of the following?

A. a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the high point vent flow capacity and the

decay heat level.

B. a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV relief flow capacity, the high

point vent flow capacity and the decay heat level.

C.'

a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV relief flow capacity and the

decay heat level.

D. HPI pump discharge pressure only.

Inadequate Heat transfer Lesson plan page 15

Steps 9 and 10 opens the RCS High Point Vents which will result in lower RCS pressure, which

will allow greater injection flow and therefore better core cooling.

RCS pressure will be governed by a combination of HPI pump discharge pressure, the PORV

relief flow capacity and the decay heat level.

RFA removed " which will result in lower RCS pressure, which will allow greater injection flow

and therefore beffer core cooling" from the stem because it teaches.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D D B A C D B D C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

INADEQUATE HEAT TRAN

Cog level:

CIA 4.214.2

Keyword

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer:

LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

96

81. BWlE04EK3.3 00111lliHEAT TRANSFEWCIA 4.2/3.8/NEWIOC03301IWLSMIRFA

The "Loss of Heat Transfer" Tab has been implemented when Unit 1 suffered a loss of Main

and Emergency Feedwater.

FDW is not yet restored, but RCS conditions do not yet require HPI cooling.

Which one of the following describe the preferred configuration of the RCPs?

A,' One RCP per loop

B. Any One RCP

C. 1Al RCP and any other RCP

D. All RCPs running

THEN GO TO Step 4.

RNO:

1.

FDW is not yet restored, but RCS conditions do not yet require HPI cooling. Two RCPs are left

running to reduce total heat input to the RCS. The preferred configuration is one RCP per loop

so that forced flow exists in both SGs when feedwater is restored. Since it is not known in

which SG(s) feedwater will be restored, or if it will be restored, one RCP should be left running

in each loop if possible. The selection of RCPs to run should consider pressurizer spray flow

capacity.

Further Explanation of C - while 1Al RCP provides the best PZR spray, the preferred

configuration is one pump per loop

(Obj. R2) Reduce operating RCPs to one pumplloop.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A B D A A C B C D A

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

1

Keyword:

HEAT TRANSFER

Cog level:

CIA 4.2/3.8

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

WedWsday. May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

97

82. BWlE08 GEN 2.4.1 8 0011112lCOOLDOWNlC/A 2.7l36./NEW/OC03301/R/LSMlRFA

You are the OATC on unit 3. The crew is in the LOCA CD procedure with EFDW being

supplied from unit 2. A single EFDW control valve has failed open. The crew enters

EP/3/A/1/1800/001 Enclosure 5.27. Which one of the following will you acomplish using this

procedure?

A? Isolate the EFDWP supply from unit 2.

B. Swap the EFDWP supply from unit 2 to unit 1.

C. Take manual control of the failed unit 2 EFDW control valve.

D. Regulate EFDWP flow with the unit 2 control valve that has not failed.

EP/3/A/1/1800/001 Enclosure 5.27.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A D C B C D A A C D

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword:

COOLDOWN

Cog level:

CIA 2.7136.

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wedngsday, May 07,2003 01:39:27

PM

98

83. BW/E13 EA2.1 001/112/EOP RULES/M 3.4/4.0/BANK 2003/OCO33Ol/S/LSM/RFA

I

Unit 1 plant conditions:

An MS Line Break has occurred

Manual control of HPI is desired

Which one of the following is the minimum requirement to take manual control of HPI and

throttle flows under the above plant conditions?

The BOP can take manual control of HPI:

A. if the severity of the transient will be increased based on their judgment.

B. if the safety system is not required to perform its intended safety function.

C. as directed by EOP Section 5.0.

D.' as directed by Rule 6.

A)

SRO.

B)

SRO.

C)

manual control of ES components.

Correct- procedural guidance is contained in Rule 6 for taking manual control of ES and

throttling HPI.

Incorrect- Non-procedural bypassing requires two licensed operators, one of which is an

Incorrect. Non-procedural bypassing requires two licensed operators, one of which is a

Incorrect- EOP Section 5.0 (Subsequent Actions) does not contain directions on taking

D)

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D C B A B A B C C C

Scramble Range: A - D

Tier:

1

Group:

2

Keyword

EOP RULES

Cog level:

M 3.4/4.0

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthodReviewer: LSMiRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

99

84. GEN 2.1.1 1 00113NTECH SPECiM 3.013.8IBANK 1990/07/06/0CO330I/S/LSM/RFA

I

The power-imbalance limits defined in Tech Spec 3.5.2," Control Rod Group and Power

Distribution Limits ", are based upon which one of the following?

A. Assures that an acceptable power distribution is maintained for control rod mislignment

analysis.

6. Assures that the potential effects of control rod misalignment on steam line break accident

analyses are minimized.

c.' Assures LOCA analysis limits on maximum linear heat rate for maximum cladding

temperature are not exceeded.

D. Assures that the nuclear uncertainty factor in LOCA analyses will not exceed the Final

Acceptance Criteria.

REFERENCE

Oconee Tech Specs bases 3.5.2.6 2.613.8

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D A A C A A B C A

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

TECH SPEC

Cog level:

M 3.0/3.8

Source:

BANK 1990/07/06

Exam:

oco3301

Test:

S

AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

100

85. GEN 2.1.14 001/3//ADM1N/M 2.513.3IMlOC03301ISILSMIRFA

You are the assigned Control Room SRO. You have just been notified that a draining

evolution in the East Penetration Room has just been completed. Before the RO supervising

the drain down leaves the area, you inform him that OMP 1-2, requires an additional

notification that the task is complete? Which one of the following do you instruct the RO to

notify?

A. RP only.

B.'

Chemistry only.

C. Operations Shift Manager only.

D. RP, Chemistry and Operations Shift Manager.

Based on - ADM040306

A.

SRO be informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded and NOT RP.

B. Correct: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1(1) requires that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be

informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded.

C. OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be informed

when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded and NOT the Operations Shift Manger.

D. Incorrect: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room SRO be

informed when the draining evolution is stopped or concluded

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B A A C C A B C C D

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword:

ADMlN

Cog level:

M 2.513.3

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Incorrect: OMP 1-2, 5.9.1 (I) required that chemistry and the assigned Control Room

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

101

86. GEN 2.1.27 00113llSYSTEM PURPOSEIM 2.812.9lNEWIOC03301IRILSMIRFA

Which one of the following describes the operation of the AMSAC (ATWS Mitigation Safety

Actuation Circuit) and the DSS (Diverse Scram System) during an ATWS with a complete loss

of Main Feedwater?

AMSAC:

A. trips the main turbine while DSS trips the regulating rods and starts the EFDWPs.

B. trips the regulating rods while DSS trips the main turbine and starts EFDWPs.

C! trips the main turbine and starts EFDWPs while DSS trips the regulating rods.

D. starts EFDWPs while DSS trips the regulating rods and trips the main turbine.

Oconee Lesson Plan OP-OC-CF-EF, Obj. R24

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D C B B C B D C C

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

SYSTEM PURPOSE

Cog level:

M 2.812.9

Source:

NEW

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wedeesday, May 07,2003 01:39:27 PM

102

87. GEN 2.1.32 00113l/LlMITS & PRECAUTIONS/C/A 3.413.8iBANK 2003/0C03301IRILSM/RFA

INITIAL CONDITIONS

TIME = 0900

The Reactor tripped on Loss of Main FDWPs

The EFDW system is operating

CURRENT CONDITIONS

TIME = 1000

The EFDW system is operating

Which ONE of the following describes the MAXIMUM UST temperature per OP/IINl 102101,

Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup to ensure the EFDW system adequately removes core

decay heat?

A. a 5 0 ~

B:' 125" F

C. 145°F

D. 150" F

Bank 2003 question 94

A.

B.

states that UST temperature is limited to 125°F two hours following a reactor trip.

C.

conditions.

D.

Incorrect - This is the EFDW system piping design temperature.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B D D A D C D C A A

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

LIMITS & PRECAUTIONS

Cog level:

C/A 3.413.8

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

Author/Reviewer: LSMlRFA

Incorrect - This is the minimum temperature limit for feeding the SG's

Correct - OP/1/AJ1102/01, Controlling Procedure for Unit Startup, Limit and Precautions

Incorrect - This is the limit for power operations up to 30% power and for shutdown

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

103

88. GEN 2.1.6 001/3//ADMlN/M 2.114.3lBANK 1994/03/07/0C03301ISILSMIRFA

Which one of the following is the Control Room SRO authorized to do without being relieved?

A. Provide relief for the Control Room operators.

B. Prepare Removal and Restorations (R&Rs).

C.' Designate another SRO as reader of the EOP.

D. Prepare procedure changes.

BANK 1994/03/07

REFERENCE

OMP 2-1 Rev 10/15/93, End. 4.5

EAP-Ell, Obj. R7

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D A B C B C D B B

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

ADMlN

Cog level:

M 2.114.3

Source:

BANK 1994103107

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

1 04

89. GEN 2.2.12 00113//SURVEILLANCE/C/A 3.013.4lBANK 2003lOC03301lFULSMIRFA

An NE0 performing surveillances on the ESVISSW systems observes the following indications

Both SSW Headers are in service

"A" SSW Hdr gpm = 85

" B SSW Hdr gpm = 65

" A SSW Hdr Strainer DP = 10.5

" 6 SSW Hdr Strainer DP = 5.5

Which ONE of the following is the correct action in response to these indications?

[Assume normal ESVISSW system operation and valve alignment]

A,' Declare the " A SSW Header inoperable.

B. Swap and clean the " A

and "B" SSW Header Strainers.

c. Declare both SSW Headers and both associated ECCW Siphon Hdrs inoperable

D. Increase the "B" SSW Hdr flow rate and reduce the " A

SSW Hdr flow rate until strainer P

is within operability limit.

Question 778 STG220301

Reference: OPIOIAII 104I052

A. Correct. With both SSW Headers in service, L&P 2.6.2 states that if strainer dp of 10 psid is

received, then declare the SSW Hdr inoperable. The curve is used when only one SSW Hdr is

in service.

8. Incorrect The "A" SSW Hdr should be declared inoperable due to the strainer dp. The "B"

SSW Hdr strainer is not rquired to be cleaned until 6 psid and the operability limit is 10 psid.

C.lncorrect, The " A SSW Hdr is ioperable only based on L&P 2.6.2

D. Incorrect, The operability limit of 10 psid has been exceeded in only the " A Hdr.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C A C D D B B B C

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

SURVEILLANCE

Cog level:

CIA 3.013.4

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

Author/Reviewer: LSM/RFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

105

go. GEN 2.2.17 001/3//DEFINITIONS/M

2.3/3.5/NEW/OC03301/S/LSM/RFA

You are the Shift Supervisor. Mechanical maintenance is planning to work on the HPI system.

You get a report from engineering that during maintenance the system will be FUNCTIONAL.

Which one of the following describes if you should allow the maintenance to take place with the

unit at 100% power?

The work can:

A:' occur because the HPI system can perform its intended service; however, applicable TS

requirements or licensing/design basis assumptions may NOT be maintained.

B. NOT occur because the HPI system cannot perform its specified function even with all

applicable TS or SLC requirements satisfied.

C. NOT occur because the A Module of ORAM-SENTINEL has assigned a color of WHITE to

the HPI system.

D. occur because the A Module of ORAM-SENTINEL has assigned a color of GREEN to the

HPI system.

A correct

B. Definition of Operable

C and D. PRA information related to risk, not system operability of function

Reference

ADMMRr03

ENABLING OBJECTIVES: 1.

Define and relate the following terms and their application to the assessment of equipment

removed from service. (R2)

a.

Functional

b.

Maintenance

c.

Operable

d.

Probability Risk Assessment (PRA)

e.

Risk

f.

Risk Significant System (RSS)

The following are some of the definitions adopted by the industry and Duke Power Company for

consistent interpretation of the Maintenance Rule. These definitions are from the regulation

lOCFR50.65, NUMARC 93-01, or were specifically developed for Duke Power.

MCS Time: 1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A A B C A D A C B D

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01 :39:28

PM

106

Tier:

3

Keyword

DEFINITIONS

Source:

NEW

Test:

S

Group:

Cog level:

M 2.313.5

Exam:

OC03301

AuthoriReviewer: LSMRFA

WednWay, May 07,2003 01 :39:28 PM

107

91. GEN 2.2.2 00113l/CONTROLS/M 4.013.5lBANK 199l/Ol/24/0CO330I/R/LSM/RFA

Which one of the following determines when the Megawatt Calibrating Integral will be

controlled by turbine header pressure error?

A. The bypass valves controls are in manual

B. The diamond control is in manual.

C. The SGlRX control is in manual.

D.* Turbine Bailey is in hand while all other stations are in auto.

REFERENCE

LP Vol. 11, ICs, OP-OC-STG-ICS p.59

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D 3 D A A C C A D C

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword:

CONTROLS

Cog level:

M 4.013.5

Source:

BANK 1991101124

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer:

LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 0.1:39:28 PM

108

92. GEN 2.3.2 00113llALARA/ClA 2.5/2.9/M/OC03301/R/LSM/RFA

A point radiation source in the auxiliary building reads 500 mRem/hr at a distance of two feet.

Two options exist to complete a mandatory assignment near this point source.

OPTION 1.

Operator X can perform the task in 30 minutes while working at a distance of

FOUR (4) feet from the point source.

Operators X and Y, using an extension tool, can perform the task in 75 minutes

at a distance of EIGHT (8) feet from the point source.

OPTION 2.

Operator X has a quarterly dose of 902 mRem

Operator Y has a quarterly dose of 11 15 mRem

Which one of the following choices is the preferred option, if any, to complete the assignment

in accordance with ALARA? (Assume no dose extensions have been authorized)

A.* Option 1

B. Option 2

C. Option 1 and 2 are equally acceptable.

D. Neither Option 1 nor 2 can be used.

Solution - A - Option 1 62.5 mRem

REFERENCE

Oconee: ALARA Manual, General Employee Training Handbook

194001 K104 (3.3/3.5)

Modified - Original Question:

  • QNUM

29735

  • HNUM

30083 (Do NOT change If

9,000,000)

  • ANUM

29745

  • QCHANGED FALSE
  • ACHANGED FALSE
  • QDATE

1991/07/24

  • FAC

269

Oconee 1,2 & 3

  • RTYP

PWR-B&W177

  • EXLEVEL

R

  • EXMNR
  • QVAL
  • SEC
  • SUBSORT

194001 K104

  • QUESTION

A point radiation source in the auxiliary building reads 500

mRem/hr at a distance of TWO (2) feet. TWO (2) options exist to

WednBsday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

109

complete a mandatory assignment near this point source.

OPTION 1.

Operator X can perform the task in 30 minutes while

working at a distance of FOUR (4)

feet from the

point source.

OPTION 2.

Operators X and Y, using an extension tool, can

perform the task in 75 minutes at a distance of

EIGHT (8) feet from the point source.

WHICH ONE (1)

of the following choices is the preferred option,

with correct rationale, to complete the assignment, in accordance

with ALARA?

a. Option 1, as X's exposure is 62.5 mRem.

b. Option 1, as X s exposure is 125 mRem.

c. Option 2, as the exposure per person is 39 mRem.

d. Option 2, as the exposure per person is 156 mRem.

  • ANSWER

a. [+1.0]

  • REFERENCE

Oconee: ALARA Manual, General Employee Training Handbook

194001K104 (3.3/3.5)

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

MCS

Time:

I

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

110

93. GEN 2.3.3 00113llRAD RELEASEICIA 1.812.9lBANK 1995107107/OC03301lSILSM/RFA

Which one of the following describes the most favorable meteorological conditions for making

a Gaseous Waste Release?

wind speed with air at ground level

than air aloft.

A. LOW I COLDER

B. LOW I WARMER

C. HIGH I COLDER

D. HIGH I WARMER

REFERENCE

OP-OC-WE-GWD, Revision 05, page 22

(252.8) #49

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D B A B D D B D A A

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

RAD RELEASE

Cog level:

CIA I.8/2.9

Source:

BANK 1995107107

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

111

94. GEN 2.4.12 00113llADMINIM 3.413.9lBANK 2003/OC03301/R/LSMiRFA

Unit 1 plant conditions:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Which one of the following statements is correct concerning this condition?

A. ES will NOT actuate if power is lost to two out of three ES analog channels.

B. Channels 1-6 RZ module Blue and White lights should be "ON" and verified "ON" by the

operator performing Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation.

A Reactor trip occurred on low RCS pressure

RCS pressure = 1200 psig

RB pressure = 2.0 psig

The BOP is performing Rule #2, Loss of SCM

C. Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation, shall be performed by the BOP after Rule #2 is completed,

while the OATC performs EOP LOSCM tab actions.

D? Enclosure 5.1, ES Actuation, shall be performed by the OATC after IMAs are verified,

symptoms check is completed, and while the BOP performs Rule #2.

A.

Incorrect - analogs will trip on a loss of power.

B.

Incorrect - at this time only ES 1 and 2 have or should have actuated.

C.

Incorrect - end. 5.1 should be performed as soon as possible. It has higher

priority than LOSCM tab actions and should be performed as soon as an operator is

available.

D.

Correct: BOP performs Rule #2. When IMAs and symptom check completed by the

OATC, a Parallel Action of LOSCM is to perform Encl. 5.1. OATC will have to perform

this with the BOP running rule #2.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D B A B C D A C D A

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

ADMIN

Cog level:

M 3.413.9

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMlRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednpsday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

112

95. GEN 2.4.23 001/3//CRITICAL SAFETY/M 2.813.8iBANK 1991/01/2410C03301/RILSM/RFA

Which one of the following represents the correct order of priority (from highest to lowest

priority) for the following critical safety functions?

A. Inadequate Core Cooling, Subcriticality, RCS Integrity, Heat Sink.

B. Inadequate Core Cooling, Subcriticality, Heat Sink, RCS Integrity.

c. Subcriticality, Inadequate Core Cooling, RCS Integrity, Heat Sink.

D.' Subcriticality, Inadequate Core Cooling, Heat Sink, RCS Integrity.

GEN 2.4.23

  • REF ERE N C E

LP Vol V.. SPDS. OP-OC-SPS-IC-SPDS, p.9,LPROILPSO 2a

MCS

Time:

1 . Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: D C B A D B A A A C

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

CRITICAL SAFETY

Cog level:

M 23/33

Source:

BANK 1991/01/24

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:28 PM

113

96. GEN 2.4.25 001/3/IFlRE/C/A 2.913.4lBANK 2003/0C03301lRlLSWRFA

Which one of the following areas does the HPSW system provided sprinkler fire protection for?

A. Reactor Building.

B.# 230 KV switchyard.

C. Keowee Hydro Units.

0. CCW Intake Structure.

Question 587 SSSO30301 SSSO30301

Which one of the following areas is provided sprinkler fire protection via the HPSW system?

Answer 587

B

A. Incorrect. supplied from LPSW

B. Correct. supplied from Yard header (Major Fire Loop load).

C. Incorrect. has own water supply system

D. incorrect. no sprinkler system supplied for intake structure

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: B C C D A C C D B A

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

FIRE

Cog level:

CIA 2.913.4

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthoriReviewer: LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednbsday, May 07,2003 01 :39:28 PM

114

97. GEN 2.4.3 00113llPOST ACCIDENT INSIM 3.513.81MIOC03301IRILSMIRFA

The Reactor Building Hydrogen Analyzer system Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel is in

operation. You are the OATC and notice that some of the RZ module white and blue lights

have illuminated. You determine that Channel 1 has inadvertently been activated.

Which one of the following, states the required immediate actions?

A. MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Hydrogen Analyzer system,

then return the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel to service.

B. Verify the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel remains in service, then verify the reactor

building Hydrogen Analyzer system isolation valves AUTOMATICALLY open.

Cy MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident

Sample Panel, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.

D. Verify the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel

AUTOMATICALLY close, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in

service.

Original Question - Question 562 PNS582 PNS582 SRO ONLY (Modified to be RO)

The Limits and Precautions of OP/1,2,3/A/I102/22, Reactor Building Hydrogen Analyzer

system, directs immediate operator actions if the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel is in

operation when an ES actuation occurs.

Which ONE of the following lists the required immediate actions? (.25)

A)

system, then return the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel to service.

B)

reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system isolation valves AUTOMATICALLY open.

C)

Sample Panel, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.

D)

Verify the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel

AUTOMATICALLY close, then place the reactor building Hydrogen Analyzer system in service.

Answer 562

C

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C A D C C A A C B A

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword:

POST ACCIDENT INS

Cog level:

M 3.513.8

Source:

M

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Hydrogen Analyzer

Verify the Gaseous Post Accident Sample Panel remains in service, then verify the

MANUALLY close the reactor building isolation valves for the Gaseous Post Accident

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday, May 07, 2003 0.1:39:28 PM

.. .

. .

. ..

. .

.

.~ ..

.

115

98. GEN 2.4.41 002/3//ADMlN/C/A 2.314.lIBANK 2003/0C03301/S/LSM/RFA

Unit 2 sequence of events:

Time=l200

Unit 2 is shutting down with a 30 gpm tube leak in the 2B SG

An Unusual Event (NOUE) has been declared

Time=1230

While taking the Turbine Generator off-line a Turbine Trip occurs.

Time=l255

One Main Steam Relief valve on the 28 SG will NOT reseat

Time=l300

2B SG has been isolated

The blowing Main Steam Relief valve on 28 SG Main Steam Relief did NOT reseat

when the SG was isolated

PRESENT TIME=1305

Assume NO additional failures occur and that "Emergency Coordinator Judgment/ EOF Directoi

Judgment" is NOT used as a reason for the classification.

Which one of the following correctly classifies the event?

A? Remain as an NOUE

6. Upgrade to an Alert

C. Upgrade to a Site Area Emergency

D. Upgrade to a General Emergency

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM

116

Answer 223

REFERENCE ATTACHMENT REQUIRED

A.

point earned from the other two barriers.

B.

point earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.

C.

point earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.

Correct: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No

Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No

Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No

D.

Incorrect: Enclosure 4.1 Fission Barrier Matrix Containment Barriers gives 3 points. No point

earned from the other two barriers. No EAL above a NOUE have been met.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A C C B A C A B D B

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword

ADMIN

Cog level:

C/A 2.3/4.1

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

S

AuthorIReviewer: LSMIRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

Wednesday. May 07,2003 01:3929 PM

117

99. GEN 2.4.6 001/3l/PRA/M 3.114.OMEWlOC03301ISILSMIRFA

Which one of the following does the Oconee PRA analysis NOT identify as an

Important Human Action associated with a turbine building flood?

A. Swap HPI Suction to Spent Fuel Pool.

B. Refill the Elevated Water Storage Tank.

C." Connect HPI pump power to ASW switchgear.

D. Activate the SSF.

Wednesday, May07,2003 01:39:29 PM

118

Important Human Actions

The following are some important human actions from the Oconee PRA. More detailed

information can be found in the Oconee PRA Report Rev. 2, Chapter 3.

Event or Sequence

Loss of all AC Power, TB Flood

LOCA

Turbine Building Flood

Loss of 416OvAC during a tornado

Operator Action

Activate the SSF

Establish recirc. from containment

sump

Refill the Elevated Water Storage Tank

Connect HPI pump power to ASW

Large LOCA

Small or Medium LOCA

TB Flood, Tornado (w/ BWST Failure)

Loss of All LPSW

Activate the SSF -Activation of the SSF is important for many types of events,

including: Seismic, Flood, and Station Blackouts (including Tornado and TB Fire).

Establish Recirculation From the Sump - Swap to sump recirculation and

establishing high pressure recirculation are important to prevent ECCS failure following

a LOCA.

Refilling the Elevated Water Storage Tank - Refilling the EWST is important

following a Turbine Building flood by providing backup cooling for the HPI pumps.

HPI to ASW Switchgear -Tornado damage to the 4160 V switchgear in the Turbine

Building can be mitigated by connecting an HPI pump to the ASW switchgear.

Throttling the LPI Pumps - Throttling the LPI pumps is an important human action to

prevent pump failure from operating in run-out conditions following a large LOCA.

Stopping the LPI Pumps - Stopping the LPI pumps for small and medium LOCA

sequences prevents pump damage from dead-heading against the high RCS

pressure.

Swap HPI Suction To The SFP - Depletion of the BWST inventory during a TB Flood

can be mitigated by realigning the HPI suction to the SFP. This can also be used in

Tornado Sequences which damage the BWST.

Cross-Connect LPSW To Another Unit - LPSW flow from another unit can be used to

cool important loads including such as the HPI motor coolers and the CC Coolers.

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: C D B A A C B A A B

Scramble Range: A - D

switchgear

Throttle LPI Pumps

Stop the LPI Pumps (Pumping Against

Shutoff Head)

Swap HPI Suction to Spent Fuel Pool

Cross-connect LPSW Header to other

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM

119

Tier:

3

Keyword

PRA

Source:

NEW

Test:

S

Group:

Cog level:

M 3.1/4.0

Exam:

OC03301

AuthorlReviewer: LSMIRFA

Wednesday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM

120

100. GEN 2.4.7 001/3//ADMIN/M 3.113.8iBANK 2003/0C03301/RILSM/RFA

Unit 2 plant conditions:

INITIAL CONDITIONS:

2A1 is secured

CURRENT CONDITIONS:

AP129 is in progress

Reactor power = 43% and is decreasing

The BOP is swapping Auxiliaries:

When he attempted to close 2TA SU 6.9 FDR, a 2TA switchgear lockout occured.

Which one of the following describes your actions as the Procedure Director?

A,' GO TO the EOP and stop APE9 directions.

B. Refer to the EOP and continue with APE9 in parallel.

C. Suspend AP129 directions until 2TA switchgear can be returned to service.

D. Continue APB9 until the GO TO OP/1102/10, Controlling Procedure for Unit Shutdown is

reached.

bank 250

A. Correct - When 2TA swgr lockout occurs the reactor will trip on flux1flow (loss of 2 RCPs)

this meet entry conditions to the EOP. APE9 should be stopped as the first note say AP129

should not be used when EOP entry conditions exist. This note is conflicting later in AP129

when tripping the reacfor per APE9 then the EOP is not entered.

6. Incorrect - APE9 is stopped when EOP entry conditions are met.

C. Incorrect - EOP entry condition - reactor trip - have been met.

D. Incorrect - EOP entry conditions have been met

MCS

Time:

1

Points:

1.00

Version: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Answer: A B D D B C B B B A

Tier:

3

Group:

Keyword:

ADMIN

Cog level:

M 3.U3.8

Source:

BANK 2003

Exam:

OC03301

Test:

R

AuthodReviewer: LSMlRFA

Scramble Range: A - D

WednEsday, May 07,2003 01:39:29 PM

121